Index

$ in Indicator Area 5.3.3 Syntax
$WINHELP operations 10.4 Windows Help $WINHELP Routine
$WINHELP operations: HELP-CONTENTS $WINHELP Routine
$WINHELP operations: HELP-CONTEXT 10.4 Windows Help
$WINHELP operations: HELP-CONTEXTPOPUP 10.4 Windows Help
$WINHELP operations: HELP-HELPONHELP $WINHELP Routine
$WINHELP operations: HELP-PARTIALKEY $WINHELP Routine
$WINHELP operations: HELP-QUIT $WINHELP Routine
$WINHELP routine 10.4 Windows Help $WINHELP Routine
$WINHELP routine: description 10.4 Windows Help $WINHELP Routine
$WINHELP routine: HELP-CONTENTS operation $WINHELP Routine
$WINHELP routine: HELP-CONTEXT operation 10.4 Windows Help
$WINHELP routine: HELP-CONTEXTPOPUP operation 10.4 Windows Help
$WINHELP routine: HELP-HELPONHELP operation $WINHELP Routine
$WINHELP routine: HELP-PARTIALKEY operation $WINHELP Routine
$WINHELP routine: HELP-QUIT operation $WINHELP Routine
%TMP% 2.8.1 File Names Starting With a Hyphen
%TMP%: using in place of a file name 2.8.1 File Names Starting With a Hyphen
.def files $WINHELP Routine 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine C$SYSTEM Routine Definition files REG_CREATE_KEY Routine W$BITMAP Routine W$BROWSERINFO Routine W$FONT Routine W$MENU Routine W$MOUSE Routine W$PALETTE Routine W$TEXTSIZE Routine WIN$PLAYSOUND Routine WIN$PRINTER Routine WIN$VERSION Routine
.def files: acucobol.def C$SYSTEM Routine W$BROWSERINFO Routine
.def files: acugui.def REG_CREATE_KEY Routine W$BITMAP Routine WIN$PLAYSOUND Routine W$MENU Routine W$MOUSE Routine W$TEXTSIZE Routine
.def files: crtvars.def 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
.def files: fonts.def W$FONT Routine
.def files: opensave.def C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
.def files: palette.def W$PALETTE Routine
.def files: winhelp.def $WINHELP Routine
.def files: winprint.def WIN$PRINTER Routine
.def files: winvers.def WIN$VERSION Routine
.dll files DLL files
.dll files: ACME.DLL DLL files
132_MODE configuration file entry 132_MODE
132-column mode 6.2.2 Terminal Manager Restrictions DISPLAY SCREEN SIZE 132_MODE
132-column mode: using escape sequences to switch 6.2.2 Terminal Manager Restrictions
132-column mode: using the 132_MODE variable 132_MODE
132-column mode: via DISPLAY verb DISPLAY SCREEN SIZE
132-Column Handling, Terminal Manager 6.2.2 Terminal Manager Restrictions
32-bit Windows M.2.2 Keyboard Differences M.2 32-bit Windows
32-bit Windows: host specific information M.2 32-bit Windows
32-bit Windows: User-defined keys M.2.2 Keyboard Differences
3D lines and boxes, displaying on Windows 3D_LINES
3-D: COMBO-BOX style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
3-D: ENTRY-FIELD style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
3-D: GRID style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
3-D: LIST-BOX style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
3-D: TREE-VIEW style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
3D_LINES configuration file entry 3D_LINES
3D-LINES 9.10.2 Drawing 3-D Lines
64 bit machines Changes Affecting Version 2.1
7_BIT configuration file entry 7_BIT
7-bit communication support 7_BIT
80-column mode via DISPLAY verb DISPLAY SCREEN SIZE
88/Open COBOL specification 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
88/Open COBOL specification: required data storage option 2.1.7 Data Storage Options A
A_CGI environment variable 6.9.2 A_CGI Environment Variable
A_LICENSE_RETRIES configuration file entry ALICENSE_RETRIES
A_RETRY_DELAY configuration file entry A_RETRY_DELAY
A_TERM and TERM variables, on different systems 4.2.1 Step One-Terminal Identification
a_termcap 4.2.1 Step One-Terminal Identification A.2.2 Terminal Database
A_TERMS.DAT A.2.2 Terminal Database
A_WAIT_FOR_LICENSE configuration file entry A_WAIT_FOR_LICENSE
abbreviated combined relation conditions 6.3.8 Abbreviated Combined Relation Conditions
abort 6.7 Exiting From ACUCOBOL-GT Programs
abort: graceful 6.7 Exiting From ACUCOBOL-GT Programs
about the runtime command The Help Menu
accelerator key 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
ACCEPT ALLOWING MESSAGES 6.8.5 Threading Rules That Affect Windows and ACCEPT Statements SEND and RECEIVE
ACCEPT BEFORE TIME 6.8.5 Threading Rules That Affect Windows and ACCEPT Statements
ACCEPT CONTROL phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
ACCEPT ENVIRONMENT ACCEPT Statement
ACCEPT FROM CENTURY-DATE ACCEPT Statement
ACCEPT FROM COMMAND-LINE ACCEPT Statement
ACCEPT FROM ENVIRONMENT H.1 Introduction
ACCEPT FROM INPUT STATUS ACCEPT Statement
ACCEPT FROM LINE NUMBER ACCEPT Statement
ACCEPT FROM SCREEN 11.1.2 Regarding Controls
ACCEPT FROM SCREEN ACCEPT Statement
ACCEPT FROM STANDARD OBJECT 4.7 Fonts
ACCEPT FROM SYSTEM-INFO ACCEPT Statement ACCEPT SYSTEM-INFORMATION FROM SYSTEM-INFO
ACCEPT FROM SYSTEM-INFO: 32-bit Windows ACCEPT SYSTEM-INFORMATION FROM SYSTEM-INFO
ACCEPT FROM TERMINAL-INFO ACCEPT Statement
ACCEPT FROM ACCEPT Statement
ACCEPT ON EXCEPTION phrase ACCEPT Statement
ACCEPT STANDARD OBJECT ACCEPT Statement
ACCEPT statements, specifying how they time out ACCEPT_TIMEOUT
ACCEPT statements, treated as if using PROMPT SPACES clause AUTOPROMPT
ACCEPT WINDOW HANDLE option ACCEPT Statement
ACCEPT 2.1.8 Video Options 2.3 Active and Current Windows 3.5 Entering Data Into a Control 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph 4.3.1.3 Keyboard configuration 4.4.1 Adding Color 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option 4.4.3 Additional Configuration Variables 4.7 Fonts 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause 5.9.6 PROCEDURE Clause 6.4.9 Common Screen Options 6.5.3 Syntax 8.7 Menu Input ACCEPT Statement Field Level ACCEPT & DISPLAY
ACCEPT: activating a control 3.5 Entering Data Into a Control
ACCEPT: and DISPLAY video, compiler options 2.1.8 Video Options
ACCEPT: and DISPLAY, example using Screen Section Field Level ACCEPT & DISPLAY
ACCEPT: and menus 8.7 Menu Input
ACCEPT: ANSI ACCEPT ACCEPT Statement
ACCEPT: color 4.4.1 Adding Color
ACCEPT: control value ACCEPT Statement
ACCEPT: CONTROL KEY clause 4.3.1.3 Keyboard configuration
ACCEPT: control-handle statement ACCEPT Statement
ACCEPT: CURSOR clause 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
ACCEPT: debugger command The Selection Menu The Data Menu
ACCEPT: dest-item ACCEPT Statement
ACCEPT: different formats summarized ACCEPT Statement
ACCEPT: effect on floating window 2.3 Active and Current Windows
ACCEPT: embedded procedures 5.9.6 PROCEDURE Clause
ACCEPT: exception values, pre-defined ACCEPT Statement
ACCEPT: EXCEPTION clause 4.3.1.3 Keyboard configuration
ACCEPT: formats summarized ACCEPT Statement
ACCEPT: general rules ACCEPT Statement
ACCEPT: key-dest data item ACCEPT Statement
ACCEPT: menu selection command: The Selection Menu
ACCEPT: methods, described 4.3.1.3 Keyboard configuration
ACCEPT: pre-assign a font handle 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
ACCEPT: screen options 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
ACCEPT: Screen Section 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option 4.3.1.3 Keyboard configuration ACCEPT Statement
ACCEPT: Screen Section, example 6.5.3 Syntax
ACCEPT: screen-name ACCEPT Statement
ACCEPT: syntax rules ACCEPT Statement
ACCEPT: termination, normal and exceptions ACCEPT Statement
ACCEPT: to get a font handle 4.7 Fonts
ACCEPT: undefined location 4.4.3 Additional Configuration Variables
ACCEPT_TIMEOUT configuration file entry ACCEPT_TIMEOUT
ACCEPT-CONTROL field 6.1 Overview
ACCESS MODE 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
accessing General Rules for Resources
accessing: resources with W$BITMAP General Rules for Resources
accessing: resources with WIN$PLAYSOUND General Rules for Resources
ACME.DLL DLL files
ACOS, Intrinsic Function ACOS Function
ACTION 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
ACTION: ACTION-CURRENT-PAGE: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
ACTION: ACTION-FIRST-PAGE: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
ACTION: ACTION-LAST-PAGE: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
ACTION: ENTRY-FIELD special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties
ACTION: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
active and current windows 2.3 Active and Current Windows
active window 2.3 Active and Current Windows
ACTIVE_BORDER_COLOR configuration file entry ACTIVE_BORDER_COLOR
ActiveX library routines 6.10.3 ActiveX Events 6.10.8 ActiveX Library Routines C$EXCEPINFO Routine C$GETEVENTDATA Routine C$GETEVENTPARAM Routine C$RESOURCE Routine C$SETEVENTDATA Routine C$SETEVENTPARAM Routine General Rules
ActiveX library routines: C$EXCEPINFO routine 6.10.8 ActiveX Library Routines C$EXCEPINFO Routine
ActiveX library routines: C$GETEVENTDATA 6.10.8 ActiveX Library Routines 6.10.3 ActiveX Events C$GETEVENTDATA Routine
ActiveX library routines: C$GETEVENTPARAM routine 6.10.8 ActiveX Library Routines C$GETEVENTPARAM Routine
ActiveX library routines: C$RESOURCE routine 6.10.8 ActiveX Library Routines General Rules C$RESOURCE Routine
ActiveX library routines: C$SETEVENTDATA routine C$SETEVENTDATA Routine 6.10.8 ActiveX Library Routines
ActiveX library routines: C$SETEVENTPARAM routine 6.10.8 ActiveX Library Routines 6.10.3 ActiveX Events C$SETEVENTPARAM Routine
ActiveX statements 6.4.9 Common Screen Options ACCEPT Statement CREATE Statement INQUIRE Statement MODIFY Statement USE Statement
ActiveX statements: ACCEPT EVENT ACCEPT Statement
ActiveX statements: CREATE CREATE Statement
ActiveX statements: INQUIRE INQUIRE Statement
ActiveX statements: MODIFY MODIFY Statement
ActiveX statements: PROPERTY and property-name phrases 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
ActiveX statements: USE USE Statement
ACTIVE-X controls 5 Control Types Reference - 5.19 ACTIVE-X - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - Special Properties - Events 5.19 ACTIVE-X General Rules LINES/SIZE
ACTIVE-X controls: common properties: COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
ACTIVE-X controls: common properties: SIZE LINES/SIZE
ACTIVE-X controls: common properties: TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
ACTIVE-X controls: common properties: VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
ACTIVE-X controls: events 5 Control Types Reference - Special Properties - Events
ACTIVE-X controls: rules General Rules
ACTIVE-X controls: special properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.19 ACTIVE-X - Special Properties
ACTIVE-X controls: special properties: CLSID 5 Control Types Reference - 5.19 ACTIVE-X - Special Properties
ACTIVE-X controls: special properties: INITIAL-STATE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.19 ACTIVE-X - Special Properties
ACTIVE-X controls: special properties: LICENSE-KEY 5 Control Types Reference - 5.19 ACTIVE-X - Special Properties
ACTIVE-X controls: styles 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ACTIVE-X controls: styles: USE-ALT 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ACTIVE-X controls: styles: USE-RETURN 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ACTIVE-X controls: styles: USE-TAB 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ACTIVE-X controls: syntax 5 Control Types Reference - 5.19 ACTIVE-X - Special Properties
ActiveX 3.7 AXDEFGEN Utility 4.5 Methods 6.10 ActiveX and OLE Programming (Windows Only) 6.10.11 ActiveX-related Debugging 6.10.14 Enumerators 6.10.15 ActiveX Color Representation 6.10.2 Properties, Styles and Methods 6.10.3 ActiveX Events 6.10.4 ACTIVE-X Control Type 6.10.5 Name Clashes 6.10.6 Useful Files 6.10.7 Multiple Object Interfaces 6.10.9 Distributing Applications Containing ActiveX Controls 9.9 ActiveX Color Settings
ActiveX: AXDEFGEN utility 3.7 AXDEFGEN Utility
ActiveX: color representation 6.10.15 ActiveX Color Representation
ActiveX: color settings 9.9 ActiveX Color Settings
ActiveX: control type 6.10.4 ACTIVE-X Control Type
ActiveX: debugging 6.10.11 ActiveX-related Debugging
ActiveX: definitions generator 3.7 AXDEFGEN Utility
ActiveX: distributing applications 6.10.9 Distributing Applications Containing ActiveX Controls
ActiveX: enumerators 6.10.14 Enumerators
ActiveX: events 6.10.3 ActiveX Events
ActiveX: example 6.10.15 ActiveX Color Representation
ActiveX: methods 6.10.2 Properties, Styles and Methods 4.5 Methods
ActiveX: multiple object interfaces 6.10.7 Multiple Object Interfaces
ActiveX: name clashes 6.10.5 Name Clashes
ActiveX: OLE Programming 6.10 ActiveX and OLE Programming (Windows Only)
ActiveX: properties 6.10.2 Properties, Styles and Methods
ActiveX: sample 6.10.15 ActiveX Color Representation
ActiveX: styles 6.10.2 Properties, Styles and Methods
ActiveX: useful files 6.10.6 Useful Files
ACTUAL KEY Clause and SEEK ACTUAL KEY Clause and SEEK
ACTUAL KEY Clause and SEEK: IBM DOS/VS COBOL ACTUAL KEY Clause and SEEK
Acu4GL Acu4GL
ACUBENCH.CBL A.1 License Files, Sample Programs, ".def" and ".dll" Files
ACUCOBOL configuration file entry ACUCOBOL
acucobol.def C$SYSTEM Routine W$BROWSERINFO Routine
ACUCOBOL-GT installation directory, path ACUCOBOL
ACUCOBOL-GT Language Skeleton O.1 ACUCOBOL-GT Language Skeleton
ACUCOBOL-GT Library Routines I.1 Library Routines
ACUCOBOL-GT B.1 COBOL Modules B.2 Limits and Ranges B.3 Extensions B.4 Restrictions D.1 Reserved Word List
ACUCOBOL-GT: extensions to COBOL B.3 Extensions
ACUCOBOL-GT: limits and ranges B.2 Limits and Ranges
ACUCOBOL-GT: restrictions B.4 Restrictions
ACUCOBOL-GT: special features D.1 Reserved Word List
ACUCOBOL-GT: specifications B.1 COBOL Modules
AcuConnect C$ASYNCRUN
AcuConnect: connecting asynchronously C$ASYNCRUN
acugui.def 4.2 Events 7.6 W$MOUSE Library Routine 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine REG_CREATE_KEY Routine SET-MOUSE-SHAPE W$BITMAP Routine W$MENU Routine W$MOUSE Routine W$TEXTSIZE Routine WIN$PLAYSOUND Routine
AcuODBC AcuODBC
acuserve, setting time out DEFAULT_TIMEOUT
AcuServer requirements 5.2.1 System Requirements
AcuServer with transaction management 5.1.10.1 Transaction logging and recovery with AcuServer
AcuServer 5.2 AcuServer ACUCOBOL DEFAULT_TIMEOUT USE_LOCAL_SERVER
AcuServer: ACUCOBOL configuration variable ACUCOBOL
AcuServer: DEFAULT_TIMEOUT DEFAULT_TIMEOUT
AcuServer: USE_LOCAL_SERVER USE_LOCAL_SERVER
acushare utility program 2.11 acushare Utility Program
acushare 2.11.2.1 Runtime handling of errors 2.11.2 Starting and Using acushare
acushare: kill 2.11.2 Starting and Using acushare
acushare: runtime errors 2.11.2.1 Runtime handling of errors
acushare: starting 2.11.2 Starting and Using acushare
ADD statement ADD Statement
ADD statement: general rules ADD Statement
ADD statement: syntax rules ADD Statement
ADD 6.4.5 CORRESPONDING Option 6.4.1 Arithmetic Operations ADD Statement
ADD: CORRESPONDING option 6.4.5 CORRESPONDING Option
ADD: general format ADD Statement
adding child items to a TREE-VIEW control Adding child items on each expansion Adding Child Items Adding child items once
adding child items to a TREE-VIEW control: on each expansion Adding child items on each expansion
adding child items to a TREE-VIEW control: once Adding child items once
addition 6.2 Arithmetic Expressions
addresses 3.1.7 Specifying Addresses
addresses: specifying and debugger 3.1.7 Specifying Addresses
ADJUSTABLE-COLUMNS 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ADJUSTABLE-COLUMNS: GRID style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ADVANCING in WRITE Statement ADVANCING in WRITE Statement
ADVANCING in WRITE Statement: IBM DOS/VS COBOL ADVANCING in WRITE Statement
ADVANCING WRITE Statement
ADVANCING: WRITE with WRITE Statement
AFTER POSITIONING Clause AFTER POSITIONING Clause
AFTER POSITIONING Clause: IBM DOS/VS COBOL AFTER POSITIONING Clause
AFTER procedures 5.9.6 PROCEDURE Clause
AFTER procedures: screen section 5.9.6 PROCEDURE Clause
alfred by Acucorp ALFREDBITMAPFILE
alfred 3.5 Acucorp's Indexed File Record Editor-alfred 3.5.1 Modes of Operation 3.5.2 Security 3.5.3 Translation of Messages 3.5.4 Starting alfred 3.5.4.3 The keymap 3.5.5 Editing Records 3.5.5.3 Menu bar choices 3.5.6 Configuration Variables The Display menu The Edit menu The File menu The Help menu The Record menu The Start menu
alfred: configuration file entries 3.5.6 Configuration Variables
alfred: display menu The Display menu
alfred: edit menu The Edit menu
alfred: editing records 3.5.5 Editing Records
alfred: error message file 3.5.3 Translation of Messages
alfred: file menu The File menu
alfred: help menu The Help menu
alfred: indexed file record editor 3.5 Acucorp's Indexed File Record Editor-alfred
alfred: keymap 3.5.4.3 The keymap
alfred: limit on alternate keys 3.5.1 Modes of Operation
alfred: menu bar 3.5.5.3 Menu bar choices
alfred: modes of operation 3.5.1 Modes of Operation
alfred: record menu The Record menu
alfred: security 3.5.2 Security
alfred: start menu The Start menu
alfred: starting 3.5.4 Starting alfred
alfred: toolbar configuration variables 3.5.6 Configuration Variables
alfred: translation of messages 3.5.3 Translation of Messages
ALFRED_. . ._BITMAP configuration file entry ALFRED_ . . . _BITMAP 3.5.6 Configuration Variables
ALFRED_. . ._COLOR configuration file entry ALFRED_ . . . _COLOR 3.5.6 Configuration Variables
ALFRED_BITMAP_FILE configuration file entry 3.5.6 Configuration Variables ALFREDBITMAPFILE
ALFRED_ENTRY_FIELDS configuration file entry 3.5.6 Configuration Variables ALFRED_ENTRY_FIELDS
ALFRED_GET_PRINTER configuration file entry 3.5.6 Configuration Variables ALFRED_GET_PRINTER
ALFRED_MESSAGE_FILE configuration file entry 3.5.3 Translation of Messages 3.5.6 Configuration Variables ALFRED_MESSAGE_FILE
ALFRED_PRINT_HEADER configuration file entry 3.5.6 Configuration Variables
ALFRED_PRINT_HEADER_n configuration file entry ALFREDPRINTHEADERn
ALFRED_PRINTER_NAME configuration file entry 3.5.6 Configuration Variables ALFRED_PRINTER_NAME
ALFRED_TOOLS_FILE configuration file entry 3.5.6 Configuration Variables ALFRED_TOOLS_FILE
alias for file name 2.7.1 File Name Assignments
alignment boundaries and different C compilers C.4 Matching C Data Items
alignment rules 5.1.4 Standard Alignment Rules
ALIGNMENT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
ALIGNMENT: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
ALIGNMENT: LIST-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
ALL literal 2.1.2.3 Figurative constants
ALL 2.1.2.3 Figurative constants
ALL: and figurative constants 2.1.2.3 Figurative constants
allocating dynamic memory The View Menu SET Statement M$ALLOC (Dynamic Memory Routine)
ALLOW-ALL-SCREEN-ACTIONS mouse action 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
ALLOWING ALL OPEN Statement
ALLOWING ALL: for OPEN statement OPEN Statement
ALLOWING MESSAGES phrase for ACCEPT ACCEPT Statement
ALLOWING MESSAGES phrase ACCEPT Statement
ALLOWING MESSAGES with ACCEPT SEND and RECEIVE
ALLOW-LEFT-DOUBLE mouse action 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
ALLOW-LEFT-DOWN mouse action 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
ALLOW-LEFT-UP mouse action 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
ALLOW-MIDDLE-DOUBLE mouse action 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
ALLOW-MIDDLE-DOWN mouse action 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
ALLOW-MIDDLE-UP mouse action 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
ALLOW-MOUSE-MOVE mouse action 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
ALLOW-RIGHT-DOUBLE mouse action 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
ALLOW-RIGHT-DOWN mouse action 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
ALLOW-RIGHT-UP mouse action 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
ALPHA directive 5.3.3.1 Alpha Directive
ALPHABET clause 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
alphabet 4.2.2 Object-Computer Paragraph 5.4.9 CODE-SET Clause
alphabet, specifying the 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
alphabet: CODE-SET 5.4.9 CODE-SET Clause
alphabet: specifying for sorting 4.2.2 Object-Computer Paragraph
ALPHABETIC condition 6.3.2 Class Condition
alphabetic 5.7.1.7 PICTURE clause
ALPHABETIC-LOWER condition 6.3.2 Class Condition
ALPHABETIC-UPPER condition 6.3.2 Class Condition
alphabet-name 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
alphanumeric edited 5.7.1.7 PICTURE clause
alphanumeric literals 2.1.2.2 Nonnumeric literals 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
alphanumeric 5.7.1.7 PICTURE clause
ALPHA-UPDATES keyword 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option
ALSO phrase 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
Alt 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Alt: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
ALTER statement and rules ALTER Statement
ALTER, general format ALTER Statement
alternate keys 3.5.1 Modes of Operation
alternate keys: limit with alfred 3.5.1 Modes of Operation
Alternate Terminal Manager (ATM) 4.1.2 Alternate Terminal Manager (ATM)
ALTERNATE RECORD KEY 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
ALTERNATE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ALTERNATE: FRAME style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ALWAYS-ARROW-CURSOR mouse action 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
AND operation CBL_AND Routine
AND 6.3.6 Complex Conditions
ANNUITY, Intrinsic Function ANNUITY Function
ANSI ACCEPT, W$FORGET routine ACCEPT Statement
ANSI COBOL B.1 COBOL Modules
ANSI COBOL: specifications B.1 COBOL Modules
ANSI DISPLAY DISPLAY src-item (ANSI format)
ANSI DISPLAY: guidelines DISPLAY src-item (ANSI format)
ANSI format 2.4 Source Formats
ANSI source 2.1.5 Source Options
ANSI source: compiler option 2.1.5 Source Options
ANSI standard, 1.2 Acknowledgment
ANSI X3.23-1985 B.1 COBOL Modules
ANSI 2.1.3 Compatibility Options 2.2.1 ANSI Format 2.3.1 ANSI ACCEPT and DISPLAY Verbs ACCEPT Statement DISPLAY src-item (ANSI format) FONT*
ANSI: ACCEPT and DISPLAY 2.3.1 ANSI ACCEPT and DISPLAY Verbs
ANSI: ACCEPT ACCEPT Statement
ANSI: ACCEPT: useful guidelines ACCEPT Statement
ANSI: character set FONT*
ANSI: compiler option 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
ANSI: DISPLAY: useful guidelines DISPLAY src-item (ANSI format)
ANSI: source program format 2.2.1 ANSI Format
ANSI-compliant directive 5.3.3 Syntax
ANSI-VAR-FONT ACCEPT Statement
ANY THREAD WAIT Statement
Appendices 1.2.4 Appendices
Appendices: summary of contents 1.2.4 Appendices
applications, ActiveX 6.10.9 Distributing Applications Containing ActiveX Controls
APPLY Clause Options APPLY Clause Options
APPLY Clause Options: IBM DOS/VS COBOL APPLY Clause Options
APPLY clause 4.3.2 I-O-Control Paragraph
APPLY_CODE_PATH configuration file entry CALL APPLY_CODE_PATH
APPLY_FILE_PATH configuration file entry 2.8 File Name Interpretation APPLY_FILE_PATH
Area A 2.2.1 ANSI Format
Area B 2.2.1 ANSI Format
arithmetic expression: and floating-point data 5.1.8.1 Using floating-point data
arithmetic expressions 5.1.8.1 Using floating-point data 6.2 Arithmetic Expressions
arithmetic operators 6.4.1 Arithmetic Operations
array mode Array and index modes
array mode: STATUS-BAR control Array and index modes
array references, compiler option to test 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
arrow keys 4.3.2.4 Special keys
ASCENDING SORT Statement
ASCENDING: in SORT SORT Statement
ASCII2HEX routine ASCII2HEX Routine
ASCII2OCTAL Routine ASCII2OCTAL Routine
Asian character sets 4.4.4 Double-Byte Character Handling CODE_SYSTEM*
Asian Windows machines LC_ALL
ASIN, Intrinsic Function ASIN Function
assembly routines, calling from Windows Assembly routines
ASSIGN phrase 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
ASSIGN 2.7.1 File Name Assignments 2.8 File Name Interpretation 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph 6.1.6.1 Compression Example 1: Default name handling Example 2: Accessing printers
ASSIGN: WITH COMPRESSION 6.1.6.1 Compression
assigning files to local printers 2.8.3 Assigning Files to Local Printers
associating registry key values REG_SET_VALUE Routine
asynchronous read for Vision files V_LOCK_METHOD
asynchronous, AcuConnect connections C$ASYNCRUN
AT END phrase for ACCEPT ACCEPT Statement
AT END phrase 6.4.8 AT END and INVALID KEY Phrases
AT phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options DISPLAY BOX
AT phrase: DISPLAY BOX DISPLAY BOX
ATAN, Intrinsic Function ATAN Function
AT-END keyword 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
ATM 4.1.2 Alternate Terminal Manager (ATM)
attaching menus to floating windows with the W$MENU routine 2.6 Menus and Floating Windows
audio file support (.WAV) WIN$PLAYSOUND Routine
auto step The Toolbar Other commands The Run Menu
AUTO phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
AUTO 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
AUTO: ENTRY-FIELD style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
AUTO_BUFFER configuration file entry AUTO_BUFFER
AUTO_DECIMAL configuration file entry 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties AUTO_DECIMAL
AUTO_PROMPT configuration file entry 4.4.3 Additional Configuration Variables AUTOPROMPT
AUTO-DECIMAL 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties
AUTO-DECIMAL: ENTRY-FIELD special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties
Auto-Insert 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Auto-Insert: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
automatic blank stripping, in sequential files 6.1.1 Sequential Files
automatic GUI runtime support Automatic GUI runtime support
automatic locking 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
automatic looping, C$CHAIN routine 2.2 Using the Runtime System
automatic mouse handling 7.4 Automatic Mouse Handling
automatic synchronization C.4 Matching C Data Items
automatic trailing space removal STRIP_TRAILING_SPACES
Automation Server Using the Automation Server
AUTO-MOUSE-HANDLING mouse action 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
AUTO-RETURN keyword 4.3.2.1 The KEYBOARD variable
AUTO-SKIP ACCEPT Statement
AUTO-SPIN 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
AUTO-SPIN: ENTRY-FIELD style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
AUTOTERMINATE ACCEPT Statement B
background brush 9.10.1 Background Brush Color
background brush USE_MOUSE WHITE_FILL
background color 9.1 Overview of Color Choices
background color: color mapping 9.1 Overview of Color Choices
Background high-intensity,value 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
Background low-intensity,value 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
BACKGROUND_INTENSITY configuration file entry BACKGROUND_INTENSITY Step 2 - Assign Initial Attributes L.1 Color Configuration Variables
BACKGROUND-COLOR phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
BACKGROUND-HIGH phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
BACKGROUND-LOW phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
BACKGROUND-STANDARD phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
backspace key 4.3.2.3 Table of keys 4.3.1.3 Keyboard configuration 4.3.2.4 Special keys
Backspace 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Backspace: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
backup 3.4 File Transfer Utility-vio
backup: vio archive utility 3.4 File Transfer Utility-vio
backwards compatibility, compiler options 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
BAR control 5 Control Types Reference - 5.11 Bar - Common Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.11 Bar - Events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.11 Bar - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE 5.11 Bar
BAR control: common properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.11 Bar - Common Properties
BAR control: common properties: COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
BAR control: common properties: SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
BAR control: common properties: TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
BAR control: common properties: VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
BAR control: events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.11 Bar - Events
BAR control: special properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.11 Bar - Special Properties
BAR control: special properties: COLORS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.11 Bar - Special Properties
BAR control: special properties: LEADING-SHIFT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.11 Bar - Special Properties
BAR control: special properties: POSITION-SHIFT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.11 Bar - Special Properties
BAR control: special properties: SHADING 5 Control Types Reference - 5.11 Bar - Special Properties
BAR control: special properties: TRAILING-SHIFT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.11 Bar - Special Properties
BAR control: special properties: WIDTH 5 Control Types Reference - 5.11 Bar - Special Properties
BAR control: styles 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
BAR control: styles: DASHED 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
BAR control: styles: DOT-DASH 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
BAR control: styles: DOTTED 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
bars 1.1.3 Brackets, Braces and Vertical Bars
bars: vertical bars in manual, 1.1.3 Brackets, Braces and Vertical Bars
BASIS, INSERT, DELETE BASIS, INSERT, DELETE
BASIS, INSERT, DELETE: IBM DOS/VS COBOL BASIS, INSERT, DELETE
BCOLOR 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
BEFORE procedures 5.9.6 PROCEDURE Clause
BEFORE TIME phrase for ACCEPT ACCEPT Statement
BEFORE TIME phrase ACCEPT Statement
BELL configuration file entry 4.4.3 Additional Configuration Variables BELL
BELL phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
BELL 2.1.8 Video Options
bell, inhibiting, compiler option 2.1.8 Video Options
BELL: compiler option to inhibit 2.1.8 Video Options
bells, inhibiting BELL
binary notation for numeric literals 2.1.2.1 Numeric literals
binary sequential files 6.1.1 Sequential Files 3.3.8 Loading a File 3.3.7 Unloading to Binary and Line Sequential Format
binary sequential files: and block size 6.1.1 Sequential Files
binary sequential files: creating an indexed file from 3.3.8 Loading a File
binary sequential files: uploading from Vision files 3.3.7 Unloading to Binary and Line Sequential Format
binary sequential records 6.1.1 Sequential Files
BINARY data item storage, compiler option 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
BINARY data item 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
BINARY data item 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
BINARY data item: treating as COMPUTATIONAL-5 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
BINARY directive 5.3.3.2 Binary Directive
BIND TO THREAD DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
bitmap buttons 3.8 Bitmap Buttons 3.8.2 Loading Bitmaps 3.8.4 Pop-Up Hints 3.8.3 Creating the Button 3.8.5 Portability 3.8.1 Drawing the Image
bitmap buttons: color mapping 3.8.1 Drawing the Image
bitmap buttons: creating in the Screen Section 3.8.3 Creating the Button
bitmap buttons: creating the button 3.8.3 Creating the Button
bitmap buttons: creating the image 3.8.1 Drawing the Image
bitmap buttons: file format 3.8.1 Drawing the Image
bitmap buttons: loading a bitmap 3.8.2 Loading Bitmaps
bitmap buttons: pop-up hints 3.8.4 Pop-Up Hints
bitmap buttons: pop-up hints: configuration variables 3.8.4 Pop-Up Hints
bitmap buttons: portability issues 3.8.5 Portability
bitmap buttons: removing an image 3.8.2 Loading Bitmaps
bitmap buttons: size of image 3.8.1 Drawing the Image
bitmap buttons: styles 3.8.3 Creating the Button
bitmap buttons: W$BITMAP library routine 3.8.2 Loading Bitmaps
BITMAP control 5 Control Types Reference - 5.14 Bitmap - Common Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.14 Bitmap - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE 5.14 Bitmap
BITMAP control: common properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.14 Bitmap - Common Properties
BITMAP control: common properties: COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
BITMAP control: common properties: SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
BITMAP control: common properties: TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
BITMAP control: common properties: VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
BITMAP control: special properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.14 Bitmap - Special Properties
BITMAP control: special properties: BITMAP-END 5 Control Types Reference - 5.14 Bitmap - Special Properties
BITMAP control: special properties: BITMAP-HANDLE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.14 Bitmap - Special Properties
BITMAP control: special properties: BITMAP-NUMBER 5 Control Types Reference - 5.14 Bitmap - Special Properties
BITMAP control: special properties: BITMAP-START 5 Control Types Reference - 5.14 Bitmap - Special Properties
BITMAP control: special properties: BITMAP-TIMER 5 Control Types Reference - 5.14 Bitmap - Special Properties
BITMAP: CHECK-BOX style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
BITMAP: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
BITMAP: PUSH-BUTTON style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
BITMAP: RADIO-BUTTON style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
BITMAP: style 3.8.3 Creating the Button
BITMAP-END 5 Control Types Reference - 5.14 Bitmap - Special Properties
BITMAP-END: BITMAP special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.14 Bitmap - Special Properties
BITMAP-HANDLE 3.8.3 Creating the Button 5 Control Types Reference - 5.13 Tab - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.14 Bitmap - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.5 Push-Button - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.6 Check-Box - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.7 Radio-Button - Special Properties
BITMAP-HANDLE: BITMAP special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.14 Bitmap - Special Properties
BITMAP-HANDLE: CHECK-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.6 Check-Box - Special Properties
BITMAP-HANDLE: PUSH-BUTTON special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.5 Push-Button - Special Properties
BITMAP-HANDLE: RADIO-BUTTON special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.7 Radio-Button - Special Properties
BITMAP-HANDLE: special property 3.8.3 Creating the Button
BITMAP-HANDLE: TAB special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.13 Tab - Special Properties
BITMAP-HANDLE: TREE-VIEW special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
BITMAP-NUMBER 5 Control Types Reference - 5.13 Tab - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.14 Bitmap - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.5 Push-Button - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.6 Check-Box - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.7 Radio-Button - Special Properties
BITMAP-NUMBER: BITMAP special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.14 Bitmap - Special Properties
BITMAP-NUMBER: CHECK-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.6 Check-Box - Special Properties
BITMAP-NUMBER: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
BITMAP-NUMBER: PUSH-BUTTON special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.5 Push-Button - Special Properties
BITMAP-NUMBER: RADIO-BUTTON special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.7 Radio-Button - Special Properties
BITMAP-NUMBER: TAB special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.13 Tab - Special Properties
BITMAP-NUMBER: TREE-VIEW special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
bitmapped graphics in Windows 3.8.2 Loading Bitmaps W$BITMAP Routine
bitmaps WINPRINT-GET-CAPABILITIES WINPRINT-PRINT-BITMAP
bitmaps, specify for alfred toolbar ALFRED_ . . . _BITMAP
bitmaps: determining printer support for WINPRINT-GET-CAPABILITIES
bitmaps: printing in Windows WINPRINT-PRINT-BITMAP
bitmaps: scaling WINPRINT-PRINT-BITMAP
BITMAP-START 5 Control Types Reference - 5.14 Bitmap - Special Properties
BITMAP-START: BITMAP special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.14 Bitmap - Special Properties
BITMAP-TIMER 5 Control Types Reference - 5.14 Bitmap - Special Properties
BITMAP-TIMER: BITMAP special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.14 Bitmap - Special Properties
BITMAP-TRAILING 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
BITMAP-TRAILING: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
BITMAP-WIDTH 5 Control Types Reference - 5.13 Tab - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
BITMAP-WIDTH: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
BITMAP-WIDTH: TAB special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.13 Tab - Special Properties
BITMAP-WIDTH: TREE-VIEW special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
blank line 2.2.4 Blank Lines and Comment Lines
BLANK SCREEN 5.2 Global Styles
BLANK WHEN ZERO clause 5.7.1.13 BLANK WHEN ZERO clause
BLANK WHEN ZERO clause: general format 5.7.1.13 BLANK WHEN ZERO clause
BLINK phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
BLINK 11.1.4 Regarding Configuration Variables
Blink,value 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
BLINK: not supported under Windows 11.1.4 Regarding Configuration Variables
block size 5.4.4 BLOCK CONTAINS Clause
block size: Vision files 5.4.4 BLOCK CONTAINS Clause
BLOCK CONTAINS 5.4.4 BLOCK CONTAINS Clause
blocking factor 3.3.3 Rebuilding Files
blocking factor, setting new with vutil 3.3.3 Rebuilding Files
blocking factor: setting 3.3.3 Rebuilding Files
blocking 5.4.4 BLOCK CONTAINS Clause
blocking-count, menu W$MENU Routine
BOLD phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
border attributes, specifying on character-based hosts ACTIVE_BORDER_COLOR
BOXED style 2.6 Menus and Floating Windows
BOXED style: incompatible with menus 2.6 Menus and Floating Windows
BOXED, DISPLAY WINDOW DISPLAY WINDOW
BOXED: BOXED style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
BOXED: ENTRY-FIELD style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
BOXED: LIST-BOX style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
BOXED: TREE-VIEW style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
BOXED_FLOATING_WINDOWS configuration file entry BOXED_FLOATING_WINDOWS
braces, 1.1.3 Brackets, Braces and Vertical Bars
Brackets, Braces and Vertical Bars O.1 ACUCOBOL-GT Language Skeleton
Brackets, Braces and Vertical Bars: use in language skeleton O.1 ACUCOBOL-GT Language Skeleton
brackets, 1.1.3 Brackets, Braces and Vertical Bars
breakpoint 3.1.1 Entering the Debugger The Breakpoints Menu
breakpoint: condition The Breakpoints Menu
breakpoint: menu in debugger The Breakpoints Menu
breakpoint: saving The Breakpoints Menu
breakpoints Other commands The View Menu The Run Menu The Breakpoints Menu
browser W$GETURL Routine W$STATUS Routine
browser: displaying a message in status bar W$STATUS Routine
browser: passing a URL to W$GETURL Routine
BROWSERINFO-DATA W$BROWSERINFO Routine
Btrieve file, using in exclusive mode BTRV_MASS_UPDATE
BTRV_MASS_UPDATE configuration file entry BTRV_MASS_UPDATE
buffer, Windows print spooler WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS-SIZE
BUFFERED_SCREEN configuration file entry BUFFERED_SCREEN
buffering disk I/O, under non-networked, single-tasking machines AUTO_BUFFER
buffers V_BUFFERS
buffers: V_BUFFERS V_BUFFERS
building a menu 8.5.1 Using genmenu
Built-in Functions. P.1 Introduction
bulk addition 6.1.6.3 Bulk Addition Mode for Vision DUPLICATES_LOG
bulk addition: described 6.1.6.3 Bulk Addition Mode for Vision
bulk addition: logging rejected records DUPLICATES_LOG
BUSY Other Properties
BUSY: WEB-BROWSER property Other Properties
BUTTONS: TAB style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
BUTTONS: TREE-VIEW style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
BY phrase CALL Statement
BY phrase: CALL CALL Statement
BY VALUE, change in version 2.3 Changes Affecting Version 2.1 C
C clock, controlling function on Extended DOS systems DOS_WATCOM_10
C subroutines Building a new runtime C.1 Overview of Interface Methods C.2 Direct Method C.3 Interface Method C.3.1 The "SUB" Interface C.3.1.1 Placing the "sub" routine in a DLL C.3.2 The "SUB85" Interface C.5 Creating a New Runtime System C.6 Calling COBOL Routines From C Changes Affecting Version 2.1 DLL_SUB_INTERFACE M.2.6 Using the SDK
C subroutines: calling COBOL routines from C C.6 Calling COBOL Routines From C
C subroutines: compiler required for relinking C.1 Overview of Interface Methods
C subroutines: creating a new runtime system C.5 Creating a New Runtime System
C subroutines: data types C.3.2 The "SUB85" Interface
C subroutines: direct calling method C.2 Direct Method
C subroutines: direct method of linking C.2 Direct Method
C subroutines: DLL_SUB_INTERFACE configuration variable DLL_SUB_INTERFACE
C subroutines: interface calling method C.3 Interface Method
C subroutines: interface method of linking C.3 Interface Method
C subroutines: interfacing to under Windows M.2.6 Using the SDK Building a new runtime
C subroutines: linking a new runtime system C.5 Creating a New Runtime System
C subroutines: machine specific considerations for the runtime C.5 Creating a New Runtime System
C subroutines: placing SUB function in a DLL C.3.1.1 Placing the "sub" routine in a DLL
C subroutines: SUB interface C.3.1 The "SUB" Interface
C subroutines: SUB85 interface C.3.2 The "SUB85" Interface
C subroutines: version 2.1 restrictions Changes Affecting Version 2.1
C$ASYNCPOLL routine C$ASYNCPOLL
C$ASYNCRUN routine C$ASYNCRUN
C$CALLEDBY routine C$CALLEDBY Routine
C$CALLERR routine C$CALLERR Routine
C$CHAIN library routine C$CHAIN Routine
C$CHAIN library routine: returning from C$CHAIN Routine
C$CHAIN routine 2.2 Using the Runtime System C$CHAIN Routine C$CHAIN
C$CHAIN Routine: and 32-bit Windows C$CHAIN
C$CHDIR routine C$CHDIR Routine
C$COPY routine C$COPY Routine
C$DELETE routine C$DELETE Routine
C$EXCEPINFO routine 6.10.8 ActiveX Library Routines C$EXCEPINFO Routine
C$FILEINFO routine C$FILEINFO Routine
C$FILESYS routine C$FILESYS Routine
C$FULLNAME routine C$FULLNAME Routine
C$GETCGI routine C$GETCGI Routine
C$GETEVENTDATA routine 6.10.8 ActiveX Library Routines 6.10.3 ActiveX Events C$GETEVENTDATA Routine
C$GETEVENTPARAM routine 6.10.8 ActiveX Library Routines C$GETEVENTPARAM Routine
C$GETVARIANT routine C$GETVARIANT Routine
C$JUSTIFY routine C$JUSTIFY Routine
C$KEYMAP routine C$KEYMAP Routine
C$KEYPROGRESS routine 6.1.6.3 Bulk Addition Mode for Vision C$KEYPROGRESS Routine
C$LOCALPRINT routine 6.2.2 Terminal Manager Restrictions C$LOCALPRINT Routine
C$LOCKPID routine C$LOCKPID Routine
C$MAKEDIR routine C$MAKEDIR Routine
C$MEMCPY (Dynamic Memory Routine) C$MEMCPY Routine
C$NARG routine C$NARG Routine
C$OPENSAVEBOX routine C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
C$OPENSAVEBOX routine: error handling C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
C$OPENSAVEBOX routine: OPENSAVE-OPEN-BOX operation C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
C$OPENSAVEBOX routine: OPENSAVE-SAVE-BOX operation C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
C$OPENSAVEBOX routine: OPENSAVE-SUPPORTED operation C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
C$OPENSAVEBOX routine: OPNSAVERR-CANCELLED error C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
C$OPENSAVEBOX routine: OPNSAVERR-NAME-TOO-LARGE error C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
C$OPENSAVEBOX routine: OPNSAVERR-NO-MEMORY error C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
C$OPENSAVEBOX routine: OPNSAVERR-UNSUPPORTED error C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
C$OPENSAVEBOX C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
C$OPENSAVEBOX: OPENSAVE-DATA structure C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
C$PARAMSIZE routine C$PARAMSIZE Routine
C$RECOVER routine 5.1.2 The Transaction Logging Process 5.1.10 Recovery C$RECOVER Routine
C$RERR routine C$RERR Routine
C$RERRNAME routine C$RERRNAME Routine
C$RESOURCE routine 6.10.8 ActiveX Library Routines General Rules C$RESOURCE Routine
C$RUN routine C$RUN Routine
C$SETEVENTDATA routine 6.10.8 ActiveX Library Routines C$SETEVENTDATA Routine
C$SETEVENTPARAM routine 6.10.8 ActiveX Library Routines 6.10.3 ActiveX Events C$SETEVENTPARAM Routine
C$SETVARIANT routine C$SETVARIANT Routine
C$SLEEP routine C$SLEEP Routine
C$SYSTEM routine C$SYSTEM Routine C$SYSTEM
C$SYSTEM routine: description C$SYSTEM Routine
C$SYSTEM routine: flags C$SYSTEM Routine
C$SYSTEM Routine: and 32-bit Windows C$SYSTEM
C$TOLOWER routine C$TOUPPER and C$TOLOWER Routines
C 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause C.4 Matching C Data Items C.1 Overview of Interface Methods
C: and USAGE types for integer data C.4 Matching C Data Items
C: compatible data types 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
C: compiler required for relinking C.1 Overview of Interface Methods
C: compilers and alignment boundaries C.4 Matching C Data Items
C: interfacing C.1 Overview of Interface Methods
C: USAGE types for integer data C.1 Overview of Interface Methods
C_ISAM_COMPRESS_KEYS configuration file entry C_ISAM_COMPRESS_KEYS
cache setting for HTML output from CGI programs CGI_NO_CACHE
CALL RUN, memory considerations CALL Statement
CALL statement CALL Statement
CALL statement: general rules CALL Statement
CALL statement: syntax rules CALL Statement
CALL THREAD 6.8.1 Thread Fundamentals
CALL verb C$CALLERR Routine C$CHAIN Routine
CALL verb: error messages C$CALLERR Routine
CALL verb: failures, finding reasons for C$CALLERR Routine
CALL verb: how to return after a C$CHAIN C$CHAIN Routine
CALL CALL 3.2.1 Object Libraries CALL Statement EXIT Statement
CALL, CHAIN, and CANCEL names, modifying at runtime CODE_MAPPING
CALL: and runcbl steps CALL
CALL: General Format CALL Statement
CALL: using EXIT to return control to calling program EXIT Statement
called programs, passing parameters CALL Statement
callers, identifying C$CALLEDBY Routine
calling COBOL routines from C C.6 Calling COBOL Routines From C
calling conventions, specifying for DLLs DLL_CONVENTION
calling program 5.6 LINKAGE Section
calling program: Linkage Section 5.6 LINKAGE Section
calling subprograms 2.9 Calling Subprograms
Calling ACUCOBOL-GT from other programming languages C$GETVARIANT Routine M.2.7 Calling ACUCOBOL-GT from Other Programming Languages in a 32-bit Windows Environment C$SETVARIANT Routine
Calling ACUCOBOL-GT from other programming languages: C$GETVARIANT C$GETVARIANT Routine
Calling ACUCOBOL-GT from other programming languages: C$SETVARIANT C$SETVARIANT Routine
Calls to IBM Servers M.2.9 SUPPORT FOR IBM SERVERS
Calls to IBM Servers: CICS M.2.9 SUPPORT FOR IBM SERVERS
Calls to IBM Servers: MQSeries M.2.9 SUPPORT FOR IBM SERVERS
CALL verb I.1 Library Routines
CALL verb: library routines I.1 Library Routines
CANCEL ALL statement, changing default behavior CANCEL_ALL_DLLS
CANCEL ALL 6.3 Memory Management
CANCEL statement and rules CANCEL Statement
CANCEL statement CANCEL Statement
CANCEL statement: general format CANCEL Statement
CANCEL 2.9 Calling Subprograms CANCEL 6.3 Memory Management
CANCEL: and runcbl steps CANCEL
CANCEL_ALL_DLLS configuration file entry M.2.5 Calling DLLs CANCEL_ALL_DLLS
CANCEL-BUTTON 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
CANCEL-BUTTON: PUSH-BUTTON style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
CAPTURE-MOUSE operation CAPTURE-MOUSE W$MOUSE Routine
capturing the mouse 7.2 Mouse Action Ownership in Graphical Environments
carriage control characters, treatment in LINE SEQUENTIAL data files CARRIAGE_CONTROL_FILTER
carriage return 11.1.4 Regarding Configuration Variables
carriage return: doesn't advance 11.1.4 Regarding Configuration Variables
CARRIAGE_CONTROL_FILTER configuration file entry Carriage control CARRIAGE_CONTROL_FILTER
CASE keyword 4.3.2.1 The KEYBOARD variable
case 2.1.11 Upper and Lower Case 1.1.1 Upper-Case and Special-Character Words UPPER_LOWER_MAP* C$TOUPPER and C$TOLOWER Routines
case: converting with library routine C$TOUPPER and C$TOLOWER Routines
case: lower/upper in command line 2.1.11 Upper and Lower Case
case: of words in manual, 1.1.1 Upper-Case and Special-Character Words
case: Upper_Lower_Map UPPER_LOWER_MAP*
catastrophic exit 6.7 Exiting From ACUCOBOL-GT Programs
CBL_AND routine CBL_AND Routine
CBL_COPY_FILE routine CBL_COPY_FILE Routine
CBL_CREATE_DIR routine CBL_CREATE_DIR Routine
CBL_DELETE_DIR routine CBL_DELETE_DIR Routine
CBL_DELETE_FILE routine CBL_DELETE_FILE Routine
CBL_EQ routine CBL_EQ Routine
CBL_NOT routine CBL_NOT Routine
CBL_OR routine CBL_OR Routine
CBL_XOR routine CBL_XOR Routine
cblconfig 1.1 Product Overview
CBLFLAGS environment variable 2.1.14 CBLFLAGS Environment Variable
cblutil options 3.2.4 Generating Native Code From ACUCOBOL-GT Portable Code
cblutil options: -native 3.2.4 Generating Native Code From ACUCOBOL-GT Portable Code
cblutil program 3.2.2 Creating Object Libraries 3.2.3 Getting Object Information
cblutil program: object file information command 3.2.3 Getting Object Information
cblutil program: object information 3.2.3 Getting Object Information
cblutil program: object library options 3.2.2 Creating Object Libraries
CCOL phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
CCOL 3.6 The Character Coordinate Phrases
CCOL: character coordinate phrase explained 3.6 The Character Coordinate Phrases
cell grid WIN3_GRID
cell grid: displaying in a window (debugging aid) WIN3_GRID
CELL phrase 4.6.3 Coordinate Space Solutions DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
CELL phrase: to define a cell in a floating window DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
CELL size 1.6.3.1 Establishing the initial window
CELL size: establishing in the main application window 1.6.3.1 Establishing the initial window
cell 4.6.1 Coordinate Handling
cell: defined 4.6.1 Coordinate Handling
CELL-COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
CELL-COLOR: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
CELL-DATA 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
CELL-DATA: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
CELL-FONT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
CELL-FONT: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
CELLS phrase 3.6 The Character Coordinate Phrases
CELLS phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
CELLS phrase: used with the character coordinate phrases 3.6 The Character Coordinate Phrases
CELLS phrase: with LINES and SIZE phrases 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
CENTER: ENTRY-FIELD style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
CENTER: LABEL style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
CENTERED-HEADINGS 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
CENTERED-HEADINGS: GRID style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
centering data with C$JUSTIFY C$JUSTIFY Routine
CGI programs DISPLAY external-form-item
CGI programs, caching HTML output to requesting client CGI_NO_CACHE
CGI programs, removing carriage return characters in HTML TEXTAREAS CGI_STRIP_CR
CGI programs, suppressing HTML header CGI_AUTO_HEADER
CGI programs: merging data with HTML templates DISPLAY external-form-item
CGI variables C$GETCGI Routine
CGI variables: retrieving C$GETCGI Routine
CGI 5.7.1.6 IS EXTERNAL-FORM clause CGI_NO_CACHE
CGI: retrieving a CGI variable 5.7.1.6 IS EXTERNAL-FORM clause
CGI: setting the HTML output cache option CGI_NO_CACHE
CGI_AUTO_HEADER configuration file entry CGI_AUTO_HEADER
CGI_NO_CACHE configuration file entry CGI_NO_CACHE
CGI_STRIP_CR configuration file entry CGI_STRIP_CR
CHAIN statement and rules CHAIN Statement
CHAIN statement CHAIN Statement
CHAIN statement: general format CHAIN Statement
CHAIN_MENUS configuration file entry CHAIN_MENUS
CHAINING phrase 6.5 Procedure Division Format
Changes affecting previous versions of the runtime and compiler Changes Affecting Version 4.3
changing a menu item W$MENU Routine
CHAR, Intrinsic Function CHAR Function
character coordinate phrases 3.6 The Character Coordinate Phrases
character map file DEFAULT_MAP_FILE
Character mapping server_MAP_FILE
Character mapping: server_MAP_FILE server_MAP_FILE
CHARACTER 4.3 Graphical vs. Textual Modes
character, converting to numeric value MOVE Statement
CHARACTER: label in Screen Section 4.3 Graphical vs. Textual Modes
character-based applications, determining initial color transformations when moving to graphical environments COLOR_TRANS
character-based applications, performing uniform color scheme changes when moving to graphical environments COLOR_MODEL*
character-based applications, transforming color combinations when moving to graphical environments COLOR_TABLE*
character-based emulation of windows and controls 4.6.7 Graphical Window and Control Emulation
character-based hosts, border attributes ACTIVE_BORDER_COLOR
character-based hosts, displaying floating windows BOXED_FLOATING_WINDOWS
character-based hosts, distinguishing enabled screen controls_ XE DISABLED_CONTROL_COLOR
character-based hosts, emulating graphical controls GUI_CHARS*
character-based hosts, specify attributes of inactive floating window border INACTIVE_BORDER_COLOR
character-based 1.6.1 Incompatibilities Between Graphical and Character Systems
character-based: differences from graphical 1.6.1 Incompatibilities Between Graphical and Character Systems
characters 4.4.4 Double-Byte Character Handling
characters: double-byte 4.4.4 Double-Byte Character Handling
check marks on menus 8.4.1 Properties of Menu Entries W$MENU Routine
check marks 8.9.2 Checking Menu Items
check marks: adding and removing in menus dynamically 8.9.2 Checking Menu Items
CHECK_USING configuration file entry CHECK_USING
CHECK-BOX control 3.8 Bitmap Buttons 5 Control Types Reference - 5.6 Check-Box - Common Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.6 Check-Box - Events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.6 Check-Box - Examples 5 Control Types Reference - 5.6 Check-Box - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE 5.6 Check-Box
CHECK-BOX control: bitmap button: introduced 3.8 Bitmap Buttons
CHECK-BOX control: common properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.6 Check-Box - Common Properties
CHECK-BOX control: common properties: COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
CHECK-BOX control: common properties: SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
CHECK-BOX control: common properties: TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
CHECK-BOX control: common properties: VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
CHECK-BOX control: events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.6 Check-Box - Events
CHECK-BOX control: examples 5 Control Types Reference - 5.6 Check-Box - Examples
CHECK-BOX control: special properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.6 Check-Box - Special Properties
CHECK-BOX control: special properties: BITMAP NUMBER 5 Control Types Reference - 5.6 Check-Box - Special Properties
CHECK-BOX control: special properties: BITMAP-HANDLE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.6 Check-Box - Special Properties
CHECK-BOX control: special properties: EXCEPTION-VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.6 Check-Box - Special Properties
CHECK-BOX control: special properties: TERMINATION-VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.6 Check-Box - Special Properties
CHECK-BOX control: styles: BITMAP 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
CHECK-BOX control: styles: FLAT 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
CHECK-BOX control: styles: FRAMED 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
CHECK-BOX control: styles: LEFT-TEXT 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
CHECK-BOX control: styles: NOTIFY 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
CHECK-BOX control: styles: SELF-ACT 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
CHECK-BOX control: styles: SQUARE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
CHECK-BOX control: styles: UNFRAMED 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
CHECK-BOX 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
CHECK-BOX: styles 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
checking menu items with the W$MENU routine 8.9.2 Checking Menu Items
checking server status C$ASYNCPOLL
CHECK-NUMBERS keyword 4.3.2.1 The KEYBOARD variable
CHECK-NUMBERS=Validate 6.6 Data Validation
child window 2.4 Parent and Child Windows
CHM files $WINHELP Routine
ChooseColor common dialog box 11.1.1 Regarding Windows
CICS M.2.9 SUPPORT FOR IBM SERVERS
C-ISAM files 3.3.11 Converting C-ISAM Files
C-ISAM files: converting with vutil 3.3.11 Converting C-ISAM Files
C-ISAM C$COPY Routine
C-ISAM: and C$COPY routine C$COPY Routine
class condition 6.3.2 Class Condition
class name 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
CLASS 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
class-name condition 6.3.2 Class Condition
clauses 2.5.1.4 Clauses and entries
clear all command The Breakpoints Menu Other commands
clear all watches Other commands
clear command The Breakpoints Menu Other commands
Clear All, debugger Set command The Data Menu The Breakpoints Menu
clearing all menus 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine
Clearing breakpoints The Breakpoints Menu
CLINE phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
CLINES phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
CLOSE file CLOSE Statement
CLOSE WINDOW CLOSE Statement
Close 8.14 System Menu "Close" Handling Under Windows
CLOSE CLOSE Statement 6.1.4 Record Locking
Close: handling under Windows 8.14 System Menu "Close" Handling Under Windows
CLOSE: and record locking 6.1.4 Record Locking
CLOSE: statement and rules CLOSE Statement
CLOSE_ON_EXIT configuration file entry 2.7.5 File Handling Options CLOSE_ON_EXIT
closing registry keys REG_CLOSE_KEY Routine
closing the main application window 11.1.1 Regarding Windows
CLSID 5 Control Types Reference - 5.19 ACTIVE-X - Special Properties
CLSID: ACTIVE-X special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.19 ACTIVE-X - Special Properties
CMD (command) events 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
CMD (command) events: CMD-GOTO: not generated for SELF-ACT buttons 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
CMD-ACTIVATE event 6.2 Window Events
CMD-ACTIVATE 6.8.5 Threading Rules That Affect Windows and ACCEPT Statements
CMD-CLICKED event 6.3 Control Events
CMD-CLICKED 6.3 Control Events
CMD-CLOSE event 6.2 Window Events
CMD-DBLCLICK event 6.3 Control Events
CMD-DBLCLICK 6.3 Control Events
CMD-GOTO event 6.3 Control Events
CMD-GOTO 6.6 Data Validation 11.1.2 Regarding Controls 6.3 Control Events
CMD-HELP event 6.3 Control Events
CMD-HELP 6.3 Control Events 10.3 The Help Processor
CMD-TABCHANGED event 6.3 Control Events
CMD-TABCHANGED 6.6 Data Validation 6.3 Control Events
COBOL implementations 2.3 Compatibility Modes
COBOL words 2.1.1 COBOL Words
COBOL words: defined 2.1.1 COBOL Words
COBOL 2.5.1 Program Elements 1.2 Acknowledgment
COBOL: ANSI standard, 1.2 Acknowledgment
COBOL: program elements 2.5.1 Program Elements
code and data file search paths 2.7.2 Code and Data File Search Paths
code sharing 2.11.1 Using Shared Memory
CODE_CASE configuration file entry CALL CODE_CASE
CODE_MAPPING configuration file entry CODE_MAPPING
CODE_PREFIX configuration file entry CALL 2.7.2 Code and Data File Search Paths CODE_PREFIX Using the Automation Server
CODE_PREFIX, applying to files with full path names APPLY_CODE_PATH
CODE_SUFFIX configuration file entry CALL 2.7.2 Code and Data File Search Paths Changes Affecting Version 3.2 CODE_SUFFIX
CODE_SYSTEM configuration file entry CODE_SYSTEM*
CODE_SYSTEM variable CODE_SYSTEM*
CODE_SYSTEM variable: table CODE_SYSTEM*
CODE-PREFIX C$CHDIR Routine
CODE-PREFIX: with C$CHDIR C$CHDIR Routine
CODE-SET 5.4.9 CODE-SET Clause
collating sequence 4.2.2 Object-Computer Paragraph
color 3.8.1 Drawing the Image 4.4.1 Adding Color 4.4.3 Additional Configuration Variables 4.6.4 Color 4.6.4.1 One-color terminals 6.10.15 ActiveX Color Representation 8.12 Menu Configuration With the Generic Menu Handler 9.1 Overview of Color Choices 9.1.1 Simplified Mapping Approach 9.1.2 Controlling the Color Mapping 9.10 Miscellaneous Options Under Windows and Windows NT 9.2.1 What Is a Color Model? 9.8 COLOR-TABLE Settings 9.9 ActiveX Color Settings ALFRED_ . . . _COLOR COLOR_MAP* L.1 Color Configuration Variables W$PALETTE Routine
COLOR 6.4.9 Common Screen Options DISPLAY BOX DISPLAY WINDOW DISPLAY LINE
color: ActiveX 6.10.15 ActiveX Color Representation
color: adding to monochrome displays 4.4.1 Adding Color
color: and video attributes, specify under alfred ALFRED_ . . . _COLOR
color: assigning with COLOR-MAP COLOR_MAP*
color: attributes in menus 8.12 Menu Configuration With the Generic Menu Handler
color: configuration variables L.1 Color Configuration Variables
color: customization for graphical environments 9.1.2 Controlling the Color Mapping
color: customizing controls 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
color: defaults in menus 8.12 Menu Configuration With the Generic Menu Handler
color: disabling on MS-DOS 4.4.3 Additional Configuration Variables
color: FCOLOR and BCOLOR keywords 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
color: inherited by a new window DISPLAY WINDOW
color: map, and SET ENVIRONMENT 4.4.1 Adding Color
color: mapping 9.1 Overview of Color Choices
color: mapping: for a bitmap 3.8.1 Drawing the Image
color: mapping: quick global color changes 9.1 Overview of Color Choices 9.1.1 Simplified Mapping Approach
color: mapping: remapping with configuration variables 9.1 Overview of Color Choices
color: models, explained 9.2.1 What Is a Color Model?
color: options under Windows and Windows NT 9.10 Miscellaneous Options Under Windows and Windows NT
color: REVERSED phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
color: setting foreground & background 4.6.4 Color
color: setting, ActiveX 9.9 ActiveX Color Settings
color: values: combinations of 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
color: values: foreground and background settings 9.8 COLOR-TABLE Settings
color: values: list of 9.8 COLOR-TABLE Settings
color: values: numeric 9.8 COLOR-TABLE Settings
color: when terminal can display only one color at a time 4.6.4.1 One-color terminals
color: Windows and Windows NT machines W$PALETTE Routine
COLOR: ACTIVE-X common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
COLOR: BAR common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
COLOR: BITMAP common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
COLOR: CHECK-BOX common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
COLOR: COMBO-BOX common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
COLOR: ENTRY-FIELD common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
COLOR: FRAME common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
COLOR: GRID common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
COLOR: in Common Screen Options 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
COLOR: in DISPLAY BOX DISPLAY BOX
COLOR: in DISPLAY WINDOW DISPLAY WINDOW
COLOR: in ERASE SCREEN in Screen Section 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
COLOR: in line drawing DISPLAY LINE
COLOR: LABEL common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
COLOR: LIST-BOX common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
COLOR: PUSH-BUTTON common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
COLOR: RADIO-BUTTON common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
COLOR: SCROLL-BAR common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
COLOR: STATUS-BAR common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
COLOR: TAB common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
COLOR: TREE-VIEW common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
COLOR: WEB-BROWSER common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
COLOR_MAP configuration file entry 2.7 Runtime Configuration 4.4.1 Adding Color Changes Affecting Version 1.3 COLOR_MAP*
COLOR_MODEL configuration file entry 9.1 Overview of Color Choices 9.1.1 Simplified Mapping Approach 9.2.1 What Is a Color Model? 9.3 COLOR-MODEL Settings 1 and 2 9.4 COLOR-MODEL Settings 3 and 4 9.5 COLOR-MODEL Settings 5 and 6 9.6 COLOR-MODEL Settings 7 and 8 9.7 COLOR-MODEL Settings 9 and 10 COLOR_MODEL* L.1 Color Configuration Variables
COLOR_MODEL configuration file entry: settings 1 and 2 9.3 COLOR-MODEL Settings 1 and 2
COLOR_MODEL configuration file entry: settings 3 and 4 9.4 COLOR-MODEL Settings 3 and 4
COLOR_MODEL configuration file entry: settings 5 and 6 9.5 COLOR-MODEL Settings 5 and 6
COLOR_MODEL configuration file entry: settings 7 and 8 9.6 COLOR-MODEL Settings 7 and 8
COLOR_MODEL configuration file entry: settings 9 and 10 9.7 COLOR-MODEL Settings 9 and 10
COLOR_TABLE configuration file entry 2.7 Runtime Configuration 9.1 Overview of Color Choices 9.1.2 Controlling the Color Mapping 9.8 COLOR-TABLE Settings COLOR_TABLE*
COLOR_TABLE configuration file entry: settings 9.8 COLOR-TABLE Settings
COLOR_TABLE configuration file entry: specifying color changes 9.8 COLOR-TABLE Settings
COLOR_TRANS configuration file entry L.1 Color Configuration Variables Step 3 - Transform Colors COLOR_TRANS
COLORS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.11 Bar - Special Properties
COLORS: BAR special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.11 Bar - Special Properties
COLUMN Clause in Screen Section 5.9.5 COLUMN Clause
COLUMN phrase DISPLAY LINE DISPLAY BOX DISPLAY WINDOW
COLUMN phrase: DISPLAY BOX DISPLAY BOX
COLUMN phrase: line drawing DISPLAY LINE
COLUMN phrase: NUMBER, DISPLAY WINDOW DISPLAY WINDOW
COLUMN_SEPARATION configuration file entry 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties COLUMN_SEPARATION Changes Affecting Version 3.1
COLUMN-COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
COLUMN-COLOR: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
COLUMN-DIVIDERS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
COLUMN-DIVIDERS: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
COLUMN-FONT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
COLUMN-FONT: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
COLUMN-HEADINGS 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
COLUMN-HEADINGS: GRID style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
COLUMN-NUMBER phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
columns WINPRINT-CLEAR-DATA-COLUMNS WINPRINT-CLEAR-PAGE-COLUMNS WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-COLUMN WINPRINT-SET-PAGE-COLUMN
columns, and horizontal scroll 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option
columns: clearing in Windows WINPRINT-CLEAR-DATA-COLUMNS
columns: defining in Windows WINPRINT-SET-PAGE-COLUMN WINPRINT-CLEAR-PAGE-COLUMNS WINPRINT-SET-DATA-COLUMNS
columns: selecting in Windows WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-COLUMN
combined conditions 6.3.8 Abbreviated Combined Relation Conditions 6.3.6.1 Combined conditions
combined conditions: abbreviated 6.3.8 Abbreviated Combined Relation Conditions
combined relation conditions 6.3.8 Abbreviated Combined Relation Conditions
combined relation conditions: abbreviated 6.3.8 Abbreviated Combined Relation Conditions
COMBO-BOX control 11.1.2 Regarding Controls 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Common Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Examples 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - Events - Using Special Keys 5.9 Combo Box
COMBO-BOX control: common properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Common Properties
COMBO-BOX control: common properties: COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
COMBO-BOX control: common properties: SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
COMBO-BOX control: common properties: TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
COMBO-BOX control: common properties: VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
COMBO-BOX control: data limit 11.1.2 Regarding Controls
COMBO-BOX control: events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Events
COMBO-BOX control: examples 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Examples
COMBO-BOX control: last item inserted twice 11.1.2 Regarding Controls
COMBO-BOX control: special keys 5 Control Types Reference - Events - Using Special Keys
COMBO-BOX control: special properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Special Properties
COMBO-BOX control: special properties: EXCEPTION-VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Special Properties
COMBO-BOX control: special properties: INSERTION-INDEX 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Special Properties
COMBO-BOX control: special properties: ITEM-TO-ADD 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Special Properties
COMBO-BOX control: special properties: ITEM-TO-DELETE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Special Properties
COMBO-BOX control: special properties: MASS-UPDATE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Special Properties
COMBO-BOX control: special properties: MAX-TEXT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Special Properties
COMBO-BOX control: special properties: RESET LIST 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Special Properties
COMBO-BOX control: special properties: TERMINATION-VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Special Properties
COMBO-BOX control: styles 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
COMBO-BOX control: styles: 3-D 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
COMBO-BOX control: styles: DROP-DOWN 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
COMBO-BOX control: styles: DROP-LIST 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
COMBO-BOX control: styles: LOWER 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
COMBO-BOX control: styles: NOTIFY-DBLCLICK 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
COMBO-BOX control: styles: NOTIFY-SELCHANGE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
COMBO-BOX control: styles: STATIC-LIST 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
COMBO-BOX control: styles: UNSORTED 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
COMBO-BOX control: styles: UPPER 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
command (CMD) events 6.1 Overview
command line 6.5 Procedure Division Format DISPLAY UPON COMMAND LINE ACCEPT Statement
command line: argument 6.5 Procedure Division Format
command line: buffer, changing contents ACCEPT Statement
command line: DISPLAY UPON COMMAND-LINE DISPLAY UPON COMMAND LINE
command processor, DOS Other commands
command SYSTEM Routine C$RUN Routine
command: executing an operating system SYSTEM Routine
command: executing operating system command from Windows C$RUN Routine
commands 1.6 Notation
commands: notation of 1.6 Notation
comment line 2.2.4 Blank Lines and Comment Lines
COMMENT directive 5.3.3.3 Comment Directive
Comment 2.2.1 ANSI Format
comment-entry 2.1.5 Comment Entries
COMMIT statement and rules COMMIT Statement
COMMIT 5.1.3 Transaction Management Verbs COMMIT Statement
COMMIT: General Format COMMIT Statement
COMMIT: implicit 5.1.3 Transaction Management Verbs
common properties of controls 3.1 Overview
common properties table 5.1.2 Common Properties Table
common properties 5.1 The Components of a Control
common properties: ACTIVE-X controls 5 Control Types Reference - 5.19 ACTIVE-X - Common Properties
common properties: TREE-VIEW control 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
common properties: WEB-BROWSER control 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
common screen options: AT phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: AUTO phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: BACKGROUND phrases 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: BACKGROUND-COLOR phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: BELL phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: BLINK phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: character coordinate phrases 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: COLOR phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: COLUMN-NUMBER phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: CONTROL phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: CONVERT phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: DEFAULT phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: ECHO phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: ENABLED phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: ERASE phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: FONT phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: FOREGROUND-COLOR phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: FULL phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: HELP-ID phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: IDENTIFICATION phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: KEY phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: LINES phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: LOWER phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: NO ADVANCING phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: NO ECHO phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: NUMERIC-FILL phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: OUTPUT phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: PROMPT phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: property name phrases 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: PROPERTY phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: REQUIRED phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: REVERSED phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: SAME phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: SCROLL phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: SIZE phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: STYLE phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: TAB phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: TITLE phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: UNDERLINED phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: UPON phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: UPPER phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: VALUE phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: video attributes phrases 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: VISIBLE phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common screen options: ZERO-FILL phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
common statement rules 6.4 Common Statement Rules
Common Gateway Interface 5.7.1.6 IS EXTERNAL-FORM clause
Common Screen Options 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
Common Screen Options: LINE-NUMBER phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
COMP-1 and COMP-2 are Floating-Point G.2 COMP-1 and COMP-2 are Floating-Point
COMP-1 and COMP-2 are Floating-Point: IBM DOS/VS COBOL G.2 COMP-1 and COMP-2 are Floating-Point
COMP-1 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
COMP-2 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
COMP-2: sign-storage convention 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
COMP-3 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
COMP-3: sign-storage convention 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
COMP-4 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
COMP-5 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
COMP-6 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
comparison 6.3.1.1 Comparison of numeric operands 6.3.1.2 Comparison of nonnumeric operands
comparison: of nonnumeric operands 6.3.1.2 Comparison of nonnumeric operands
comparison: of numeric operands 6.3.1.1 Comparison of numeric operands
compatibility modes 2.3 Compiler Compatibility Modes
compatibility Changes Affecting Version 4.3 2.1.3 Compatibility Options 2.3 Compatibility Modes 5.1.6 Large Data Handling
compatibility: and large data items 5.1.6 Large Data Handling
compatibility: backwards, compiler options 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
compatibility: compiler options 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
compatibility: modes, compiler 2.3 Compatibility Modes
compatibility: with earlier versions of the runtime and compiler Changes Affecting Version 4.3
compilation date and time WHEN-COMPILED
Compilation switches for compatibility with previous versions Changes Affecting Version 4.3
compiler error messages N.1 Introduction
compiler error messages: list of N.1 Introduction
compiler options 1.7.1 Handling Compilation Problems 2.1 Using the Compiler 2.1.1 Standard Options 2.1.1.1 Native Code Options 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options 2.1.12 File Name Handling 2.1.2 Listing Options 2.1.3 Compatibility Options 2.1.4 File Options 2.1.5 Source Options 2.1.6 Reserved Word Options 2.1.6.1 Mapping Options 2.1.7 Data Storage Options 2.1.8 Video Options 2.1.9 Debugging Options 2.2 Using the Runtime System 2.6 Source Code Control 5.1.9 Compiler File Options 6.3 Memory Management
compiler options: @ character in filenames 2.1.12 File Name Handling
compiler options: abbreviation of filenames 2.1.12 File Name Handling
compiler options: array references test 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
compiler options: as if INITIAL PROGRAM 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
compiler options: as if INITIAL PROGRAM: subprograms caution 6.3 Memory Management
compiler options: CENTURY-DATE, DAY 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
compiler options: compatibility options: ANSI 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
compiler options: compatibility options: ASSIGN phrase of SELECT, IBM/COBOL 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
compiler options: compatibility options: binary sequential 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
compiler options: compatibility options: default extension 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
compiler options: compatibility options: fixed length records 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
compiler options: compatibility options: IBM DOS/VS COBOL 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
compiler options: compatibility options: ICOBOL 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
compiler options: compatibility options: key number generation 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
compiler options: compatibility options: list of 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
compiler options: compatibility options: pre-85 compiler 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
compiler options: compatibility options: RM/COBOL 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
compiler options: compatibility options: VAX COBOL 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
compiler options: compatibility options: with prior versions 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
compiler options: data items larger than 64 KB 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
compiler options: data storage options: ACUCOBOL-GT convention select 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
compiler options: data storage options: alignment boundary 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
compiler options: data storage options: alignment of SYNCHRONIZED data items 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
compiler options: data storage options: BINARY STORAGE 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
compiler options: data storage options: BINARY 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
compiler options: data storage options: COMP-1 and COMP-2 treatment 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
compiler options: data storage options: COMPUTATIONAL-2 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
compiler options: data storage options: COMPUTATIONAL-5 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
compiler options: data storage options: default, ACUCOBOL-GT 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
compiler options: data storage options: different numeric format 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
compiler options: data storage options: floating point 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
compiler options: data storage options: IBM 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
compiler options: data storage options: initializing Working-Storage by type 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
compiler options: data storage options: Micro Focus 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
compiler options: data storage options: minimum bytes 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
compiler options: data storage options: modifying definition of data types 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
compiler options: data storage options: one byte 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
compiler options: data storage options: PACKED-DECIMAL 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
compiler options: data storage options: RM/COBOL 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
compiler options: data storage options: SIGN clause 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
compiler options: data storage options: size checking rule modification 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
compiler options: data storage options: treating binary as SYNCHRONIZED 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
compiler options: data storage options: VAX COBOL 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
compiler options: debugging options: all-level 2.1.9 Debugging Options
compiler options: debugging options: by line-number 2.1.9 Debugging Options
compiler options: debugging options: extra symbol 2.1.9 Debugging Options
compiler options: debugging options: list of 2.1.9 Debugging Options
compiler options: debugging options: minimal symbol 2.1.9 Debugging Options
compiler options: debugging options: source-level 2.1.9 Debugging Options
compiler options: error output 1.7.1 Handling Compilation Problems
compiler options: file options: data dictionaries 2.1.4 File Options
compiler options: file options: directory for data dictionary files 2.1.4 File Options
compiler options: file options: single locking 2.1.4 File Options
compiler options: file options: START TRANSACTION, implied 2.1.4 File Options
compiler options: file options: transaction files 2.1.4 File Options
compiler options: file options: transaction, implied 2.1.4 File Options
compiler options: file options: XFD files directory 2.1.4 File Options
compiler options: file options: XFD files for Version 3 2.1.4 File Options
compiler options: file options: XFD files, creating 2.1.4 File Options
compiler options: file options: XFD files, matching field names 2.1.4 File Options
compiler options: include source lines 2.6 Source Code Control
compiler options: indexing tables 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
compiler options: introduction 2.1 Using the Compiler
compiler options: listing options: cross-reference creating 2.1.2 Listing Options
compiler options: listing options: extended statistics 2.1.2 Listing Options
compiler options: listing options: list of 2.1.2 Listing Options
compiler options: listing options: output file for 2.1.2 Listing Options
compiler options: listing options: page length of listings 2.1.2 Listing Options
compiler options: listing options: source program and COPY libraries list 2.1.2 Listing Options
compiler options: listing options: summary of compiled program 2.1.2 Listing Options
compiler options: listing options: symbol tables 2.1.2 Listing Options
compiler options: listing options: wide format 2.1.2 Listing Options
compiler options: mapping options: copybook list 2.1.6.1 Mapping Options
compiler options: mapping options: data items, report 2.1.6.1 Mapping Options
compiler options: mapping options: list of special styles and properties 2.1.6.1 Mapping Options
compiler options: mapping options: list of 2.1.6.1 Mapping Options
compiler options: mapping options: lowercase text 2.1.6.1 Mapping Options
compiler options: mapping options: map report 2.1.6.1 Mapping Options
compiler options: mapping options: mixed-case text 2.1.6.1 Mapping Options
compiler options: mapping options: Procedure Division report 2.1.6.1 Mapping Options
compiler options: mapping options: report of reserved words 2.1.6.1 Mapping Options
compiler options: mapping options: source file list 2.1.6.1 Mapping Options
compiler options: mapping options: uppercase text 2.1.6.1 Mapping Options
compiler options: miscellaneous options: list of 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
compiler options: native code options: explained 2.1.1.1 Native Code Options
compiler options: native code options: generating for host machine 2.1.1.1 Native Code Options
compiler options: native code options: generating for Intel-class processors 2.1.1.1 Native Code Options
compiler options: native code options: generating for Sparc-class processors 2.1.1.1 Native Code Options
compiler options: no recursive PERFORMs 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
compiler options: recursive PERFORMs 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
compiler options: reserved words options: changing 2.1.6 Reserved Word Options
compiler options: reserved words options: ignoring 2.1.6 Reserved Word Options
compiler options: reserved words options: list of 2.1.6 Reserved Word Options
compiler options: reserved words options: suppressing 2.1.6 Reserved Word Options
compiler options: runtime, backward compatibility 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
compiler options: screen import utility 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
compiler options: segmentation in source 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
compiler options: source options: ANSI 2.1.5 Source Options
compiler options: source options: COPY library directories 2.1.5 Source Options
compiler options: source options: debugging lines 2.1.5 Source Options
compiler options: source options: exclude source lines 2.1.5 Source Options
compiler options: source options: include source lines 2.1.5 Source Options
compiler options: source options: input source, encoding scheme 2.1.5 Source Options
compiler options: source options: list of 2.1.5 Source Options
compiler options: source options: RM/COBOL tab stops 2.1.5 Source Options
compiler options: source options: tab stops 2.1.5 Source Options
compiler options: source options: tab stops, RM/COBOL 2.1.5 Source Options
compiler options: source options: terminal source format 2.1.5 Source Options
compiler options: standard options: errors, write to file 2.1.1 Standard Options
compiler options: standard options: ignore CBLFLAGS environment variable 2.1.1 Standard Options
compiler options: standard options: list of 2.1.1 Standard Options
compiler options: standard options: object file name 2.1.1 Standard Options
compiler options: standard options: print all warning messages 2.1.1 Standard Options
compiler options: standard options: verbose 2.1.1 Standard Options
compiler options: standard options: warning message suppression 2.1.1 Standard Options
compiler options: transaction management 5.1.9 Compiler File Options
compiler options: treating spaces as zero 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
compiler options: turning off local optimizer 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
compiler options: USAGE DISPLAY 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
compiler options: video options: BLANK EOL 2.1.8 Video Options
compiler options: video options: exception keys 2.1.8 Video Options
compiler options: video options: high intensity 2.1.8 Video Options
compiler options: video options: inhibiting bell 2.1.8 Video Options
compiler options: video options: intensity 2.1.8 Video Options
compiler options: video options: low intensity 2.1.8 Video Options
compiler options: video options: ON EXCEPTION 2.1.8 Video Options
compiler options: video options: treating as if CONVERT specified 2.1.8 Video Options
compiler options: warning message suppression 2.2 Using the Runtime System
compiler N.1 Introduction A.1 License Files, Sample Programs, ".def" and ".dll" Files
compiler, compatibility 2.1.3 Compatibility Options 2.3 Compatibility Modes
compiler, compatibility: IBM DOS/VS COBOL 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
compiler, compatibility: IBM/COBOL 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
compiler, compatibility: ICOBOL 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
compiler, compatibility: modes 2.3 Compatibility Modes
compiler, compatibility: options listed 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
compiler, compatibility: pre-85 compiler 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
compiler, compatibility: RM/COBOL 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
compiler, compatibility: VAX COBOL 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
compiler, compatibility: with prior versions 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
compiler, using 1.7.1 Handling Compilation Problems 2.1.12 File Name Handling 2.1 Using the Compiler
compiler, using: examples 2.1.12 File Name Handling
compiler, using: handling problems 1.7.1 Handling Compilation Problems
compiler: error messages, list of N.1 Introduction
compiler: installation A.1 License Files, Sample Programs, ".def" and ".dll" Files
compiler-directing statements 6.1.1 Statements and Sentences 2.5.1.5 Statements
complex conditions 6.3.6 Complex Conditions
COMP-N 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
COMPRESS_FACTOR configuration file entry COMPRESS_FACTOR
COMPRESS_FILES configuration file entry COMPRESS_FILES
compression factor 3.3.12 Converting Micro Focus Files 3.3.11 Converting C-ISAM Files 3.3.10 Converting RM/COBOL-85 Indexed Files
compression factor: option to set 3.3.12 Converting Micro Focus Files 3.3.10 Converting RM/COBOL-85 Indexed Files 3.3.11 Converting C-ISAM Files
COMPRESSION CONTROL VALUE IS 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
compression Selecting the Vision Version 6.1.6.1 Compression
compression: configuration file option 6.1.6.1 Compression
compression: using WITH COMPRESSION 6.1.6.1 Compression
compression: Vision files Selecting the Vision Version
COMPRESSION: described 6.1.6.1 Compression
COMPUTATIONAL 2.1.7 Data Storage Options 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
COMPUTATIONAL-1 2.1.7 Data Storage Options 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
COMPUTATIONAL-2 data items, compiler option 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
COMPUTATIONAL-2 2.1.7 Data Storage Options 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
COMPUTATIONAL-3 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
COMPUTATIONAL-4 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
COMPUTATIONAL-5 2.1.7 Data Storage Options 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
COMPUTATIONAL-6 2.1.7 Data Storage Options 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
COMPUTATIONAL-N 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
COMPUTATIONAL-X 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
COMPUTE statement and rules COMPUTE Statement
COMPUTE 6.4.1 Arithmetic Operations
COMP-X 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
COMP-X: maximum value 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
COM-REG COM-REG
COM-REG: IBM DOS/VS COBOL COM-REG
concatenation STRING Statement
concatenation: of data items STRING Statement
condition 6.3.7 Order of Evaluation
condition: order of evaluation 6.3.7 Order of Evaluation
conditional expressions 6.3 Conditional Expressions
conditional sentence 6.1.1 Statements and Sentences
conditional statements 2.5.1.5 Statements 6.1.1 Statements and Sentences
condition-name 5.2.4 Condition-Name (Level 88) 6.3.4 Condition-Name Condition 5.7.1.14 VALUE clause
condition-variable 6.3.4 Condition-Name Condition
config85.c 2.10 Reducing the Size of the Runtime
configuration file entries 1.2.2 Configuration and Programming Support 11.1.1 Regarding Windows 11.1.4 Regarding Configuration Variables 132_MODE 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options 2.11.2.1 Runtime handling of errors 2.2 Using the Runtime System 2.7 Runtime Configuration 2.7.2 Code and Data File Search Paths 2.7.3 File Status Codes 2.7.5 File Handling Options 2.8 File Name Interpretation 2.8.1 File Names Starting With a Hyphen 3.5.3 Translation of Messages 3.5.4.1 Initial startup and filename designation 3.5.6 Configuration Variables 3.7 Controls and the Mouse 3.8.4 Pop-Up Hints 3D_LINES 4.3.2 Redefining the Keyboard 4.3.2.1 The KEYBOARD variable 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable 4.4.1 Adding Color 4.4.3 Additional Configuration Variables 4.5.1 Restricted Video Modes 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.3 Label - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties 5.1.3 Transaction Management Verbs 5.1.5 Logging and Rollback of File Update Operations 5.1.7 Configuration Variables 5.12 Scroll Bar 5.2 Global Styles 5.4 Entry Field 5.4.1 Files Required for Translation 5.7.1.6 IS EXTERNAL-FORM clause 6 Procedure Division - USE Statement - Highlights for First-Time Users 6.2 Window Events 6.4 Menu Events 6.4.9 Common Screen Options 7.3.1 Mouse Exception Processing 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions 7.5 Screen Section Behavior 7_BIT 8.14 System Menu "Close" Handling Under Windows 8.5.1 Using genmenu 8.6 Menu Activation and Use 8.6.1 Defining Menu Keys 8.8 Changing Menu Results 9.1 Overview of Color Choices A_RETRY_DELAY A_WAIT_FOR_LICENSE ACCEPT Statement ACCEPT_TIMEOUT ACTIVE_BORDER_COLOR ACUCOBOL ALFRED_ . . . _BITMAP ALFRED_ . . . _COLOR ALFRED_ENTRY_FIELDS ALFRED_GET_PRINTER ALFRED_MESSAGE_FILE ALFRED_PRINTER_NAME ALFRED_TOOLS_FILE ALFREDBITMAPFILE ALFREDPRINTHEADERn ALICENSE_RETRIES APPLY_CODE_PATH APPLY_FILE_PATH AUTO_BUFFER AUTO_DECIMAL AUTOPROMPT BACKGROUND_INTENSITY BELL BOXED_FLOATING_WINDOWS BTRV_MASS_UPDATE BUFFERED_SCREEN C.3.1.1 Placing the "sub" routine in a DLL C_ISAM_COMPRESS_KEYS CALL Statement CALL CANCEL_ALL_DLLS Carriage control CARRIAGE_CONTROL_FILTER CGI_AUTO_HEADER CGI_NO_CACHE CGI_STRIP_CR CHAIN_MENUS Changes Affecting Version 1.3 Changes Affecting Version 1.5 Changes Affecting Version 3.1 Changes Affecting Version 3.2 Changes Affecting Version 4.3 CHECK_USING CLOSE_ON_EXIT CODE_CASE CODE_MAPPING CODE_PREFIX CODE_SUFFIX CODE_SYSTEM* COLOR_MAP* COLOR_MODEL* COLOR_TABLE* COLOR_TRANS COLUMN_SEPARATION COMMIT Statement COMPRESS_FACTOR COMPRESS_FILES CURRENCY CURSOR_MODE CURSOR_TYPE DECIMAL_POINT DEFAULT_FONT DEFAULT_HOST DEFAULT_MAP_FILE DEFAULT_PROGRAM DEFAULT_TIMEOUT Device locking DISABLED_CONTROL_COLOR DISPLAY external-form-item DISPLAY INITIAL WINDOW DISPLAY MESSAGE BOX DISPLAY WINDOW DLL_CONVENTION DLL_SUB_INTERFACE DOS_BOX_CHARS* DOS_OUTPUT_METHOD DOS_WATCOM_10 DOUBLE_CLICK_TIME DUPLICATES_LOG EDIT_MODE EF_UPPER_WIDE EF_WIDE_SIZE EOF_ABORTS EOL_CHAR ERRORS_OK Example 1: Default name handling EXIT_CURSOR EXTEND_CREATES EXTERNAL_SIZE EXTRA_KEYS_OK F10_IS_MENU FAST_ESCAPE FIELDS_UNBOXED FILE_CASE FILE_CONDITION* FILE_IO_PROCESSES_MESSAGES FILE_PREFIX FILE_STATUS_CODES* FILE_SUFFIX FILE_TRACE_FLUSH FILE_TRACE filename_DATA_FMT filename_HOST filename_INDEX_FMT filename_LOG FILENAME_SPACES filename_VERSION filename filesystem_DETACH FLUSH_ALL FLUSH_COUNT FLUSH_ON_ACCEPT FLUSH_ON_CLOSE FLUSH_ON_COMMIT FLUSH_ON_OPEN FONT* FONT_AUTO_ADJUST FONT_SIZE_ADJUST FONT_WIDE_SIZE_ADJUST FOREGROUND_INTENSITY FULL_BOXES GUI_CHARS* HINTS_OFF HINTS_ON HOT_KEY* HTML_TEMPLATE_PREFIX* ICOBOL_FILE_SEMANTICS* ICON INACTIVE_BORDER_COLOR INPUT_STATUS_DEFAULT INSERT_MODE INTENSITY_FLAGS IO_CREATES IO_READ_LOCK_TEST ISOLATE_FILE_CREATES J.2 Table of Codes J.4.1 Primary Error Codes JUSTIFY_NUM_FIELDS K.2 Runtime Options KEY_MAP KEYBOARD* KEYSTROKE* L.1 Color Configuration Variables LC_ALL LISTS_UNBOXED LOCK_DIR LOCK_OUTPUT LOCK_SORT LOCKED_RECORD_DELAY LOCKING_RETRIES LOCKS_PER_FILE LOG_BUFFER_SIZE LOG_DEVICE LOG_DIR LOG_ENCRYPTION LOG_FILE LOGGING M.2.2 Keyboard Differences M.2.3 Hardware Error Handling M.2.5 Calling DLLs MAKE_ZERO* MASS_UPDATE* MAX_ERROR_LINES* MAX_FILES MAX_LOCKS MENU_ITEM* MESSAGE_BOX_COLOR MESSAGE_QUEUE_SIZE MIN_REC_SIZE MONOCHROME MOUSE* MOUSE_FLAGS NO_CONSOLE NO_LOG_FILE_OK NUMERIC_VALIDATION OLD_ARIAL_DIMENSIONS OPEN Statement OPEN_FILES_ONCE PAGE_EJECT_ON_CLOSE PERFORM_STACK PROMPTING QUEUE_READERS QUIT_MODE RECURSION REL_DELETED_VALUE RENEW_TIMEOUT RESIZE_FRAMES RESIZE_FREELY RESTRICTED_VIDEO_MODE RMS_NATIVE_KEYS ROLLBACK Statement SCREEN* SCRIPT_STATUS SCROLL SEND Statement server_MAP_FILE SERVER_NUMBER Setting the entry field's width SHARED_CODE* SHUTDOWN_MESSAGE_BOX Sort files SORT_DIR SORT_FILES SORT_MEMORY SORT_RESERVE SPACES_ZERO SPOOL_FILE Step 2 - Assign Initial Attributes Step 3 - Transform Colors STOP_RUN_ROLLBACK STRIP_TRAILING_SPACES SWITCH_PERIOD TEMP_DIR TEMPORARY_CONTROLS TEXT* TRANSLATE_TO_ANSI TREE_ROOT_SPACE TREE_TAB_SIZE TRX_HOLDS_LOCKS UPPER_LOWER_MAP* USE_LOCAL_SERVER USE_MOUSE Using C only - no COBOL Using the Automation Server V_BUFFER_DATA V_BUFFERS V_BULK_MEMORY V_FORCE_OPEN V_INTERNAL_LOCKS V_LOCK_METHOD V_MARK_READ_CORRUPT V_READ_AHEAD V_SEG_SIZE V_VERSION V23_GRAPHICS_CHARACTERS V30_MEASUREMENTS V31_FLOATING_POINT V42_TRANSPARENT V43_PRINTER_CELLS WAIT_FOR_ALL_PIPES WAIT_FOR_FILE_ACCESS WAIT_FOR_LOCKS WARNING_ON_RECURSIVE_ACCEPTS WARNINGS WHITE_FILL WIN_ERROR_HANDLING WIN3_CLIP_CONTROLS WIN3_EF_PADDED WIN3_GRID WIN32_3D WINDOW_INTENSITY WINDOW_TITLE WRAP XFD_DIRECTORY
configuration file entries: 132_MODE 132_MODE
configuration file entries: 3D_LINES 3D_LINES A_WAIT_FOR_LICENSE
configuration file entries: 7_BIT 7_BIT
configuration file entries: A_LICENSE_RETRIES ALICENSE_RETRIES
configuration file entries: A_RETRY_DELAY A_RETRY_DELAY
configuration file entries: ACCEPT-_TIMEOUT ACCEPT_TIMEOUT
configuration file entries: ACTIVE_BORDER_COLOR ACTIVE_BORDER_COLOR
configuration file entries: ACUCOBOL ACUCOBOL
configuration file entries: alfred 3.5.6 Configuration Variables
configuration file entries: ALFRED_ . . . _BITMAP 3.5.6 Configuration Variables ALFRED_ . . . _BITMAP
configuration file entries: ALFRED_ . . . _COLOR 3.5.6 Configuration Variables ALFRED_ . . . _COLOR
configuration file entries: ALFRED_BITMAP_FILE 3.5.6 Configuration Variables ALFREDBITMAPFILE
configuration file entries: ALFRED_ENTRY_FIELDS 3.5.6 Configuration Variables ALFRED_ENTRY_FIELDS
configuration file entries: ALFRED_GET_PRINTER 3.5.6 Configuration Variables ALFRED_GET_PRINTER
configuration file entries: ALFRED_MESSAGE_FILE 3.5.6 Configuration Variables 3.5.3 Translation of Messages ALFRED_MESSAGE_FILE
configuration file entries: ALFRED_PRINT_HEADER 3.5.6 Configuration Variables ALFREDPRINTHEADERn
configuration file entries: ALFRED_PRINTER_NAME ALFRED_PRINTER_NAME
configuration file entries: ALFRED_TOOLS_FILE 3.5.6 Configuration Variables ALFRED_TOOLS_FILE
configuration file entries: ALFRED-PRINTER-NAME 3.5.6 Configuration Variables
configuration file entries: APPLY_CODE_PATH CALL APPLY_CODE_PATH
configuration file entries: APPLY_FILE_PATH 2.8 File Name Interpretation APPLY_FILE_PATH
configuration file entries: AUTO_BUFFER AUTO_BUFFER
configuration file entries: AUTO_DECIMAL 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties AUTO_DECIMAL
configuration file entries: AUTO_PROMPT 4.4.3 Additional Configuration Variables AUTOPROMPT
configuration file entries: BACKGROUND_INTENSITY Step 2 - Assign Initial Attributes BACKGROUND_INTENSITY L.1 Color Configuration Variables
configuration file entries: BELL 4.4.3 Additional Configuration Variables BELL
configuration file entries: BOXED_FLOATING_WINDOWS BOXED_FLOATING_WINDOWS
configuration file entries: BTRV_MASS_UPDATE BTRV_MASS_UPDATE
configuration file entries: BUFFERED_SCREEN BUFFERED_SCREEN
configuration file entries: C_ISAM_COMPRESS_KEYS C_ISAM_COMPRESS_KEYS CLOSE_ON_EXIT
configuration file entries: CANCEL_ALL_DLLS CANCEL_ALL_DLLS M.2.5 Calling DLLs
configuration file entries: CARRIAGE_CONTROL_FILTER Carriage control CARRIAGE_CONTROL_FILTER
configuration file entries: CGI_AUTO_HEADER CGI_AUTO_HEADER
configuration file entries: CGI_NO_CACHE CGI_NO_CACHE
configuration file entries: CGI_STRIP_CR CGI_STRIP_CR
configuration file entries: CHAIN_MENUS CHAIN_MENUS
configuration file entries: CHECK_USING CHECK_USING
configuration file entries: CLOSE_ON_EXIT 2.7.5 File Handling Options
configuration file entries: CODE_CASE CALL CODE_CASE
configuration file entries: CODE_MAPPING CODE_MAPPING
configuration file entries: CODE_PREFIX 2.7.2 Code and Data File Search Paths Using the Automation Server CODE_PREFIX
configuration file entries: CODE_SUFFIX 2.7.2 Code and Data File Search Paths CALL CODE_SUFFIX Changes Affecting Version 3.2
configuration file entries: CODE_SYSTEM CODE_SYSTEM*
configuration file entries: COLOR_MAP 4.4.1 Adding Color 2.7 Runtime Configuration Changes Affecting Version 1.3 COLOR_MAP*
configuration file entries: COLOR_MODEL 9.1 Overview of Color Choices L.1 Color Configuration Variables COLOR_MODEL*
configuration file entries: COLOR_TABLE 2.7 Runtime Configuration 9.1 Overview of Color Choices COLOR_TABLE*
configuration file entries: COLOR_TRANS L.1 Color Configuration Variables COLOR_TRANS Step 3 - Transform Colors
configuration file entries: COLUMN_SEPARATION 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties COLUMN_SEPARATION Changes Affecting Version 3.1
configuration file entries: COMPRESS_FACTOR COMPRESS_FACTOR
configuration file entries: COMPRESS_FILES COMPRESS_FILES
configuration file entries: CURRENCY CURRENCY
configuration file entries: CURSOR_MODE CURSOR_MODE
configuration file entries: CURSOR_TYPE CURSOR_TYPE
configuration file entries: DECIMAL_POINT DECIMAL_POINT
configuration file entries: DEFAULT_FONT ACCEPT Statement DEFAULT_FONT
configuration file entries: DEFAULT_HOST DEFAULT_HOST
configuration file entries: DEFAULT_MAP_FILE DEFAULT_MAP_FILE 5.4.1 Files Required for Translation DEFAULT_MAP_FILE
configuration file entries: DEFAULT_PROGRAM 2.2 Using the Runtime System DEFAULT_PROGRAM
configuration file entries: DEFAULT_TIMEOUT DEFAULT_TIMEOUT
configuration file entries: DISABLED_CONTROL_COLOR DISABLED_CONTROL_COLOR
configuration file entries: DLL_CONVENTION M.2.5 Calling DLLs DLL_CONVENTION
configuration file entries: DLL_SUB_INTERFACE DLL_SUB_INTERFACE C.3.1.1 Placing the "sub" routine in a DLL
configuration file entries: DOS_BOX_CHARS DOS_BOX_CHARS*
configuration file entries: DOS_OUTPUT_METHOD DOS_OUTPUT_METHOD
configuration file entries: DOS_WATCOM_10 DOS_WATCOM_10
configuration file entries: DOUBLE_CLICK_TIME DOUBLE_CLICK_TIME
configuration file entries: DUPLICATES_LOG DUPLICATES_LOG
configuration file entries: EDIT_MODE EDIT_MODE Changes Affecting Version 1.3
configuration file entries: EF_UPPER_WIDE Setting the entry field's width EF_UPPER_WIDE
configuration file entries: EF_WIDE_SIZE Setting the entry field's width EF_WIDE_SIZE
configuration file entries: EOF_ABORTS EOF_ABORTS
configuration file entries: EOL_CHAR EOL_CHAR
configuration file entries: ERRORS_OK 2.7.5 File Handling Options ERRORS_OK
configuration file entries: EXIT_CURSOR EXIT_CURSOR
configuration file entries: EXTEND_CREATES 2.7.5 File Handling Options EXTEND_CREATES Changes Affecting Version 1.3
configuration file entries: EXTERNAL_SIZE EXTERNAL_SIZE
configuration file entries: EXTRA_KEYS_OK OPEN Statement EXTRA_KEYS_OK
configuration file entries: F10_IS_MENU 8.6 Menu Activation and Use M.2.2 Keyboard Differences F10_IS_MENU
configuration file entries: FAST_ESCAPE FAST_ESCAPE
configuration file entries: FIELDS_UNBOXED 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES 5 Control Types Reference - 5.3 Label - Special Properties FIELDS_UNBOXED
configuration file entries: FILE_CASE 2.8 File Name Interpretation FILE_CASE
configuration file entries: FILE_CONDITION 2.7 Runtime Configuration FILE_CONDITION*
configuration file entries: FILE_IO_PROCESSES_MESSAGES FILE_IO_PROCESSES_MESSAGES Changes Affecting Version 3.1
configuration file entries: FILE_PREFIX 2.7.2 Code and Data File Search Paths 2.8 File Name Interpretation 3.5.4.1 Initial startup and filename designation 8.5.1 Using genmenu Example 1: Default name handling FILE_PREFIX Using the Automation Server
configuration file entries: FILE_STATUS_CODES 2.7.3 File Status Codes 6 Procedure Division - USE Statement - Highlights for First-Time Users FILE_STATUS_CODES*
configuration file entries: FILE_SUFFIX 2.7.2 Code and Data File Search Paths 2.8 File Name Interpretation 3.5.4.1 Initial startup and filename designation 8.5.1 Using genmenu FILE_SUFFIX
configuration file entries: FILE_TRACE FILE_TRACE_FLUSH FILE_TRACE
configuration file entries: filename filename
configuration file entries: filename_DATA_FMT filename_DATA_FMT
configuration file entries: filename_HOST filename_HOST
configuration file entries: filename_INDEX_FMT filename_INDEX_FMT
configuration file entries: filename_LOG 5.1.7 Configuration Variables filename_LOG
configuration file entries: FILENAME_SPACES FILENAME_SPACES
configuration file entries: filename_VERSION filename_VERSION
configuration file entries: filesystem_DETACH filesystem_DETACH
configuration file entries: FLUSH_ALL FLUSH_ALL
configuration file entries: FLUSH_COUNT FLUSH_COUNT
configuration file entries: FLUSH_ON_ACCEPT FLUSH_ON_ACCEPT
configuration file entries: FLUSH_ON_CLOSE FLUSH_ON_CLOSE
configuration file entries: FLUSH_ON_COMMIT COMMIT Statement FLUSH_ON_COMMIT
configuration file entries: FLUSH_ON_OPEN FLUSH_ON_OPEN
configuration file entries: FONT FONT*
configuration file entries: FONT_AUTO_ADJUST FONT_AUTO_ADJUST
configuration file entries: FONT_SIZE_ADJUST FONT_SIZE_ADJUST
configuration file entries: FONT_WIDE_SIZE_ADJUST Tips FONT_WIDE_SIZE_ADJUST
configuration file entries: FOREGROUND_INTENSITY DISPLAY WINDOW FOREGROUND_INTENSITY Step 2 - Assign Initial Attributes
configuration file entries: FULL_BOXES FULL_BOXES
configuration file entries: GUI_CHARS 5.12 Scroll Bar GUI_CHARS*
configuration file entries: HINTS_OFF 3.8.4 Pop-Up Hints HINTS_OFF
configuration file entries: HINTS_ON 3.8.4 Pop-Up Hints HINTS_ON
configuration file entries: HOT_KEY 2.7 Runtime Configuration HOT_KEY*
configuration file entries: HTML_TEMPLATE_PREFIX DISPLAY external-form-item 5.7.1.6 IS EXTERNAL-FORM clause HTML_TEMPLATE_PREFIX*
configuration file entries: ICOBOL_FILE_SEMANTICS ICOBOL_FILE_SEMANTICS* K.2 Runtime Options
configuration file entries: ICON ICON
configuration file entries: INACTIVE_BORDER_COLOR INACTIVE_BORDER_COLOR
configuration file entries: INPUT_STATUS_DEFAULT INPUT_STATUS_DEFAULT ACCEPT Statement
configuration file entries: INSERT_MODE 5.4 Entry Field INSERT_MODE
configuration file entries: INTENSITY_FLAGS L.1 Color Configuration Variables INTENSITY_FLAGS
configuration file entries: IO_CREATES 2.7.5 File Handling Options IO_CREATES
configuration file entries: IO_READ_LOCK_TEST IO_READ_LOCK_TEST
configuration file entries: ISOLATE_FILE_CREATES ISOLATE_FILE_CREATES
configuration file entries: JUSTIFY_NUM_FIELDS JUSTIFY_NUM_FIELDS
configuration file entries: KEY_MAP KEY_MAP Changes Affecting Version 1.3
configuration file entries: KEYBOARD 4.3.2.1 The KEYBOARD variable 4.3.2 Redefining the Keyboard 2.7 Runtime Configuration KEYBOARD*
configuration file entries: KEYSTROKE 11.1.4 Regarding Configuration Variables 2.7 Runtime Configuration 4.3.2 Redefining the Keyboard 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable 5.4 Entry Field 7.3.1 Mouse Exception Processing 8.6.1 Defining Menu Keys KEYSTROKE*
configuration file entries: LC_ALL LC_ALL
configuration file entries: LISTS_UNBOXED 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES LISTS_UNBOXED
configuration file entries: LOCK_DIR Device locking LOCK_DIR
configuration file entries: LOCK_OUTPUT LOCK_OUTPUT
configuration file entries: LOCK_SORT LOCK_SORT
configuration file entries: LOCKED_RECORD_DELAY LOCKED_RECORD_DELAY
configuration file entries: LOCKING_RETRIES LOCKING_RETRIES
configuration file entries: LOCKS_PER_FILE J.2 Table of Codes LOCKS_PER_FILE
configuration file entries: LOG_BUFFER_SIZE 5.1.7 Configuration Variables LOG_BUFFER_SIZE
configuration file entries: LOG_DEVICE 5.1.7 Configuration Variables LOG_DEVICE
configuration file entries: LOG_DIR 5.1.7 Configuration Variables ROLLBACK Statement LOG_DIR J.4.1 Primary Error Codes
configuration file entries: LOG_ENCRYPTION 5.1.7 Configuration Variables LOG_ENCRYPTION
configuration file entries: LOG_FILE 5.1.7 Configuration Variables 5.1.5 Logging and Rollback of File Update Operations LOG_FILE
configuration file entries: LOGGING 5.1.7 Configuration Variables ROLLBACK Statement LOGGING
configuration file entries: MAKE_ZERO 2.2 Using the Runtime System MAKE_ZERO*
configuration file entries: MASS_UPDATE 2.7.5 File Handling Options MASS_UPDATE*
configuration file entries: MAX_ERROR_LINES MAX_ERROR_LINES*
configuration file entries: MAX_FILES MAX_FILES
configuration file entries: MAX_LOCKS MAX_LOCKS J.2 Table of Codes
configuration file entries: MENU_ITEM 2.7 Runtime Configuration 8.8 Changing Menu Results MENU_ITEM*
configuration file entries: MESSAGE_BOX_COLOR MESSAGE_BOX_COLOR
configuration file entries: MESSAGE_QUEUE_SIZE SEND Statement MESSAGE_QUEUE_SIZE
configuration file entries: MIN_REC_SIZE MIN_REC_SIZE
configuration file entries: MONOCHROME 4.4.3 Additional Configuration Variables MONOCHROME
configuration file entries: MOUSE 2.7 Runtime Configuration 7.5 Screen Section Behavior MOUSE*
configuration file entries: MOUSE_FLAGS 11.1.4 Regarding Configuration Variables 3.7 Controls and the Mouse MOUSE_FLAGS 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
configuration file entries: NO_CONSOLE NO_CONSOLE Using C only - no COBOL
configuration file entries: NO_LOG_FILE_OK NO_LOG_FILE_OK
configuration file entries: NUMERIC_VALIDATION NUMERIC_VALIDATION
configuration file entries: OLD_ARIAL_DIMENSIONS Changes Affecting Version 4.3 OLD_ARIAL_DIMENSIONS
configuration file entries: OPEN_FILES_ONCE OPEN_FILES_ONCE
configuration file entries: PAGE_EJECT_ON_CLOSE 2.7.5 File Handling Options PAGE_EJECT_ON_CLOSE
configuration file entries: PERFORM_STACK 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options PERFORM_STACK
configuration file entries: PROMPTING PROMPTING
configuration file entries: QUEUE_READERS QUEUE_READERS
configuration file entries: QUIT_MODE 6.2 Window Events 6.4 Menu Events 8.14 System Menu "Close" Handling Under Windows 11.1.1 Regarding Windows QUIT_MODE
configuration file entries: RECURSION RECURSION
configuration file entries: REL_DELETED_VALUE REL_DELETED_VALUE
configuration file entries: RENEW_TIMEOUT RENEW_TIMEOUT
configuration file entries: RESIZE_FRAMES RESIZE_FRAMES
configuration file entries: RESIZE_FREELY RESIZE_FREELY
configuration file entries: RESTRICTED_VIDEO_MODE 4.4.3 Additional Configuration Variables 4.5.1 Restricted Video Modes RESTRICTED_VIDEO_MODE
configuration file entries: RMS_NATIVE_KEYS RMS_NATIVE_KEYS
configuration file entries: SCREEN 2.7 Runtime Configuration DISPLAY INITIAL WINDOW DISPLAY WINDOW SCREEN*
configuration file entries: SCRIPT_STATUS ACCEPT Statement SCRIPT_STATUS
configuration file entries: SCROLL 4.4.3 Additional Configuration Variables DISPLAY WINDOW Changes Affecting Version 1.3 SCROLL
configuration file entries: server_MAP_FILE 5.4.1 Files Required for Translation server_MAP_FILE
configuration file entries: SERVER_NUMBER SERVER_NUMBER
configuration file entries: SHARED_CODE 2.11.2.1 Runtime handling of errors SHARED_CODE*
configuration file entries: SHUTDOWN_MESSAGE_BOX SHUTDOWN_MESSAGE_BOX
configuration file entries: SORT_DIR Sort files 2.8.1 File Names Starting With a Hyphen SORT_DIR
configuration file entries: SORT_FILES SORT_FILES
configuration file entries: SORT_MEMORY SORT_MEMORY
configuration file entries: SORT_RESERVE SORT_RESERVE
configuration file entries: SPACES_ZERO SPACES_ZERO Changes Affecting Version 1.5
configuration file entries: specific to interface programming and configuration 1.2.2 Configuration and Programming Support
configuration file entries: SPOOL_FILE SPOOL_FILE
configuration file entries: STOP_RUN_ROLLBACK 5.1.3 Transaction Management Verbs COMMIT Statement ROLLBACK Statement STOP_RUN_ROLLBACK
configuration file entries: STRIP_TRAILING_SPACES STRIP_TRAILING_SPACES
configuration file entries: SWITCH_PERIOD SWITCH_PERIOD
configuration file entries: TEMP_DIR 2.8.1 File Names Starting With a Hyphen TEMP_DIR
configuration file entries: TEMPORARY_CONTROLS 5.2 Global Styles TEMPORARY_CONTROLS
configuration file entries: TEXT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties DISPLAY MESSAGE BOX TEXT*
configuration file entries: tips and hints 11.1.4 Regarding Configuration Variables
configuration file entries: TRANSLATE_TO_ANSI TRANSLATE_TO_ANSI
configuration file entries: TREE_ROOT_SPACE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE TREE_ROOT_SPACE
configuration file entries: TREE_TAB_SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE TREE_TAB_SIZE
configuration file entries: TRX_HOLDS_LOCKS TRX_HOLDS_LOCKS
configuration file entries: UPPER_LOWER_MAP 6.4.9 Common Screen Options UPPER_LOWER_MAP*
configuration file entries: USE_LOCAL_SERVER USE_LOCAL_SERVER
configuration file entries: USE_MOUSE USE_MOUSE
configuration file entries: used with logging 5.1.7 Configuration Variables
configuration file entries: V_BUFFER_DATA V_BUFFER_DATA
configuration file entries: V_BUFFERS CALL Statement V_BUFFERS
configuration file entries: V_BULK_MEMORY V_BULK_MEMORY
configuration file entries: V_FORCE_OPEN V_FORCE_OPEN
configuration file entries: V_INTERNAL_LOCKS V_INTERNAL_LOCKS
configuration file entries: V_LOCK_METHOD V_LOCK_METHOD
configuration file entries: V_MARK_READ_CORRUPT V_MARK_READ_CORRUPT
configuration file entries: V_READ_AHEAD V_READ_AHEAD
configuration file entries: V_SEG_SIZE V_SEG_SIZE
configuration file entries: V_VERSION V_VERSION
configuration file entries: V23_GRAPHICS_CHARACTERS V23_GRAPHICS_CHARACTERS
configuration file entries: V30_MEASUREMENTS V30_MEASUREMENTS
configuration file entries: V31_FLOATING_POINT V31_FLOATING_POINT
configuration file entries: V42_TRANSPARENT V42_TRANSPARENT
configuration file entries: V43_PRINTER_CELLS V43_PRINTER_CELLS
configuration file entries: WAIT_FOR_ALL_PIPES WAIT_FOR_ALL_PIPES
configuration file entries: WAIT_FOR_FILE_ACCESS WAIT_FOR_FILE_ACCESS
configuration file entries: WAIT_FOR_LOCKS WAIT_FOR_LOCKS
configuration file entries: WARNING_ON_RECURSIVE_ACCEPTS WARNING_ON_RECURSIVE_ACCEPTS
configuration file entries: WARNINGS 2.2 Using the Runtime System WARNINGS
configuration file entries: WHITE_FILL WHITE_FILL
configuration file entries: WIN_ERROR_HANDLING M.2.3 Hardware Error Handling WIN_ERROR_HANDLING
configuration file entries: WIN3_CLIP_CONTROLS WIN3_CLIP_CONTROLS
configuration file entries: WIN3_EF_PADDED WIN3_EF_PADDED
configuration file entries: WIN3_GRID WIN3_GRID
configuration file entries: WIN32_3D 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES WIN32_3D
configuration file entries: WINDOW_INTENSITY DISPLAY WINDOW WINDOW_INTENSITY
configuration file entries: WINDOW_TITLE WINDOW_TITLE
configuration file entries: WRAP 4.4.3 Additional Configuration Variables DISPLAY WINDOW Changes Affecting Version 1.3 WRAP
configuration file entries: XFD_DIRECTORY 3.5.4.1 Initial startup and filename designation XFD_DIRECTORY 5.4.1 Files Required for Translation
configuration file entry 2.7 Runtime Configuration 2.8 File Name Interpretation 5.4.1 Files Required for Translation Tips DEFAULT_MAP_FILE
configuration file 1.1 Product Overview 2.1.15 Help, Version Information, and Communication With C Programs 2.2 Using the Runtime System 2.7 Runtime Configuration 2.8 File Name Interpretation H.1 Introduction SET Statement
configuration file: format of 2.7 Runtime Configuration
configuration file: information 2.1.15 Help, Version Information, and Communication With C Programs
configuration file: names 2.7 Runtime Configuration
configuration file: rules 2.7 Runtime Configuration H.1 Introduction
configuration file: runtime option for listing of 2.2 Using the Runtime System
configuration file: SET statement SET Statement
configuration file: specifying an alternate 2.2 Using the Runtime System
configuration file: versus user's environment 2.8 File Name Interpretation
configuration options that can affect file operations and performance 2.7.5 File Handling Options
configuration variables for display 4.4.3 Additional Configuration Variables
configuration variables 11.1.4 Regarding Configuration Variables 2.7 Runtime Configuration 2.8 File Name Interpretation 4.2.3 Step Three-Configuration Variables H.1 Introduction SET Statement
configuration variables: described H.1 Introduction
configuration variables: questions 11.1.4 Regarding Configuration Variables
configuration variables: runtime 2.7 Runtime Configuration
configuration variables: SET statement to modify during execution SET Statement
Configuration Section 4.2 Configuration Section
configuration C$KEYMAP Routine A.2 Configuring Your Terminals
configuration: keyboard, saving C$KEYMAP Routine
configuration: of terminals A.2 Configuring Your Terminals
connecting AcuConnect asynchronously C$ASYNCRUN
CONSOLE IS CRT 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
constants, figurative 2.1.2.3 Figurative constants
contents command The Help Menu
context ID (Windows help) Mapping context IDs
context-sensitive help 10.1 HELP-ID
context-sensitive help: see help automation 10.1 HELP-ID
continuation lines 2.2.3 Line Continuation
continue command The Run Menu
CONTINUE statement and rules CONTINUE Statement
control components diagram 5.1.1 Control Components Diagram
control components 5.1 The Components of a Control
control events 6.3 Control Events
control handles 3.2 Control Types, Handles, and IDs
control keys, how to define 4.3.2.3 Table of keys
control properties and styles 2.1.6.1 Mapping Options
control properties and styles: making a list 2.1.6.1 Mapping Options
control type, ActiveX 6.10.4 ACTIVE-X Control Type
control types 5.1 The Components of a Control
CONTROL KEY clause 4.3.2.1 The KEYBOARD variable 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable 4.3.1.3 Keyboard configuration 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
CONTROL KEY clause: value, and status-name 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
CONTROL KEY phrase for ACCEPT ACCEPT Statement
CONTROL phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
CONTROL VALUE phrase DISPLAY WINDOW
CONTROL 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
CONTROL: cntrl-string, keywords allowed 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
CONTROL-HANDLE 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
controlling menus with the W$MENU routine 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
controlling mouse behavior 7.6 W$MOUSE Library Routine 7.3 How Mouse Actions Are Handled 3.7 Controls and the Mouse W$MOUSE Routine
control-name 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
control-name: example of structure 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
controls and windows 3.3 Interaction Between Controls and Windows
controls and windows: interaction 3.3 Interaction Between Controls and Windows
controls 1.6.1 Incompatibilities Between Graphical and Character Systems 1.6.3.1 Establishing the initial window 1.6.3.2 Tips for building single-interface programs 2.10 Reducing the Size of the Runtime 3.1 Overview 3.2 Control Types, Handles, and IDs 3.3 Interaction Between Controls and Windows 3.4 Creating, Modifying, Inquiring, and Destroying Controls 3.5 Entering Data Into a Control 3.6 The Character Coordinate Phrases 3.7 Controls and the Mouse 3.9 Paged List Boxes 3.9.2 Adding Records to a Paged List Box 3.9.3 Other List Box Operations 3.9.4 Paged List Box Event Handling 3.9.5 Paged List Box Example 4.6.7 Graphical Window and Control Emulation 5.1 The Components of a Control 5.1.2 Common Properties Table 5.1.3 Styles Table 5.1.4 Special Properties Table 5.10 Frame 5.11 Bar 5.12 Scroll Bar 5.13 Tab 5.14 Bitmap 5.15 Grid 5.16 Tree View Control 5.17 Web-Browser 5.18 Status Bar 5.19 ACTIVE-X 5.2 Global Styles 5.3 Label 5.4 Entry Field 5.5 Push-Button 5.7 Radio-Button 5.9 Combo Box 5.9 Screen Description Entry 6.4.9 Common Screen Options ACCEPT Statement ACTIVE_BORDER_COLOR BOXED_FLOATING_WINDOWS DESTROY Statement DISPLAY control-type-name FULL_BOXES GUI_CHARS* INACTIVE_BORDER_COLOR INQUIRE Statement MESSAGE_BOX_COLOR MODIFY Statement PROMPTING Reconstructing the screen RESIZE_FRAMES SHUTDOWN_MESSAGE_BOX TEMPORARY_CONTROLS WIN3_CLIP_CONTROLS
controls.def 5.1 The Components of a Control 5.9 Screen Description Entry
controls: activating 3.5 Entering Data Into a Control ACCEPT Statement
controls: activating: with Screen Section ACCEPT Statement
controls: ACTIVE-X controls_ XE 5.19 ACTIVE-X
controls: background intensity 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
controls: BAR control 5.11 Bar
controls: basic components of 3.1 Overview 5.1 The Components of a Control
controls: BITMAP control 5.14 Bitmap
controls: CELL size: establishing in the main application window 1.6.3.1 Establishing the initial window
controls: CELLS phrase with character coordinate phrases 3.6 The Character Coordinate Phrases
controls: CELLS phrase 3.6 The Character Coordinate Phrases
controls: changing with the MODIFY statement MODIFY Statement
controls: character-based emulation: default characters 4.6.7 Graphical Window and Control Emulation
controls: colors, assigning 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
controls: COMBO-BOX control 5.9 Combo Box
controls: common properties 5.1 The Components of a Control
controls: common properties: introduced 3.1 Overview
controls: common properties: table of 5.1.2 Common Properties Table
controls: compatibility with subwindows 3.3 Interaction Between Controls and Windows
controls: constant ID 5.1 The Components of a Control
controls: creating 3.4 Creating, Modifying, Inquiring, and Destroying Controls
controls: creating: modifying: inquiring: and destroying 3.4 Creating, Modifying, Inquiring, and Destroying Controls
controls: displaying and hiding with the VISIBLE phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
controls: emulation on character-based systems 4.6.7 Graphical Window and Control Emulation
controls: enabled and disabled with the ENABLED phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
controls: entering data into 3.5 Entering Data Into a Control
controls: ENTRY-FIELD control 5.4 Entry Field
controls: field numbers in Screen Section 5.9 Screen Description Entry
controls: font, assigning 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
controls: FRAME control 5.10 Frame
controls: global styles 5.2 Global Styles
controls: global styles: HEIGHT-IN-CELLS 5.2 Global Styles
controls: global styles: NO-TAB 5.2 Global Styles
controls: global styles: OVERLAP-LEFT 5.2 Global Styles
controls: global styles: OVERLAP-TOP 5.2 Global Styles
controls: global styles: PERMANENT 5.2 Global Styles
controls: global styles: TEMPORARY 5.2 Global Styles
controls: global styles: WIDTH-IN-CELLS 5.2 Global Styles
controls: GRID control 5.15 Grid
controls: handles 5.1 The Components of a Control
controls: hiding with the VISIBLE phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
controls: identifier (ID) 3.2 Control Types, Handles, and IDs
controls: identifier: assigning 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
controls: interaction with pop-up subwindows DISPLAY control-type-name
controls: key letter: designating 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
controls: key letter: treatment in text mode 4.6.7 Graphical Window and Control Emulation
controls: LABEL control 5.3 Label
controls: list box: paged: search box 3.9.3 Other List Box Operations
controls: LIST-BOX: PAGED 3.9 Paged List Boxes
controls: LIST-BOX: PAGED: adding records to 3.9.2 Adding Records to a Paged List Box
controls: LIST-BOX: PAGED: code example 3.9.5 Paged List Box Example
controls: LIST-BOX: PAGED: event handling 3.9.4 Paged List Box Event Handling
controls: mouse interaction 3.7 Controls and the Mouse
controls: overview 3.1 Overview
controls: PAGED LIST-BOX 3.9 Paged List Boxes
controls: PAGED LIST-BOX: adding records to 3.9.2 Adding Records to a Paged List Box
controls: PAGED LIST-BOX: code example 3.9.5 Paged List Box Example
controls: PAGED LIST-BOX: event handling 3.9.4 Paged List Box Event Handling
controls: positioning with character coordinate phrases 3.6 The Character Coordinate Phrases
controls: positioning: AT phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
controls: positioning: COLUMN phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
controls: positioning: LINE phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
controls: properties 5.1 The Components of a Control
controls: PUSH-BUTTON control 5.5 Push-Button
controls: RADIO-BUTTON control 5.7 Radio-Button
controls: redisplaying a moved control Reconstructing the screen
controls: removing runtime support for 2.10 Reducing the Size of the Runtime
controls: removing with DESTROY DESTROY Statement
controls: removing 3.4 Creating, Modifying, Inquiring, and Destroying Controls
controls: removing: DESTROY DESTROY Statement
controls: retrieving information about INQUIRE Statement
controls: screen repainting with WIN3_CLIP_CONTROLS WIN3_CLIP_CONTROLS
controls: SCROLL-BAR control 5.12 Scroll Bar
controls: size differences between graphical and text-mode systems 1.6.1 Incompatibilities Between Graphical and Character Systems
controls: sizing: LINES phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
controls: sizing: SIZE phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
controls: special properties 5.1 The Components of a Control
controls: special properties: specifying multiple values 5.1 The Components of a Control
controls: special properties: specifying 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
controls: special properties: table of 5.1.4 Special Properties Table
controls: STATUS-BAR control 5.18 Status Bar
controls: styles table 5.1.3 Styles Table
controls: styles 5.1 The Components of a Control
controls: subwindows, interaction with DISPLAY control-type-name
controls: TAB control 5.13 Tab
controls: TEMPORARY_CONTROLS configuration file entry TEMPORARY_CONTROLS
controls: text mode: tips for use with text-mode systems 1.6.3.2 Tips for building single-interface programs
controls: text-mode: ACTIVE_BORDER_COLOR configuration variable ACTIVE_BORDER_COLOR
controls: text-mode: BOXED_FLOATING_WINDOWS configuration variable BOXED_FLOATING_WINDOWS
controls: text-mode: FULL-BOXES configuration variable FULL_BOXES
controls: text-mode: GUI_CHARS configuration variable GUI_CHARS*
controls: text-mode: INACTIVE_BORDER_COLOR configuration variable INACTIVE_BORDER_COLOR
controls: text-mode: MESSAGE_BOX_COLOR configuration variable MESSAGE_BOX_COLOR
controls: text-mode: PROMPTING configuration variable PROMPTING
controls: text-mode: RESIZE_FRAMES configuration variable RESIZE_FRAMES
controls: text-mode: SHUTDOWN_MESSAGE_BOX configuration variable SHUTDOWN_MESSAGE_BOX
controls: TITLE 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
controls: TREE-VIEW controls 5.16 Tree View Control
controls: types 3.2 Control Types, Handles, and IDs
controls: value: assigning 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
controls: value: stored in ACCEPT statement ACCEPT Statement
controls: WEB-BROWSER control 5.17 Web-Browser
conventions used in Reference Manual, 1.1 Overview of This Manual
conversion errors ACCEPT Statement
CONVERT phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
CONVERT phrase: field SIZE 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
CONVERT 2.1.8 Video Options
CONVERT: and compiler/video option 2.1.8 Video Options
converting RM/COBOL data files 6.1.7 Converting RM/COBOL Data Files
converting text-based programs 4.6 Coordinates
converting text-based programs: dealing with coordinates 4.6 Coordinates
converting 3.3.10 Converting RM/COBOL-85 Indexed Files 3.3.11 Converting C-ISAM Files 3.3.12 Converting Micro Focus Files ASCII2HEX Routine ASCII2OCTAL Routine C$TOUPPER and C$TOLOWER Routines HEX2ASCII Routine INSPECT Statement MOVE Statement OCTAL2ASCII Routine
converting: ASCII to hexadecimal ASCII2HEX Routine
converting: ASCII to octal ASCII2OCTAL Routine
converting: character to numeric value MOVE Statement
converting: C-ISAM files 3.3.11 Converting C-ISAM Files
converting: hexadecimal to ASCII HEX2ASCII Routine
converting: Micro Focus Files 3.3.12 Converting Micro Focus Files
converting: octal to ASCII OCTAL2ASCII Routine
converting: RM/COBOL-85 indexed files 3.3.10 Converting RM/COBOL-85 Indexed Files
converting: text to upper or lower case C$TOUPPER and C$TOLOWER Routines
CONVERTING: INSPECT with INSPECT Statement
CONVERT-OUTPUT keyword 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option
coordinate handling 4.6.1 Coordinate Handling
coordinate space problems 4.6.2 Coordinate Space Problems
coordinate space solutions 4.6.3 Coordinate Space Solutions
coordinates 4.6 Coordinates
coordinates: to position controls 4.6 Coordinates
copy libraries 2.4.1 The COPY Statement
copy libraries: excluding a library from a COPY statement 2.4.1 The COPY Statement
copy library DLL files Definition files
COPY libraries 2.1.5 Source Options 2.5 COPY Libraries
COPY libraries: directories, compiler option 2.1.5 Source Options
COPY libraries: excluding a library from a COPY statement 2.5 COPY Libraries
COPY REPLACING with XFDs 5.3 XFD Files
COPY RESOURCE 2.5 COPY Libraries
COPY RESOURCE: format 2.5 COPY Libraries
COPY statement 2.4.1 The COPY Statement 2 Program Structure - 2.4.1 The COPY Statement - Code Examples 2 Program Structure - 2.4.1 The COPY Statement - Highlights for First-Time Users COPY SUPPRESS Statement
COPY statement: code examples 2 Program Structure - 2.4.1 The COPY Statement - Code Examples
COPY statement: comparison operation 2.4.1 The COPY Statement
COPY statement: highlights for first-time users 2 Program Structure - 2.4.1 The COPY Statement - Highlights for First-Time Users
COPY statement: syntax and general rules 2.4.1 The COPY Statement
COPY Statement: IBM DOS/VS COBOL COPY SUPPRESS Statement
COPY 2.5 COPY Libraries
COPY: library name: format 2.5 COPY Libraries
COPY: user-defined word 2.5 COPY Libraries
copybook list, compiler option 2.1.6.1 Mapping Options
copybooks 2.1.6.1 Mapping Options
copybooks: list of all 2.1.6.1 Mapping Options
copying a file C$COPY Routine
copying a file: with C$COPY C$COPY Routine
copying an existing file CBL_COPY_FILE Routine
COPYPATH 2.5 COPY Libraries
CORRESPONDING phrase 6.4.5 CORRESPONDING Option
CORRESPONDING MOVE Statement
CORRESPONDING: MOVE with MOVE Statement
COS, Intrinsic Function COS Function
CREATE statement and rules CREATE Statement
creating empty files 3.3.6 Creating Empty Files
creating menu bars and pop-up menus Menu Bars
creating object libraries 3.2.2 Creating Object Libraries
creating subdirectories CBL_CREATE_DIR Routine
creating 3.4 Creating, Modifying, Inquiring, and Destroying Controls C$MAKEDIR Routine C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine REG_CREATE_KEY Routine REG_CREATE_KEY_EX Routine
creating: dialog boxes with C$OPENSAVEBOX C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
creating: directories with C$MAKEDIR C$MAKEDIR Routine
creating: modifying: inquiring: and destroying controls 3.4 Creating, Modifying, Inquiring, and Destroying Controls
creating: registry keys REG_CREATE_KEY_EX Routine REG_CREATE_KEY Routine
cross platform interface problems 1.6.3 Tips for Solving Cross Platform Interface Problems
cross-reference listing, compiler options 2.1.2 Listing Options
CRT STATUS 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph ACCEPT Statement
CRT STATUS: compatibility with other COBOL systems 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
CRT STATUS: table of statements 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
crtvars.def 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
CSIZE phrase 3.6 The Character Coordinate Phrases 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
CSIZE phrase: character coordinate phrase explained 3.6 The Character Coordinate Phrases
currency symbol, specifying the 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
CURRENCY configuration file entry CURRENCY
CURRENCY SIGN 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
currency, setting character CURRENCY
current line command The Source Menu
current window 2.3 Active and Current Windows 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
current window: changing with the UPON phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
CURRENT-DATE CURRENT-DATE
CURRENT-DATE, Intrinsic Function CURRENT-DATE Function
CURRENT-DATE: IBM DOS/VS COBOL CURRENT-DATE
cursor and mouse handling in source-level debugging 3.1.2 Cursor and Mouse Handling in Source-Level Debugging
cursor position, data item used to control 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
CURSOR clause, in SPECIAL-NAMES 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
CURSOR phrase for ACCEPT ACCEPT Statement
cursor 4.4.3 Additional Configuration Variables 7.5 Screen Section Behavior 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties DISPLAY control-type-name MOUSE*
cursor, determining look CURSOR_TYPE
cursor, determining visibility CURSOR_MODE
cursor, stipulating location after STOP RUN EXIT_CURSOR
cursor: position after DISPLAY control-type statement DISPLAY control-type-name
cursor: position within field by mouse 7.5 Screen Section Behavior
cursor: position within field MOUSE*
cursor: undefined state 4.4.3 Additional Configuration Variables
CURSOR: ENTRY-FIELD special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties
CURSOR_MODE configuration file entry CURSOR_MODE
CURSOR_TYPE configuration file entry CURSOR_TYPE
CURSOR-COL 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties
CURSOR-COL: ENTRY-FIELD special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties
CURSOR-COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
CURSOR-COLOR: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
CURSOR-FRAME-WIDTH 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
CURSOR-FRAME-WIDTH: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
CURSOR-PAST-END keyword 4.3.2.1 The KEYBOARD variable
CURSOR-ROW 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties
CURSOR-ROW: ENTRY-FIELD special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties
CURSOR-X 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
CURSOR-X: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
CURSOR-Y 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
CURSOR-Y: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
cut/copy/paste via SET format 13 SET Statement
-Cv Command Line Argument G.1 The "-Cv" Command Line Argument D
-d 3.1.1 Entering the Debugger
DASHED 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
DASHED: BAR style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
data description entry 5.7.1.1 Level-number 5.7.1 Data Description Entry
data description entry: general format 5.7.1 Data Description Entry
data description entry: level-numbers 5.7.1.1 Level-number
data description entry: syntax rules 5.7.1 Data Description Entry
data dictionary 5.3 XFD Files 2.1.4 File Options 5.3.3.5 File Directive
data dictionary: compiler options 2.1.4 File Options
data dictionary: file name 5.3.3.5 File Directive
data entry without screen display 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
data file names, adjusting case FILE_CASE
data files, searching directories FILE_PREFIX
data items 5.1.6 Large Data Handling 5.7.1.4 IS EXTERNAL clause 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
data items: constraints on large 5.1.6 Large Data Handling
data items: declaring external 5.7.1.4 IS EXTERNAL clause
data items: format 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
data names 5.2 Data Names 5.2.1 Qualification 5.2.2 Subscripting 5.2.3 Reference Modification 5.2.4 Condition-Name (Level 88) 5.2.5 RECORD-POSITION
data names: condition-name 5.2.4 Condition-Name (Level 88)
data names: described 5.2 Data Names
data names: qualification 5.2.1 Qualification
data names: RECORD-POSITION 5.2.5 RECORD-POSITION
data names: reference modification 5.2.3 Reference Modification
data names: subscripting 5.2.2 Subscripting
data sharing among threads 6.8.2 Data Sharing Among Threads
data storage 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
data storage: ACUCOBOL-GT convention select 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
data storage: alignment of SYNCHRONIZED data items 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
data storage: BINARY STORAGE 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
data storage: BINARY 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
data storage: COMP-1 and COMP-2 treatment 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
data storage: COMPUTATIONAL-2 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
data storage: COMPUTATIONAL-5 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
data storage: data alignment modulus 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
data storage: different numeric format for 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
data storage: floating-point 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
data storage: IBM 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
data storage: initializing Working-Storage by type 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
data storage: Micro Focus 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
data storage: minimum bytes 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
data storage: modifying definition of data types 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
data storage: one byte 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
data storage: PACKED-DECIMAL 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
data storage: SIGN clause 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
data storage: size checking rule modification 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
data storage: SYNCHRONIZED, for treating binary data as 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
data storage: VAX COBOL 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
data structures 5.1 Data Structures
data type 5.1.4 Standard Alignment Rules MOVE Statement 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
data type: and alignment 5.1.4 Standard Alignment Rules
data type: conversion with MOVE MOVE Statement
data type: C-style 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
data validation NUMERIC_VALIDATION
data validation: NUMERIC_VALIDATION configuration variable NUMERIC_VALIDATION
Data Division 5.3 Data Division Format 5.1 Data Structures
Data Division: general format and rules 5.3 Data Division Format
Data General 2.3 Compatibility Modes
Data menu in debugger The Data Menu
DATA keyword 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
DATA RECORDS clause 5.4.10 DATA RECORDS Clause
DATA RECORDS clause: general format 5.4.10 DATA RECORDS Clause
data 2.1.6.1 Mapping Options 2.1.7 Data Storage Options 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options 5.1.3 Classes of Data 5.1.6 Large Data Handling 5.5 WORKING-STORAGE Section 6.6 Data Validation
data: alignment modulus 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
data: categories of 5.1.3 Classes of Data
data: classes of 5.1.3 Classes of Data
data: data items report, compiler option 2.1.6.1 Mapping Options
data: external 5.5 WORKING-STORAGE Section
data: large data items, compiler option 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
data: large 5.1.6 Large Data Handling
data: limits 5.1.6 Large Data Handling
data: validation 6.6 Data Validation
data: validation: not performed when 6.6 Data Validation
DATA-COLUMNS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
DATA-COLUMNS: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
DATA-COLUMNS: LIST-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
DATA-RANGE keyword 4.3.2.1 The KEYBOARD variable
DATA-TYPES 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
DATA-TYPES: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
date format, -Zy option 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
date of compilation WHEN-COMPILED
DATE directive 5.3.3.4 Date Directive
DATE option ACCEPT Statement
DATE-COMPILED DATE-COMPILED
DATE-COMPILED: IBM DOS/VS COBOL DATE-COMPILED
DATE-OF-INTEGER, Intrinsic Function DATE-OF-INTEGER Function
DAY option ACCEPT Statement
DAY-OF-INTEGER, Intrinsic Function DAY-OF-INTEGER Function
DAY-OF-WEEK option ACCEPT Statement
debugger commands Other commands Source-level commands 3.1.3 Debugger Commands
debugger commands: Other commands Other commands
debugger commands: Source-level commands Source-level commands
debugger restrictions 3.1.8 Debugger Restrictions
debugger scroll bar 3.1 Runtime Debugger
debugger 11.1.5 Regarding Debugging 3.1 Runtime Debugger 3.1.1 Entering the Debugger 3.1.2 Cursor and Mouse Handling in Source-Level Debugging 3.1.3 Debugger Commands 3.1.4 File Tracing 3.1.5 Screen Tracing 3.1.6 Macro Debugger 3.1.7 Specifying Addresses 3.1.7.1 Variables 3.1.7.2 Program addresses FILE_TRACE_FLUSH FILE_TRACE Multithreading Issues The Breakpoints Menu The Data Menu The File Menu The Help Menu The Run Menu The Selection Menu The Source Menu The Toolbar The View Menu Using the debugger
debugger: activating the System menu 3.1.3 Debugger Commands
debugger: breakpoints menu The Breakpoints Menu
debugger: commands: function keys The Selection Menu
debugger: cursor position in source code The Source Menu
debugger: data menu The Data Menu
debugger: entering 3.1.1 Entering the Debugger
debugger: example Using the debugger
debugger: exiting The File Menu
debugger: file menu The File Menu
debugger: file tracing option 3.1.4 File Tracing
debugger: file tracing option 3.1.5 Screen Tracing
debugger: FILE_TRACE configuration variable FILE_TRACE
debugger: FILE_TRACE_FLUSH configuration variable FILE_TRACE_FLUSH
debugger: help menu The Help Menu
debugger: introduction 3.1 Runtime Debugger
debugger: low-level debugging 3.1 Runtime Debugger
debugger: macros 3.1.6 Macro Debugger
debugger: Monitor submenu The Data Menu
debugger: multithreading issues Multithreading Issues
debugger: name qualification 3.1.7.1 Variables
debugger: run menu The Run Menu
debugger: running the under windows 3.1.1 Entering the Debugger
debugger: screen tracing option 3.1.5 Screen Tracing
debugger: scrolling down The Selection Menu
debugger: scrolling up The Selection Menu
debugger: searches The Source Menu
debugger: selection menu The Selection Menu
debugger: setting a break point 11.1.5 Regarding Debugging
debugger: source debugging 3.1 Runtime Debugger
debugger: source menu The Source Menu
debugger: specifying addresses 3.1.7 Specifying Addresses
debugger: specifying program addresses 3.1.7.2 Program addresses
debugger: specifying variables 3.1.7.1 Variables
debugger: symbolic debugging 3.1 Runtime Debugger
debugger: three modes 3.1 Runtime Debugger
debugger: toolbar The Toolbar
debugger: using mouse with 3.1.2 Cursor and Mouse Handling in Source-Level Debugging
debugger: view menu The View Menu
debugging ActiveX 6.10.11 ActiveX-related Debugging
debugging lines 2.1.5 Source Options 4.2.1 Source-Computer Paragraph 2.2.1 ANSI Format
debugging lines: conditional in source 4.2.1 Source-Computer Paragraph
debugging window 3.1.1 Entering the Debugger
Debugging Features Debugging Features
Debugging Features: IBM DOS/VS COBOL Debugging Features
debugging 2.1.9 Debugging Options 2.2 Using the Runtime System WIN3_GRID
debugging: all-level, compiler option 2.1.9 Debugging Options
debugging: by line number, compiler option 2.1.9 Debugging Options
debugging: compiler options 2.1.9 Debugging Options
debugging: displaying a character cell grid WIN3_GRID
debugging: extra symbol, compiler option 2.1.9 Debugging Options
debugging: minimal symbol, compiler option 2.1.9 Debugging Options
debugging: mode 2.2 Using the Runtime System
debugging: source-level, compiler option 2.1.9 Debugging Options
DEC Alpha Changes Affecting Version 2.1
decimal ASCII 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
decimal point, setting character DECIMAL_POINT
decimal point, specifying the symbol 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
DECIMAL_POINT configuration file entry DECIMAL_POINT
DECIMAL-POINT IS COMMA 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
declarative paragraphs 6.1 Organization
Declarative 2.7.5 File Handling Options
default font, determining DEFAULT_FONT
default host, designating DEFAULT_HOST
default program, designating DEFAULT_PROGRAM
DEFAULT phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
DEFAULT phrase: PROMPT phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
DEFAULT_FONT configuration file entry ACCEPT Statement DEFAULT_FONT
DEFAULT_HOST configuration file entry DEFAULT_HOST
DEFAULT_MAP_FILE configuration file entry 5.4.1 Files Required for Translation DEFAULT_MAP_FILE
DEFAULT_PROGRAM configuration file entry 2.2 Using the Runtime System DEFAULT_PROGRAM
DEFAULT_TIMEOUT configuration file entry DEFAULT_TIMEOUT
DEFAULT-BUTTON 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
DEFAULT-BUTTON: PUSH-BUTTON style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
Default-Entry 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Default-Entry: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Default-Next 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Default-Next: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
defaults used in XFD files 5.3.1 Defaults Used in XFD Files
-defines Mapping context IDs
-defines: compilation switch Mapping context IDs
definition (.def) files Definition files
definitions, Intrinsic Functions P.2 Function Definitions and Returned Values
delays, creating with C$SLEEP C$SLEEP Routine
DELETE FILE DELETE Statement
DELETE RECORD DELETE Statement
DELETE statement and rules DELETE Statement
Delete 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable 6.1.4 Record Locking
Delete: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
DELETE: and record locking 6.1.4 Record Locking
deleting resource files General Rules C$RESOURCE Routine
deleting CBL_DELETE_DIR Routine CBL_DELETE_FILE Routine REG_DELETE_KEY Routine REG_DELETE_VALUE Routine W$MENU Routine
deleting: directories with CBL_DELETE_DIR CBL_DELETE_DIR Routine
deleting: files with CBL_DELETE_FILES CBL_DELETE_FILE Routine
deleting: menu items W$MENU Routine
deleting: registry key values REG_DELETE_VALUE Routine
deleting: registry keys REG_DELETE_KEY Routine
DELIMITED phrase STRING Statement
DELIMITED phrase: with STRING STRING Statement
delimited-scope statements 2.5.1.5 Statements 6.1.1 Statements and Sentences
DESCENDING SORT Statement
DESCENDING: in SORT SORT Statement
DESTROY statement and rules DESTROY Statement
DESTROY Changes Affecting Version 3.1
DESTROY: handle set to NULL Changes Affecting Version 3.1
development strategies 1.6.2 Strategies for Supporting Multiple Systems 1.6.2.2 Single interface, single code 1.6.2.1 Dual interface, dual code 1.6.2.3 Dual interface, single code
development strategies: dual interface, dual code 1.6.2.1 Dual interface, dual code
development strategies: dual interface, single code 1.6.2.3 Dual interface, single code
development strategies: single interface, single code 1.6.2.2 Single interface, single code
device locking under UNIX 6.1.5 Device Locking Under UNIX
device locking Device locking
device locking, setting automatically on UNIX systems LOCK_DIR
device names 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
device names: file processing 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
device names: list of valid 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
device names: table of 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
device naming conventions 2.7.1 File Name Assignments
devices 2.8.1 File Names Starting With a Hyphen
devices, retrieving information about WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS
dialog box: Windows Common Dialogs 11.1.1 Regarding Windows
dialog boxes C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
dialog boxes, creating with C$OPENSAVEBOX C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
dialog boxes: error handling C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
dialog boxes: memory management C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
Dialog Box 11.1.1 Regarding Windows
Dialog Box: creating 11.1.1 Regarding Windows
different numeric format for data storage, compiler option 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
direct.c 5.7.1.4 IS EXTERNAL clause
directive syntax 5.3.3 Syntax
directives 5.3.2 Using Directives
directory C$MAKEDIR Routine C$CHDIR Routine CBL_DELETE_DIR Routine
directory: changing current with C$CHDIR C$CHDIR Routine
directory: creating with C$MAKEDIR C$MAKEDIR Routine
directory: deleting with CBL_DELETE_DIR CBL_DELETE_DIR Routine
disable at cursor line command The Breakpoints Menu
DISABLED_CONTROL_COLOR configuration file entry DISABLED_CONTROL_COLOR
disabling a menu item at creation 8.4.1 Properties of Menu Entries
disabling menu items W$MENU Routine
disabling menus with the W$MENU routine 8.9.1 Disabling Menu Items 8.9.3 Disabling an Entire Menu
disk I/O, buffering under non-networked, single-tasking machines AUTO_BUFFER
disk space A.1 License Files, Sample Programs, ".def" and ".dll" Files
disk space: required for installation A.1 License Files, Sample Programs, ".def" and ".dll" Files
display attributes, order of precedence 4.4.1 Adding Color
display command Other commands The Data Menu The Selection Menu
display command: data menu The Data Menu Other commands
display command: selection menu The Selection Menu
display in hex command The Selection Menu The Data Menu
display in hex command: data menu The Data Menu
display in hex command: selection menu The Selection Menu
display interface 4.4 The Display Interface
Display in Hex, debugger command The Data Menu The Selection Menu
DISPLAY BOX DISPLAY BOX
DISPLAY control-type-name DISPLAY control-type-name
DISPLAY external-form-item DISPLAY external-form-item
DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
DISPLAY INITIAL WINDOW DISPLAY INITIAL WINDOW
DISPLAY LINE 6.2.2 Terminal Manager Restrictions DISPLAY LINE
DISPLAY LINE: and terminal manager 6.2.2 Terminal Manager Restrictions
DISPLAY MESSAGE BOX DISPLAY MESSAGE BOX
DISPLAY OMITTED option DISPLAY src-item
DISPLAY SCREEN SIZE DISPLAY SCREEN SIZE
DISPLAY SCREEN DISPLAY SCREEN SIZE
DISPLAY SCREEN: column mode DISPLAY SCREEN SIZE
DISPLAY src-item (ANSI format) DISPLAY src-item (ANSI format)
DISPLAY src-item DISPLAY src-item
DISPLAY statement and rules DISPLAY Statement
DISPLAY SUBWINDOW DISPLAY WINDOW
DISPLAY TOOL-BAR DISPLAY TOOL-BAR
DISPLAY UPON FLOATING WINDOW TITLE DISPLAY UPON GLOBAL TITLE
DISPLAY UPON GLOBAL TITLE DISPLAY UPON GLOBAL TITLE
DISPLAY UPON SYSPUNCH DISPLAY UPON SYSPUNCH
DISPLAY UPON SYSPUNCH: IBM DOS/VS COBOL DISPLAY UPON SYSPUNCH
DISPLAY UPON WINDOW TITLE DISPLAY UPON WINDOW TITLE
DISPLAY WINDOW DISPLAY WINDOW
display 4.4 The Display Interface 4.4.1 Adding Color 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option 4.4.3 Additional Configuration Variables 6.2.2 Terminal Manager Restrictions
DISPLAY 5.1.7 File Types 6.4.9 Common Screen Options DISPLAY control-type-name DISPLAY INITIAL WINDOW DISPLAY screen-name DISPLAY Statement DISPLAY src-item (ANSI format) DISPLAY UPON COMMAND LINE DISPLAY WINDOW
Display, debugger command The Selection Menu The Data Menu
display: configuring 4.4 The Display Interface
DISPLAY: ANSI format DISPLAY src-item (ANSI format)
DISPLAY: BOX: terminal manager 6.2.2 Terminal Manager Restrictions
DISPLAY: color 4.4.1 Adding Color
DISPLAY: CONTROL phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
DISPLAY: CONTROL-TYPE: general rules DISPLAY control-type-name
DISPLAY: record type 5.1.7 File Types
DISPLAY: Screen Section and CONVERT-OUTPUT 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option
DISPLAY: screen-name DISPLAY screen-name
DISPLAY: STANDARD WINDOW option DISPLAY INITIAL WINDOW
DISPLAY: SUBWINDOW: CONTROL VALUE phrase DISPLAY WINDOW
DISPLAY: summary of different forms of DISPLAY Statement
DISPLAY: undefined location 4.4.3 Additional Configuration Variables
DISPLAY_SWITCH_PERIOD configuration file entry DISPLAY_SWITCH_PERIOD
DISPLAY-COLUMNS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
DISPLAY-COLUMNS: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
DISPLAY-COLUMNS: LIST-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
displaying a menu 8.5.1 Using genmenu
displaying menu bars W$MENU Routine
DISPLAY-SWITCH-PERIOD 6.8.4 Thread Priorities
distributing applications with ActiveX 6.10.9 Distributing Applications Containing ActiveX Controls
DIVIDE statement and rules DIVIDE Statement
DIVIDE 6.4.1 Arithmetic Operations
DIVIDER-COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
DIVIDER-COLOR: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
DIVIDERS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
DIVIDERS: LIST-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
division header 2.5.1.1 Division header
division 6.2 Arithmetic Expressions
DLL files installation A.1 License Files, Sample Programs, ".def" and ".dll" Files
DLL files DLL files
DLL files: ACME.DLL DLL files
DLL files: installing DLL files
DLL return values CALL Statement
DLL C$GETVARIANT Routine C$SETVARIANT Routine CALL Statement Calling the Runtime DLL DLL_CONVENTION M.2.5 Calling DLLs M.2.7 Calling ACUCOBOL-GT from Other Programming Languages in a 32-bit Windows Environment Using the Automation Server
DLL: C$GETVARIANT C$GETVARIANT Routine
DLL: C$SETVARIANT C$SETVARIANT Routine
DLL: calling a CALL Statement
DLL: DLL_CONVENTION configuration file entry DLL_CONVENTION
DLL: OLE Automation Server Using the Automation Server
DLL: Runtime DLL Calling the Runtime DLL
DLL_CONVENTION configuration file entry M.2.5 Calling DLLs
DLL_SUB_INTERFACE configuration file entry DLL_SUB_INTERFACE
DLLs C.3.1.1 Placing the "sub" routine in a DLL
DLLs, setting the \ DLL_SUB_INTERFACE
DLLs, specifying calling conventions DLL_CONVENTION
DLLs: calling c subroutines in a DLL C.3.1.1 Placing the "sub" routine in a DLL
DLL-SUB-INTERFACE configuration file entry C.3.1.1 Placing the "sub" routine in a DLL
document overview 1.2 Document Overview
DOS systems, redefining line drawing characters on DOS_BOX_CHARS*
DOS M.2.4 Special Characteristics of 32-bit Windows
DOS: differences with 32-bit Windows M.2.4 Special Characteristics of 32-bit Windows
DOS_BOX_CHARS configuration file entry DOS_BOX_CHARS*
DOS_OUTPUT_METHOD configuration file entry DOS_OUTPUT_METHOD
DOS_WATCOM_10 configuration file entry DOS_WATCOM_10
DOT-DASH 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
DOT-DASH: BAR style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
DOTTED 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
DOTTED: BAR style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
DOUBLE 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
DOUBLE_CLICK_TIME configuration file entry DOUBLE_CLICK_TIME
double-byte character data, presence of and code system of CODE_SYSTEM*
double-byte character handling 4.4.4 Double-Byte Character Handling
double-byte character variables and string literals, transferring on 32-bit Windows LC_ALL
Down 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Down, in debugger The Selection Menu
Down: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
DROP-DOWN 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
DROP-DOWN: COMBO-BOX style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
DROP-LIST 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
DROP-LIST: COMBO-BOX style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
DUPLICATES SORT Statement 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
DUPLICATES_LOG configuration file entry DUPLICATES_LOG
dynamic link libraries (DLLs) M.2.5 Calling DLLs
dynamic link libraries (DLLs): calling in Windows M.2.5 Calling DLLs
dynamic memory routines M$ALLOC (Dynamic Memory Routine) The View Menu SET Statement
dynamic memory routines: M$ALLOC M$ALLOC (Dynamic Memory Routine) The View Menu SET Statement
dynamic memory M$ALLOC (Dynamic Memory Routine) M$FREE (Dynamic Memory Routine) M$GET (Dynamic Memory Routine) M$PUT (Dynamic Memory Routine) Routines to Handle Dynamic Memory The View Menu SET Statement
dynamic memory: allocating The View Menu SET Statement M$ALLOC (Dynamic Memory Routine)
dynamic memory: freeing previously allocated M$FREE (Dynamic Memory Routine)
dynamic memory: retrieving data from allocated M$GET (Dynamic Memory Routine)
dynamic memory: routines to handle Routines to Handle Dynamic Memory
dynamic memory: storing data in allocated block M$PUT (Dynamic Memory Routine) E
EBCDIC 4.2.2 Object-Computer Paragraph
EBCDIC: using this alphabet 4.2.2 Object-Computer Paragraph
ECHO phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
EDIT keyword 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
EDIT_MODE configuration file entry Changes Affecting Version 1.3 EDIT_MODE
EDITED-UPDATES keyword 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option
editing records with alfred 3.5.5 Editing Records
editing 5.7.1.7 PICTURE clause
editing: fixed insertion 5.7.1.7 PICTURE clause
editing: floating insertion 5.7.1.7 PICTURE clause
editing: floating insertion, zero suppression, and the picture clause 5.7.1.7 PICTURE clause
editing: insertion, types of 5.7.1.7 PICTURE clause
editing: methods of 5.7.1.7 PICTURE clause
editing: rules, PICTURE clause 5.7.1.7 PICTURE clause
editing: simple insertion 5.7.1.7 PICTURE clause
editing: special insertion 5.7.1.7 PICTURE clause
editing: suppression and replacement 5.7.1.7 PICTURE clause
editing: types allowed in PICTURE clause 5.7.1.7 PICTURE clause
editing: types allowed 5.7.1.7 PICTURE clause
editing: zero suppression and replacement 5.7.1.7 PICTURE clause
EF_UPPER_WIDE configuration file entry Setting the entry field's width EF_UPPER_WIDE
EF_WIDE_SIZE configuration file entry Setting the entry field's width EF_WIDE_SIZE
EFP (External Floating-Point) G.3 External Floating-Point (EFP)
EJECT, SKIP in Listing EJECT, SKIP in Listing
EJECT, SKIP in Listing: IBM DOS/VS COBOL EJECT, SKIP in Listing
elementary data item 5.1.1 Record Description
elementary items 5.7.1.1 Level-number
elementary items: in data description entry 5.7.1.1 Level-number
ellipses 1.1.4 Ellipses
ellipses: use in language skeleton O.1 ACUCOBOL-GT Language Skeleton
e-mail: Acucorp 1.7 How to Get Help
embedded procedures 6.5.5 Using Screen Section Embedded Procedures 5.9.6 PROCEDURE Clause
embedded procedures: COLOR values 5.9.6 PROCEDURE Clause
embedded procedures: group item 5.9.6 PROCEDURE Clause
EMPTY-CHECK phrase ACCEPT Statement
EMS memory V_BUFFERS
emulation of graphical controls on character-based 4.6.7 Graphical Window and Control Emulation
enable at cursor line command The Breakpoints Menu
ENABLED phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
ENABLE-MOUSE operation ENABLE-MOUSE W$MOUSE Routine
enabling menu items W$MENU Routine
encoding, input source, scheme assumed by compiler 2.1.5 Source Options
encryption Selecting the Vision Version
ENCRYPTION 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
End 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
End: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
END-COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
END-COLOR: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
ENGRAVED 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ENGRAVED: FRAME style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
E-notation, format 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
ENSURE-VISIBLE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
ENSURE-VISIBLE: TREE-VIEW special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
ENTER Statement ENTER Statement
ENTER Statement: IBM DOS/VS COBOL ENTER Statement
entering the debugger 3.1.1 Entering the Debugger
entries 2.5.1.4 Clauses and entries
entry fields, computing UPPER style EF_UPPER_WIDE
entry fields, globally removing boxes on FIELDS_UNBOXED
entry fields, justifying numeric fields JUSTIFY_NUM_FIELDS
entry fields, setting boundary size EF_WIDE_SIZE
entry fields, specify under alfred ALFRED_ENTRY_FIELDS
ENTRY-FIELD control 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Common Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Examples 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - Events - Using Special Keys 5.4 Entry Field EF_UPPER_WIDE EF_WIDE_SIZE MULTIPLE Setting the entry field's width
ENTRY-FIELD control: common properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Common Properties
ENTRY-FIELD control: common properties: COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
ENTRY-FIELD control: common properties: MULTIPLE MULTIPLE
ENTRY-FIELD control: common properties: SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
ENTRY-FIELD control: common properties: TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
ENTRY-FIELD control: common properties: VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
ENTRY-FIELD control: editing keys 5.4 Entry Field
ENTRY-FIELD control: EF_UPPER_WIDE configuration file entry EF_UPPER_WIDE
ENTRY-FIELD control: EF_WIDE_SIZE configuration file entry EF_WIDE_SIZE
ENTRY-FIELD control: events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Events
ENTRY-FIELD control: examples 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Examples
ENTRY-FIELD control: KEYSTROKE definitions 5.4 Entry Field
ENTRY-FIELD control: multiple lines 5.4 Entry Field
ENTRY-FIELD control: size limit 5.4 Entry Field
ENTRY-FIELD control: sizing rules 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
ENTRY-FIELD control: special keys 5 Control Types Reference - Events - Using Special Keys
ENTRY-FIELD control: special properties: ACTION 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties
ENTRY-FIELD control: special properties: AUTO-DECIMAL 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties
ENTRY-FIELD control: special properties: CURSOR 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties
ENTRY-FIELD control: special properties: CURSOR-COL 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties
ENTRY-FIELD control: special properties: CURSOR-ROW 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties
ENTRY-FIELD control: special properties: MAX-LINES 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties
ENTRY-FIELD control: special properties: MAX-TEXT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties
ENTRY-FIELD control: special properties: MAX-VAL 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties
ENTRY-FIELD control: special properties: MIN-VAL 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties
ENTRY-FIELD control: special properties: SELECTION-TEXT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties
ENTRY-FIELD control: styles 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ENTRY-FIELD control: styles: 3-D 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ENTRY-FIELD control: styles: AUTO 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ENTRY-FIELD control: styles: AUTO-SPIN 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ENTRY-FIELD control: styles: BOXED 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ENTRY-FIELD control: styles: CENTER 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ENTRY-FIELD control: styles: LEFT 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ENTRY-FIELD control: styles: LOWER 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ENTRY-FIELD control: styles: MULTILINE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ENTRY-FIELD control: styles: NO-AUTOSEL 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ENTRY-FIELD control: styles: NO-BOX 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ENTRY-FIELD control: styles: NOTIFY-CHANGE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ENTRY-FIELD control: styles: NUMERIC 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ENTRY-FIELD control: styles: READ-ONLY 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ENTRY-FIELD control: styles: RIGHT 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ENTRY-FIELD control: styles: SECURE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ENTRY-FIELD control: styles: SPINNER 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ENTRY-FIELD control: styles: UPPER 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ENTRY-FIELD control: styles: USE-RETURN 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ENTRY-FIELD control: styles: USE-TAB 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ENTRY-FIELD control: styles: VSCROLL 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ENTRY-FIELD control: styles: VSCROLL-BAR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ENTRY-FIELD control: width of Setting the entry field's width
ENTRY-FIELD CONTROL: special properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties
ENTRY-FIELD controls FIELDS_UNBOXED
ENTRY-FIELD controls: FIELDS_UNBOXED configuration file entry FIELDS_UNBOXED
ENTRY-FIELD: multiple lines 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
enumerators, ActiveX 6.10.14 Enumerators
environment variable 2.1.14 CBLFLAGS Environment Variable
environment variable: CBLFLAGS 2.1.14 CBLFLAGS Environment Variable
environment variables in the OF phrase of a COPY statement 2.4.1 The COPY Statement
environment variables to define a path 2.5 COPY Libraries
environment variables 1.5 Environment Variables 2.5 COPY Libraries
environment variables: in the path-name 2.5 COPY Libraries
Environment Division 4.1 Environment Division Environment Division
Environment Division: language skeleton Environment Division
ENVIRONMENT option ACCEPT Statement
environment 2.8 File Name Interpretation
EOF_ABORTS configuration file entry EOF_ABORTS
EOL_CHAR configuration file entry EOL_CHAR
EQUAL TO condition 6.3.1 Relation Conditions
EQUALS operation CBL_EQ Routine
ERASE phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
ERASE, DISPLAY WINDOW DISPLAY WINDOW
Erase-All 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Erase-All: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Erase-EOS 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Erase-EOS: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Erase-Field 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Erase-Field: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Erase-Next 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Erase-Next: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Erase-to-End 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Erase-to-End: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
error 98 codes J.3 Vision Secondary Error Codes for Error 98s
error 98 V_FORCE_OPEN
error 98: opening broken files V_FORCE_OPEN
error and help messages, accessing under alfred ALFRED_MESSAGE_FILE
error codes Hardware errors J.3 Vision Secondary Error Codes for Error 98s J.4 Transaction Error Codes J.4.1 Primary Error Codes J.4.2 Secondary Error Codes for Error 01 J.5 IBM DOS/VS Error Codes USE GIVING W$BITMAP Routine W$MENU Routine
error codes: 32-bit Windows and hardware Hardware errors
error codes: for bitmapped graphics W$BITMAP Routine
error codes: IBM DOS/VS COBOL J.5 IBM DOS/VS Error Codes USE GIVING
error codes: primary errors for transactions J.4.1 Primary Error Codes
error codes: secondary error codes for error 98's J.3 Vision Secondary Error Codes for Error 98s
error codes: secondary errors for transactions J.4.2 Secondary Error Codes for Error 01
error codes: transactions J.4 Transaction Error Codes
error codes: W$MENU W$MENU Routine
error codes: Windows NT and hardware Hardware errors
error file FILE_TRACE FILE_TRACE_FLUSH
error file, compiler option 2.1.1 Standard Options
error file: file trace feature of debugger FILE_TRACE
error file: flush file trace data FILE_TRACE_FLUSH
error handling 6.4 Error Handling C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine M.2.3 Hardware Error Handling W$BITMAP Routine W$PALETTE Routine WIN$PRINTER Routine WIN_ERROR_HANDLING
error handling, W$FONT routine W$FONT Routine
error handling: dialog boxes C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
error handling: hardware errors under 32-bit Windows M.2.3 Hardware Error Handling
error handling: hardware WIN_ERROR_HANDLING
error handling: W$BITMAP routine W$BITMAP Routine
error handling: W$PALETTE routine W$PALETTE Routine
error handling: WIN$PRINTER routine WIN$PRINTER Routine
error messages N.1 Introduction
error messages: list of compiler error messages N.1 Introduction
error output 2.2 Using the Runtime System
error output, compiler option 1.7.1 Handling Compilation Problems
ERROR-BELL keyword 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option
ERROR-BOX keyword 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option
ERROR-COLOR keyword 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option
ERROR-LINE keyword 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option
errors 2.11.2.1 Runtime handling of errors 6.4.2 Logging Errors to the Runtime's Error File
errors: acushare 2.11.2.1 Runtime handling of errors
errors: logging to runtime's error file 6.4.2 Logging Errors to the Runtime's Error File
ERRORS_OK configuration file entry 2.7.5 File Handling Options ERRORS_OK
escape key, setting wait in runtime FAST_ESCAPE
escape sequences 6.2.2 Terminal Manager Restrictions
escape sequences: terminal manager restrictions 6.2.2 Terminal Manager Restrictions
escape sequences: terminal manager solutions for 6.2.2 Terminal Manager Restrictions
ESCAPE option ACCEPT Statement
ESCAPE-BUTTON 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ESCAPE-BUTTON: PUSH-BUTTON style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
European character sets 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
EVALUATE statement and rules EVALUATE Statement
EVALUATE statement 6 Procedure Division - EVALUATE Statement - Code Examples 6 Procedure Division - EVALUATE Statement - Highlights for First-Time Users EVALUATE Statement
EVALUATE statement: code examples 6 Procedure Division - EVALUATE Statement - Code Examples
EVALUATE statement: general rules EVALUATE Statement
EVALUATE statement: highlights for first-time users 6 Procedure Division - EVALUATE Statement - Highlights for First-Time Users
evaluation 6.2.1 Evaluation of Arithmetic Expressions
evaluation: order of 6.2.1 Evaluation of Arithmetic Expressions
event driven systems 1.2.1 Event-Driven Environments
event driven systems: described 1.2.1 Event-Driven Environments
event parameters 6.10.3 ActiveX Events C$SETEVENTPARAM Routine C$SETEVENTDATA Routine
event parameters, retrieving with C$GETEVENTDATA 6.10.3 ActiveX Events C$GETEVENTDATA Routine
event parameters, retrieving with C$GETEVENTPARAM C$GETEVENTPARAM Routine
event parameters: setting in ActiveX 6.10.3 ActiveX Events C$SETEVENTDATA Routine C$SETEVENTPARAM Routine
event procedure MODIFY Statement 5.9.6 PROCEDURE Clause
event procedure: in Screen Section 5.9.6 PROCEDURE Clause
event procedure: modifying MODIFY Statement
EVENT STATUS 6.1 Overview 10.3 The Help Processor 4.2 Events
EVENT STATUS, Special Names item 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
EVENT STATUS, Special Names item: example of structure 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
EVENT-ACTION, EVENT-STATUS data item 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
EVENT-CONTROL-HANDLE 6.2 Window Events
EVENT-CONTROL-HANDLE, EVENT-STATUS data item 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
EVENT-CONTROL-HANDLE: EVENT-STATUS data item 6.2 Window Events
EVENT-CONTROL-ID 6.2 Window Events
EVENT-CONTROL-ID, EVENT-STATUS data item 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
EVENT-CONTROL-ID: EVENT-STATUS data item 6.2 Window Events
EVENT-DATA-1, EVENT-STATUS data item 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
EVENT-DATA-2 10.3 The Help Processor
EVENT-DATA-2, EVENT-STATUS data item 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
EVENT-DATA-2: EVENT-STATUS data item 10.3 The Help Processor
events 11.1.1 Regarding Windows 11.1.4 Regarding Configuration Variables 4.2 Events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.11 Bar - Events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.12 Scroll Bar - Events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.13 Tab - Events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.18 Status Bar - Events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.5 Push-Button - Events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.6 Check-Box - Events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.7 Radio-Button - Events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Events 5 Control Types Reference - Special Properties - Events 6.1 Overview 6.2 Window Events 6.3 Control Events 6.4 Menu Events Other Properties
events, ActiveX 6.10.3 ActiveX Events
events: ACTIVE-X controls 5 Control Types Reference - Special Properties - Events
events: BAR control 5 Control Types Reference - 5.11 Bar - Events
events: CHECK-BOX control 5 Control Types Reference - 5.6 Check-Box - Events
events: COMBO-BOX control 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Events
events: command 6.1 Overview
events: command: CMD-ACTIVATE 6.2 Window Events
events: command: CMD-CLICKED 6.3 Control Events
events: command: CMD-CLOSE 6.2 Window Events
events: command: CMD-DBLCLICK 6.3 Control Events
events: command: CMD-GOTO 6.3 Control Events
events: command: CMD-HELP 6.3 Control Events
events: command: CMD-TABCHANGED 6.3 Control Events
events: control 6.3 Control Events
events: described 4.2 Events
events: ENTRY-FIELD control 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Events
events: GRID control 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Events
events: LIST-BOX control 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Events
events: menus 6.4 Menu Events
events: message 6.1 Overview
events: message: MSG-AX-EVENT 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-BEGIN-DRAG 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-BEGIN-ENTRY 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-BEGIN-HEADING-DRAG 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-BITMAP, CLICKED 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-BITMAP-DBLCLICK 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-CANCEL-ENTRY 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-CLOSE 6.2 Window Events
events: message: MSG-COL-WIDTH-CHANGED 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-END-DRAG 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-END-HEADING-DRAG, 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-END-MENU 6.4 Menu Events
events: message: MSG-FINISH-ENTRY 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-GOTO-CELL 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-GOTO-CELL-DRAG 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-GOTO-CELL-MOUSE 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-GRID-RBUTTON-DOWN 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-GRID-RBUTTON-UP 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-HEADING-CLICKED 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-HEADING-DBLCLICK 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-HEADING-DRAGGED 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-INIT-MENU 6.4 Menu Events
events: message: MSG-MENU-INPUT 6.4 Menu Events
events: message: MSG-PAGED-FIRST 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-PAGED-LAST 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-PAGED-NEXT 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-PAGED-NEXTPAGE 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-PAGED-PREV 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-PAGED-PREVPAGE 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-SB-NEXT 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-SB-NEXTPAGE 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-SB-PREV 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-SB-PREVPAGE 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-SB-THUMB 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-SB-THUMBTRACK 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-SPIN-DOWN 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-SPIN-UP 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-TV-DBLCLICK 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-TV-EXPANDED 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-TV-EXPANDING 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-TV-SELCHANGE 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-TV-SELCHANGING 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-VALIDATE 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-WB-BEFORE-NAVIGATE 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-WB-DOWNLOAD-BEGIN 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-WB-DOWNLOAD-COMPLETE 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-WB-NAVIGATE-COMPLETE 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-WB-PROGRESS-CHANGE 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-WB-STATUS-TEXT-CHANGE 6.3 Control Events
events: message: MSG-WB-TITLE-CHANGE 6.3 Control Events
events: mouse: not returned as in Version 2.4 11.1.4 Regarding Configuration Variables
events: mouse: not returned to program 11.1.1 Regarding Windows
events: notification: NTF-CHANGED 6.3 Control Events
events: notification: NTF-PL-FIRST 6.3 Control Events
events: notification: NTF-PL-LAST 6.3 Control Events
events: notification: NTF-PL-NEXT 6.3 Control Events
events: notification: NTF-PL-NEXTPAGE 6.3 Control Events
events: notification: NTF-PL-PREV 6.3 Control Events
events: notification: NTF-PL-PREVPAGE 6.3 Control Events
events: notification: NTF-PL-SEARCH 6.3 Control Events
events: notification: NTF-RESIZED 6.2 Window Events
events: notification: NTF-SELCHANGE 6.3 Control Events
events: notify 6.1 Overview
events: PUSH-BUTTON control 5 Control Types Reference - 5.5 Push-Button - Events
events: RADIO-BUTTON control 5 Control Types Reference - 5.7 Radio-Button - Events
events: Screen Section handling 6.1 Overview
events: SCROLL-BAR control 5 Control Types Reference - 5.12 Scroll Bar - Events
events: STATUS-BAR control 5 Control Types Reference - 5.18 Status Bar - Events
events: TAB control 5 Control Types Reference - 5.13 Tab - Events
events: terminating: described 4.2 Events
events: TREE-VIEW control Other Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Events
events: window 6.2 Window Events
event-status 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
event-status: example of structure 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
EVENT-TYPE, EVENT-STATUS data item 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
EVENT-WINDOW-HANDLE, EVENT-STATUS data item 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
EXAMINE EXAMINE
EXAMINE: IBM DOS/VS COBOL EXAMINE
examining file information 3.3.1 Examining File Information
example of menu handling 8.13 Menu Handling-Sample Code
example using W$MENU 8.13 Menu Handling-Sample Code
example, ActiveX 6.10.15 ActiveX Color Representation
exception condition ACCEPT Statement
exception keys 4.3.1.3 Keyboard configuration
exception keys 8.7 Menu Input
exception keys, compiler option 2.1.8 Video Options
exception keys: and menus 8.7 Menu Input
exception value 95 ACCEPT Statement
exception value, setting for context sensitive help SET Statement
EXCEPTION clause 4.3.2.1 The KEYBOARD variable 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
EXCEPTION keyword 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
EXCEPTION procedures 5.9.6 PROCEDURE Clause
EXCEPTION procedures: screen section 5.9.6 PROCEDURE Clause
EXCEPTION-RANGE keyword 4.3.2.1 The KEYBOARD variable
EXCEPTION-VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.5 Push-Button - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.6 Check-Box - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.7 Radio-Button - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Special Properties
EXCEPTION-VALUE: CHECK-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.6 Check-Box - Special Properties
EXCEPTION-VALUE: COMBO-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Special Properties
EXCEPTION-VALUE: LIST-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
EXCEPTION-VALUE: PUSH-BUTTON special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.5 Push-Button - Special Properties
EXCEPTION-VALUE: RADIO-BUTTON special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.7 Radio-Button - Special Properties
exclude source lines, compiler option 2.1.5 Source Options
exclusive mode file locking 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
Exclusive OR operation CBL_XOR Routine
existing files, copying CBL_COPY_FILE Routine
Exit Debugger, debugger command The File Menu
EXIT PARAGRAPH EXIT Statement
EXIT PERFORM EXIT Statement
EXIT PROGRAM EXIT Statement
EXIT SECTION EXIT Statement
EXIT statement and rules EXIT Statement
EXIT_CURSOR configuration file entry EXIT_CURSOR
exiting from ACUCOBOL-GT programs 6.7 Exiting From ACUCOBOL-GT Programs
exiting from programs 6.7 Exiting From ACUCOBOL-GT Programs
exiting from programs: three ways 6.7 Exiting From ACUCOBOL-GT Programs
EXIT-STATUS routine SYSTEM Routine
EXPAND 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
EXPAND: TREE-VIEW special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
exponentiation 6.2 Arithmetic Expressions
EXTEND_CREATES configuration file entry 2.7.5 File Handling Options
EXTEND_CREATES configuration file entry EXTEND_CREATES Changes Affecting Version 1.3
extended DOS systems, controlling the C clock function on DOS_WATCOM_10
extended file status C$RERR Routine
extensions to COBOL B.3 Extensions
external data item 5.7.1.4 IS EXTERNAL clause 5.5 WORKING-STORAGE Section
external data items 6.3.1 External Data Items 5.7.1 Data Description Entry
external data, setting minimum size of pools EXTERNAL_SIZE
external files 5.4.3 IS EXTERNAL Clause 5.4.1 File Description Entry
external name of file 5.4.8 VALUE OF FILE-ID Clause
external name of file: VALUE OF FILE-ID 5.4.8 VALUE OF FILE-ID Clause
External Floating-Point (EFP) G.3 External Floating-Point (EFP)
External Floating-Point (EFP): IBM DOS/VS COBOL G.3 External Floating-Point (EFP)
EXTERNAL data items: in Working-Storage 5.7.1 Data Description Entry
EXTERNAL data items: level-numbers 5.7.1 Data Description Entry
EXTERNAL 5.7.1.4 IS EXTERNAL clause
EXTERNAL: general format 5.7.1.4 IS EXTERNAL clause
EXTERNAL_SIZE configuration file entry EXTERNAL_SIZE
EXTERNAL-FORM clause 5.7.1.6 IS EXTERNAL-FORM clause
EXTRA_KEYS_OK configuration file entry OPEN Statement
EXTRA_KEYS_OK configuration file entry EXTRA_KEYS_OK
extracting records from a file 3.3.5 Extracting Records From a File F
F10_IS_MENU configuration file entry 8.6 Menu Activation and Use F10_IS_MENU M.2.2 Keyboard Differences
FACTORIAL, Intrinsic Function FACTORIAL Function
failures, CALL verb C$CALLERR Routine
FAQ 11.1 Frequently Asked Questions
FAST_ESCAPE configuration file entry FAST_ESCAPE
FCOLOR 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
FD or SD, and record type 5.1.7 File Types
field numbers assigned to Screen Section entries 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
fields 7.5 Screen Section Behavior
fields, excluding from mouse selection MOUSE*
fields: excluding from mouse selection 7.5 Screen Section Behavior
FIELDS_UNBOXED configuration file entry 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES 5 Control Types Reference - 5.3 Label - Special Properties FIELDS_UNBOXED
figurative constants 2.1.2.3 Figurative constants
file description entry 5.4.1 File Description Entry
file error 2.2 Using the Runtime System
file errors, allowing the runtime to continue ERRORS_OK
file format, setting file-by-file filename_VERSION
file handler interface I$IO Routine
file handler interface: I$IO routine I$IO Routine
file handling, automatically closing files CLOSE_ON_EXIT
file integrity 3.3.2 Testing File Integrity
file locking OPEN Statement
file locking: three forms OPEN Statement
file names with embedded spaces FILENAME_SPACES
file names, adjusting case on data files names FILE_CASE
file names, appending suffixes CODE_SUFFIX
file names, changing case of object file names CODE_CASE
file segment V_SEG_SIZE
file segment: setting with V_SEG_SIZE configuration variable V_SEG_SIZE
file size 3.3.9 File Size Summary Report
file size: summary report 3.3.9 File Size Summary Report
file status codes J.2 Table of Codes J.1 Introduction File Status Codes
file status codes, determining FILE_STATUS_CODES*
file status codes: different standards (table) J.2 Table of Codes
file status condition, altering file status value FILE_CONDITION*
file system, designating filename_HOST
file system, detaching from runtime filesystem_DETACH
file trace FILE_TRACE_FLUSH FILE_TRACE
file trace: FILE_TRACE configuration variable FILE_TRACE
file trace: FILE_TRACE_FLUSH configuration variable FILE_TRACE_FLUSH
file tracing 3.1.4 File Tracing 3.1.5 Screen Tracing
file transfer utility -vio 3.4 File Transfer Utility-vio
file types 5.1.7 File Types $WINHELP Routine WIN$PLAYSOUND Routine
file types: CHM $WINHELP Routine
file types: HLP $WINHELP Routine
file types: organization of 5.1.7 File Types
file types: WAV WIN$PLAYSOUND Routine
file utilities 3.3 File Utilities-vutil 3.4 File Transfer Utility-vio
file utilities: vio 3.4 File Transfer Utility-vio
file utilities: vutil 3.3 File Utilities-vutil
File Control section 5.3 XFD Files
File memory, debugger command The View Menu
File menu in debugger The File Menu
File Section 5.4 File Section 5.4.1 File Description Entry 5.4.10 DATA RECORDS Clause 5.4.11 LINAGE Clause 5.4.2 Sort File Description Entry 5.4.3 IS EXTERNAL Clause 5.4.4 BLOCK CONTAINS Clause 5.4.5 RECORD Clause 5.4.6 LABEL RECORDS Clause 5.4.9 CODE-SET Clause
File Section: BLOCK CONTAINS 5.4.4 BLOCK CONTAINS Clause
File Section: CODE-SET clause 5.4.9 CODE-SET Clause
File Section: DATA RECORDS 5.4.10 DATA RECORDS Clause
File Section: file description entry 5.4.1 File Description Entry
File Section: general format 5.4 File Section
File Section: IS EXTERNAL 5.4.3 IS EXTERNAL Clause
File Section: LABEL RECORDS clause 5.4.6 LABEL RECORDS Clause
File Section: LINAGE 5.4.11 LINAGE Clause
File Section: RECORD clause 5.4.5 RECORD Clause
File Section: sort file description entry 5.4.2 Sort File Description Entry
File Status Codes: IBM DOS/VS COBOL File Status Codes
FILE directive 5.3.3.5 File Directive
FILE STATUS variable 6.4.7 I/O Status
file C$COPY Routine C$DELETE Routine C$FILEINFO Routine C$FILESYS Routine C$FULLNAME Routine C$RECOVER Routine C$RERR Routine C$RERRNAME Routine C$RESOURCE Routine IO_CREATES ISOLATE_FILE_CREATES
file, specifying compression factor COMPRESS_FACTOR
file: copying with C$COPY C$COPY Routine
file: creating IO_CREATES ISOLATE_FILE_CREATES
file: deleting resource C$RESOURCE Routine
file: deleting with C$DELETE C$DELETE Routine
file: extended status C$RERR Routine
file: loading resource C$RESOURCE Routine
file: recovery routine C$RECOVER Routine
file: retrieving information with C$FILEINFO C$FILEINFO Routine
file: retrieving resource C$RESOURCE Routine
file: retrieving system information with C$FILESYS C$FILESYS Routine
file: routine for status information C$RERR Routine
file: search routine to find full name C$FULLNAME Routine
file: status information routine C$RERRNAME Routine
FILE_CASE configuration file entry 2.8 File Name Interpretation FILE_CASE
FILE_CONDITION configuration file entry 2.7 Runtime Configuration FILE_CONDITION*
FILE_IO_PROCESSES_MESSAGES configuration file entry Changes Affecting Version 3.1 FILE_IO_PROCESSES_MESSAGES
FILE_PREFIX configuration entry 2.7.2 Code and Data File Search Paths 2.8 File Name Interpretation 3.5.4.1 Initial startup and filename designation 8.5.1 Using genmenu Example 1: Default name handling FILE_PREFIX Using the Automation Server
FILE_PREFIX, applying to files with full path names APPLY_FILE_PATH
FILE_STATUS_CODES configuration file entry 2.7.3 File Status Codes 6 Procedure Division - USE Statement - Highlights for First-Time Users FILE_STATUS_CODES*
FILE_SUFFIX configuration file entry 2.7.2 Code and Data File Search Paths 2.8 File Name Interpretation 3.5.4.1 Initial startup and filename designation 8.5.1 Using genmenu FILE_SUFFIX
FILE_TRACE configuration file entry FILE_TRACE
FILE_TRACE_FLUSH configuration file entry FILE_TRACE_FLUSH
FILE-CONTROL 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
FILE-CONTROL: general format 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
FILE-CONTROL: general rules 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
FILE-CONTROL: syntax rules 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
FILE-LIMIT Clause FILE-LIMIT Clause
FILE-LIMIT Clause: IBM DOS/VS COBOL FILE-LIMIT Clause
filename configuration file entry filename
filename 2.1.11 Upper and Lower Case 2.1.12 File Name Handling 2.7.1 File Name Assignments 2.8 File Name Interpretation 2.8.1 File Names Starting With a Hyphen 2.8.2 File Name Examples
filename: abbreviation when compiling 2.1.12 File Name Handling
filename: aliasing 2.7.1 File Name Assignments
filename: assignments 2.7.1 File Name Assignments
filename: case of 2.1.11 Upper and Lower Case
filename: dynamic reassignment 2.8 File Name Interpretation
filename: examples 2.8.2 File Name Examples
filename: handling of 2.1.12 File Name Handling
filename: interpretation of 2.8 File Name Interpretation
filename: starting with hyphen 2.8.1 File Names Starting With a Hyphen 2.8 File Name Interpretation
filename_DATA_FMT configuration file entry filename_DATA_FMT
filename_HOST configuration file entry filename_HOST
filename_INDEX_FMT configuration file entry filename_INDEX_FMT
filename_LOG configuration file entry 5.1.7 Configuration Variables FILENAME_SPACES filename_LOG
FILENAME_SPACES configuration file entry FILENAME_SPACES
filename_VERSION configuration file entry filename_VERSION
filenames FILENAME_SPACES
filenames: with embedded spaces FILENAME_SPACES
FILE-POS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
FILE-POS: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
FILE-POS: GRID special property: automatic management 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
FILE-POS: GRID special property: independent grid management 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
FILE-POS: PAGED-AT-END: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
FILE-POS: PAGED-AT-START: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
FILE-POS: PAGED-EMPTY: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
files with full path names, applying CODE_PREFIX APPLY_CODE_PATH
files with full path names, applying FILE_PREFIX APPLY_FILE_PATH
files 2.2 Using the Runtime System 2.7.3 File Status Codes 2.7.5 File Handling Options 2.8.2 File Name Examples 3.2 PROGRAM-ID Paragraph 3.2.1 Object Libraries 3.2.2 Creating Object Libraries 3.3.1 Examining File Information 3.3.10 Converting RM/COBOL-85 Indexed Files 3.3.11 Converting C-ISAM Files 3.3.12 Converting Micro Focus Files 3.3.2 Testing File Integrity 3.3.3 Rebuilding Files 3.3.7 Unloading to Binary and Line Sequential Format 3.3.8 Loading a File 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph 5.1.10 Recovery 5.1.2 The Transaction Logging Process 5.1.7 File Types 5.4.3 IS EXTERNAL Clause 6.1 Handling Files 6.1.1 Sequential Files 6.1.6.1 Compression 6.1.8 Performance Considerations 6.1.9 Limits on Open Files 6.10.6 Useful Files RENAME Routine Selecting the Vision Version SYSTEM Routine Using file trace
files, appending suffixes FILE_SUFFIX
files, creating using OPEN EXTEND statements EXTEND_CREATES
files, creating when program attempts to open nonexistent file for I/O IO_CREATES
files, flushing local and operating system cache FLUSH_ALL
files, locking input files while allowing readers LOCK_SORT
files, locking output files LOCK_OUTPUT
files: ActiveX 6.10.6 Useful Files
files: binary sequential: creating an indexed file from 3.3.8 Loading a File
files: binary sequential: uploading from Vision files 3.3.7 Unloading to Binary and Line Sequential Format
files: C-ISAM, converting with vutil 3.3.11 Converting C-ISAM Files
files: clauses determining organization of 5.1.7 File Types
files: compression Selecting the Vision Version 6.1.6.1 Compression
files: dynamic access 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
files: encryption Selecting the Vision Version
files: examining file information 3.3.1 Examining File Information
files: extensions with SYSTEM calls SYSTEM Routine
files: handling 6.1 Handling Files
files: handling: options 2.7.5 File Handling Options
files: improving performance 6.1.8 Performance Considerations
files: indexed, organization of 5.1.7 File Types
files: limits on open files and control of 6.1.9 Limits on Open Files
files: locking: performance considerations 6.1.8 Performance Considerations
files: Micro Focus, converting with vutil 3.3.12 Converting Micro Focus Files
files: preventing fragmentation with vutil 3.3.3 Rebuilding Files
files: random access 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
files: rebuilding 3.3.3 Rebuilding Files
files: recovery routine for 5.1.2 The Transaction Logging Process 5.1.10 Recovery
files: reducing number of 3.2.1 Object Libraries
files: relative, organization of 5.1.7 File Types
files: renaming with the RENAME routine RENAME Routine
files: resource, adding to an object library with cblutil 3.2.2 Creating Object Libraries
files: RM/COBOL-85, converting indexed 3.3.10 Converting RM/COBOL-85 Indexed Files
files: runtime option for input from 2.2 Using the Runtime System
files: sequential access 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
files: sequential 6.1.1 Sequential Files
files: sequential, organization of 5.1.7 File Types
files: shared 5.4.3 IS EXTERNAL Clause
files: sort, verbs used with 5.1.7 File Types
files: status codes 2.7.3 File Status Codes
files: tracing Using file trace
files: translation: examples of rules 2.8.2 File Name Examples
files: vutil integrity check 3.3.2 Testing File Integrity
files: when not in open mode, 3.2 PROGRAM-ID Paragraph
FILE-STATUS C$RERR Routine
filesystem_DETACH configuration file entry filesystem_DETACH
FILL-COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - 5.10 Frame - Special Properties
FILL-COLOR: FRAME special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.10 Frame - Special Properties
FILL-COLOR2 5 Control Types Reference - 5.10 Frame - Special Properties
FILL-COLOR2: FRAME special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.10 Frame - Special Properties
FILLER data items and XFDs FILLER data items
FILLER 5.7.1.2 The data-name or FILLER clause
FILL-PERCENT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.10 Frame - Special Properties
FILL-PERCENT: FRAME special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.10 Frame - Special Properties
find backwards The Source Menu
find forwards The Source Menu
find from top command The Source Menu
Find Next, debugger command The Toolbar
Find Previous, debugger command The Toolbar
Find, debugger command The Toolbar
First 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
First: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
fixed insertion editing 5.7.1.7 PICTURE clause
fixed length records, compiler option 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
FIXED-FONT ACCEPT Statement
fixed-length records 5.1.7 File Types
FIXED-WIDTH: TAB style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
FLAT: CHECK-BOX style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
FLAT: PUSH-BUTTON style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
FLAT: RADIO-BUTTON style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
FLOAT 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
floating insertion editing 5.7.1.7 PICTURE clause
floating point CALL Statement 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
floating point: data items: CONVERT 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
floating point: data items: passing to subroutines with CALL CALL Statement
floating point: input format 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
floating windows 1.6.3.1 Establishing the initial window 2.2 The Relationship Between Floating Windows and Subwindows 2.3 Active and Current Windows 2.4 Parent and Child Windows 2.5 Creating, Inquiring, Modifying, and Destroying Windows 2.6 Menus and Floating Windows 6.4.9 Common Screen Options DESTROY Statement DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW Floating windows and graphical controls Floating windows SET Statement
floating windows, displaying on character-based host BOXED_FLOATING_WINDOWS
floating windows: ACCEPT statement: effects of 2.3 Active and Current Windows
floating windows: ACTION 2.5 Creating, Inquiring, Modifying, and Destroying Windows
floating windows: active 2.3 Active and Current Windows
floating windows: active: changing with the SET statement SET Statement
floating windows: and graphical controls Floating windows and graphical controls
floating windows: and subwindows, relationship 2.2 The Relationship Between Floating Windows and Subwindows
floating windows: attaching menu to, with W$MENU 2.6 Menus and Floating Windows
floating windows: auto resize DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
floating windows: BIND TO THREAD phrase DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
floating windows: BOXED border DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
floating windows: CELL phrase DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
floating windows: closing with DESTROY DESTROY Statement
floating windows: closing 2.5 Creating, Inquiring, Modifying, and Destroying Windows
floating windows: closing: effect on current and active status 2.3 Active and Current Windows
floating windows: current 2.3 Active and Current Windows
floating windows: current: changing with the SET statement SET Statement
floating windows: current: changing with the UPON phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
floating windows: defined Floating windows
floating windows: getting the size and position of 2.5 Creating, Inquiring, Modifying, and Destroying Windows
floating windows: GRAPHICAL option DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
floating windows: handle: fetching with the SET statement SET Statement
floating windows: height DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
floating windows: implicit subwindow DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
floating windows: initial position DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
floating windows: inquiries 2.5 Creating, Inquiring, Modifying, and Destroying Windows
floating windows: LINK TO THREAD phrase DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
floating windows: main application window, creating for optimal CELL size 1.6.3.1 Establishing the initial window
floating windows: matching the user's colors DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
floating windows: menu in 2.6 Menus and Floating Windows
floating windows: MODAL and MODELESS DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
floating windows: modifying 2.5 Creating, Inquiring, Modifying, and Destroying Windows
floating windows: parent 2.4 Parent and Child Windows
floating windows: placement of title DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
floating windows: resizable DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
floating windows: shadowed DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
floating windows: specifying attributes at runtime DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
floating windows: system menu DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
floating windows: TITLE-BAR DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
floating windows: UPON phrase DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
floating-point data 5.1.8.1 Using floating-point data 5.1.8 Floating-Point Data
floating-point data: arithmetic expression 5.1.8.1 Using floating-point data
floating-point data: differences from normal numeric 5.1.8 Floating-Point Data
floating-point data: when to use 5.1.8 Floating-Point Data
floating-point literals 2.1.2.1 Numeric literals
floating-point 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
floating-point: C subroutines 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
flow of control 6.1.2 Flow of Control
flush buffers COMMIT Statement
flush buffers: COMMIT COMMIT Statement
FLUSH_ALL configuration file entry FLUSH_ALL
FLUSH_COUNT configuration file entry FLUSH_COUNT
FLUSH_ON_ACCEPT configuration file entry FLUSH_ON_ACCEPT
FLUSH_ON_CLOSE configuration file entry FLUSH_ON_CLOSE
FLUSH_ON_COMMIT configuration file entry COMMIT Statement FLUSH_ON_COMMIT
FLUSH_ON_OPEN configuration file entry FLUSH_ON_OPEN
flushing, after first I/O operation in indexed file FLUSH_ON_OPEN
flushing, local and operating system cache FLUSH_ALL
flushing, on closing file under Extended DOS or Windows FLUSH_ON_CLOSE
flushing, regulating using COMMIT verb FLUSH_ON_COMMIT
flushing, setting number of updates before FLUSH_COUNT
flushing, using ACCEPT statement FLUSH_ON_ACCEPT
FONT configuration file entry FONT*
FONT phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
font 4.7 Fonts 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause ACCEPT Statement DEFAULT_FONT Routine to Handle the Windows Print Spooler W$FONT Routine W$TEXTSIZE Routine WIN$PRINTER Routine WINDOW_TITLE WINPRINT-COLUMN op-codes WINPRINT-SET-FONT WINPRINT-SET-STD-FONT
font, determining default font DEFAULT_FONT
font, determining on graphical systems FONT*
font, disabling automatic adjustment on Windows FONT_AUTO_ADJUST
font: ANSI-VAR-FONT ACCEPT Statement
font: assigning to a printer WINPRINT-SET-FONT
font: changing with W$FONT Routine to Handle the Windows Print Spooler
font: DEFAULT_FONT DEFAULT_FONT ACCEPT Statement
font: FIXED-FONT ACCEPT Statement
font: handle to, with ACCEPT STANDARD OBJECT ACCEPT Statement
font: LARGE-FONT ACCEPT Statement
font: measuring with W$TEXTSIZE W$TEXTSIZE Routine
font: MEDIUM-FONT ACCEPT Statement
font: OEM-FIXED-FONT ACCEPT Statement
font: of window title WINDOW_TITLE
font: pre-assigning fonts to a handle 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
font: predefined ACCEPT Statement
font: printing columns WINPRINT-COLUMN op-codes
font: printing under Windows WIN$PRINTER Routine
font: selecting with W$FONT 4.7 Fonts W$FONT Routine
font: selecting WINPRINT-SET-STD-FONT
font: SMALL-FONT ACCEPT Statement
font: SYSTEM-FIXED-FONT ACCEPT Statement
font: SYSTEM-FONT ACCEPT Statement
font: TRADITIONAL-FONT ACCEPT Statement
FONT_AUTO_ADJUST configuration file entry FONT_AUTO_ADJUST
FONT_SIZE_ADJUST configuration file entry FONT_SIZE_ADJUST
FONT_WIDE_SIZE_ADJUST configuration file entry Tips FONT_WIDE_SIZE_ADJUST
fonts 4.7 Fonts 11.1.3 Regarding Fonts W$TEXTSIZE Routine
fonts.def W$FONT Routine
fonts: measuring W$TEXTSIZE Routine
fonts: memory management of 4.7 Fonts
fonts: selecting a custom font 11.1.3 Regarding Fonts
fonts: support for 4.7 Fonts
FOREGROUND_INTENSITY configuration file entry DISPLAY WINDOW FOREGROUND_INTENSITY L.1 Color Configuration Variables Step 2 - Assign Initial Attributes
FOREGROUND-COLOR phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
format 2.4 Source Formats 2.2 Source Format
format: of source code 2.4 Source Formats
format: of source program 2.2 Source Format
FORM-FEED keyword 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option
form-feeds 5.4.11 LINAGE Clause
form-level ACCEPT and DISPLAY Form-level DISPLAY and ACCEPT (Screen Section)
fragmentation of files, preventing with vutil 3.3.3 Rebuilding Files
FRAME control 1.6.3.2 Tips for building single-interface programs 11.1.2 Regarding Controls 5 Control Types Reference - 5.10 Frame - Common Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.10 Frame - Events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.10 Frame - Examples 5 Control Types Reference - 5.10 Frame - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE 5.10 Frame
FRAME control: automatic sizing in text mode 1.6.3.2 Tips for building single-interface programs
FRAME control: common properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.10 Frame - Common Properties
FRAME control: common properties: COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
FRAME control: common properties: SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
FRAME control: common properties: TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
FRAME control: common properties: VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
FRAME control: events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.10 Frame - Events
FRAME control: examples 5 Control Types Reference - 5.10 Frame - Examples
FRAME control: sizing problems 11.1.2 Regarding Controls
FRAME control: special properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.10 Frame - Special Properties
FRAME control: special properties: FILL-COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - 5.10 Frame - Special Properties
FRAME control: special properties: FILL-COLOR2 5 Control Types Reference - 5.10 Frame - Special Properties
FRAME control: special properties: FILL-PERCENT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.10 Frame - Special Properties
FRAME control: special properties: HIGH-COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - 5.10 Frame - Special Properties
FRAME control: special properties: LOW-COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - 5.10 Frame - Special Properties
FRAME control: special properties: TITLE-POSITION 5 Control Types Reference - 5.10 Frame - Special Properties
FRAME control: styles 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
FRAME control: styles: ALTERNATE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
FRAME control: styles: ENGRAVED 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
FRAME control: styles: FULL-HEIGHT 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
FRAME control: styles: HEAVY 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
FRAME control: styles: LOWERED 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
FRAME control: styles: RAISED 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
FRAME control: styles: RIMMED 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
FRAME control: styles: VERY-HEAVY 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
FRAME 11.1.2 Regarding Controls 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
FRAME: sizing problems 11.1.2 Regarding Controls
FRAME: styles 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
FRAMED 3.8.3 Creating the Button
FRAMED: CHECK-BOX style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
FRAMED: PUSH-BUTTON style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
FRAMED: RADIO-BUTTON style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
FRAMED: style 3.8.3 Creating the Button
freeing previously allocated dynamic memory M$FREE (Dynamic Memory Routine)
FROM clause in Screen Section 5.9.1 PICTURE, FROM, TO, and USING Clauses
FULL phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
FULL 6.6 Data Validation
FULL_BOXES configuration file entry FULL_BOXES
FULL-HEIGHT 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
FULL-HEIGHT: FRAME style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
function codes for terminals 4.6 The Terminal Database File
function codes for terminals: list of 4.6 The Terminal Database File
function key handling 8.7.1 Function Key Handling
function keys 4.6.5 Function Keys and Other Keys 8.7.1 Function Key Handling
function keys, debugger The Selection Menu
function keys: and menu bars 8.7.1 Function Key Handling
function keys: defining 4.6.5 Function Keys and Other Keys
Functions, Intrinsic. P.1 Introduction
-Fx option 5.3 XFD Files
-Fxa option 5.3 XFD Files G
generic menu handler 8.2 Generic Menu Handler
genmenu 8.5.1 Using genmenu
genmenu: compiling the utility 8.5.1 Using genmenu
genmenu: executing 8.5.1 Using genmenu
GET-MOUSE-SCREEN-STATUS operation GET-MOUSE-SCREEN-STATUS W$MOUSE Routine
GET-MOUSE-SHAPE operation GET-MOUSE-SHAPE W$MOUSE Routine
GET-MOUSE-STATUS operation CAPTURE-MOUSE GET-MOUSE-STATUS W$MOUSE Routine
GetStockObject 4.7 Fonts
GetStockObject: Windows API function 4.7 Fonts
getting object information 3.2.3 Getting Object Information
getting your terminals ready 4.2 Getting Your Terminals Ready
GF-GUI-MAP 4.6.7 Graphical Window and Control Emulation
GIVING, SORT with MERGE Statement
global styles 5.2 Global Styles
GLOBAL 5.7.1 Data Description Entry
GLOBAL: data description entry 5.7.1 Data Description Entry
go to cursor line command Other commands The Run Menu
go until paragraph returns command The Run Menu
go until program exits command The Run Menu
GO TO GO TO Statement ALTER Statement
GO TO: ALTER statement ALTER Statement
GO TO: statement and rules GO TO Statement
Go, debugger command The Toolbar
GOBACK statement and rules GOBACK Statement
GO-GUI-MAP 4.6.7 Graphical Window and Control Emulation
graphical and textual modes 4.3 Graphical vs. Textual Modes
graphical and textual modes: mixed 4.3 Graphical vs. Textual Modes
graphical controls, emulating on character-based hosts GUI_CHARS*
graphical systems, determining font FONT*
graphical user interface 1.6 Creating Portable User Interfaces 1.6.2 Strategies for Supporting Multiple Systems
graphical user interface: development strategies 1.6.2 Strategies for Supporting Multiple Systems
graphical user interface: portability issues 1.6 Creating Portable User Interfaces
graphical window and control emulation 4.6.7 Graphical Window and Control Emulation
GRAPHICAL 4.3 Graphical vs. Textual Modes 5.9 Screen Description Entry DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
GRAPHICAL: label in Screen Section 4.3 Graphical vs. Textual Modes
GRAPHICAL: label in Screen Section 5.9 Screen Description Entry
GRAPHICAL: option, DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
graphics on terminals requiring multiple-character escape sequences for line segments Multi-character sequences for graphics
Graphics Device Interface (GDI) Routine to Handle the Windows Print Spooler
graphics 3.8.2 Loading Bitmaps W$BITMAP Routine
graphics: bitmapped in Windows 3.8.2 Loading Bitmaps W$BITMAP Routine
GREATER THAN condition 6.3.1 Relation Conditions
GRID control 3.10 Paged Grids 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Common Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE 5.15 Grid
GRID control: colors 5.15 Grid
GRID control: common properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Common Properties
GRID control: common properties: COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
GRID control: common properties: SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
GRID control: common properties: TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
GRID control: common properties: VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
GRID control: entry mode 5.15 Grid
GRID control: events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Events
GRID control: fonts 5.15 Grid
GRID control: movement in 5.15 Grid
GRID control: navigate mode 5.15 Grid
GRID control: paged 3.10 Paged Grids
GRID control: row and column headers 5.15 Grid
GRID control: special properties: ACTION 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: ALIGNMENT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: BITMAP 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: BITMAP-NUMBER 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: BITMAP-TRAILING 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: BITMAP-WIDTH 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: CELL-COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: CELL-DATA 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: CELL-FONT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: COLUMN-COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: COLUMN-DIVIDERS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: COLUMN-FONT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: CURSOR-COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: CURSOR-FRAME-WIDTH 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: CURSOR-X 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: CURSOR-Y 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: DATA-COLUMNS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: DATA-TYPES 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: DISPLAY-COLUMNS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: DIVIDER-COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: END-COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: FILE-POS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: FILE-POS: automatic management 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: FILE-POS: independent grid management 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: FILE-POS: PAGED-AT-END 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: FILE-POS: PAGED-AT-START 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: FILE-POS: PAGED-EMPTY 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: GRID-SEARCH-ALL-DATA 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: GRID-SEARCH-COLUMN 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: GRID-SEARCH-FORWARDS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: GRID-SEARCH-HIDDEN 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: GRID-SEARCH-IGNORE-CASE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: GRID-SEARCH-MATCH-ALL 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: GRID-SEARCH-MATCH-ANY 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: GRID-SEARCH-MATCH-LEADING 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: GRID-SEARCH-MOVES-CURSOR 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: GRID-SEARCH-SKIP-CURRENT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: GRID-SEARCH-VISIBLE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: GRID-SEARCH-WRAP 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: HEADING-COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: HEADING-DIVIDER-COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: HEADING-FONT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: HIDDEN-DATA 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: HSCROLL-POS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: INSERTION-INDEX 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: INSERT-ROWS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: LAST-ROW 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: MASS-UPDATE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: NUM-COL-HEADINGS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: NUM-ROWS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: RECORD-DATA 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: RECORD-TO-ADD 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: RECORD-TO-DELETE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: REGION-COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: RESET-GRID 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: ROW-COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: ROW-COLOR-PATTERN 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: ROW-DIVIDERS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: ROW-FONT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: SEARCH-OPTIONS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: SEARCH-TEXT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: SEPARATION 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: START-X 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: START-Y 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: VIRTUAL-WIDTH 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: VPADDING 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: VSCROLL-POS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: X 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: special properties: Y 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: styles 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
GRID control: styles: 3-D 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
GRID control: styles: ACTION: ACTION-CURRENT-PAGE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: styles: ACTION: ACTION-FIRST-PAGE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: styles: ACTION: ACTION-LAST-PAGE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID control: styles: ADJUSTABLE-COLUMNS 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
GRID control: styles: BOXED 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
GRID control: styles: CENTERED-HEADINGS 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
GRID control: styles: COLUMN-HEADINGS 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
GRID control: styles: HSCROLL 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
GRID control: styles: NO-BOX 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
GRID control: styles: PAGED 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
GRID control: styles: ROW-HEADINGS 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
GRID control: styles: TILED-HEADINGS 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
GRID control: styles: USE-TAB 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
GRID control: styles: VSCROLL 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
GRID-SEARCH-ALL-DATA 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID-SEARCH-ALL-DATA: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID-SEARCH-COLUMN 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID-SEARCH-COLUMN: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID-SEARCH-FORWARDS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID-SEARCH-FORWARDS: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID-SEARCH-HIDDEN 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID-SEARCH-HIDDEN: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID-SEARCH-IGNORE-CASE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID-SEARCH-IGNORE-CASE: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID-SEARCH-MATCH-ALL 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID-SEARCH-MATCH-ALL: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID-SEARCH-MATCH-ANY 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID-SEARCH-MATCH-ANY: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID-SEARCH-MATCH-LEADING 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID-SEARCH-MATCH-LEADING: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID-SEARCH-MOVES-CURSOR 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID-SEARCH-MOVES-CURSOR: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID-SEARCH-SKIP-CURRENT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID-SEARCH-SKIP-CURRENT: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID-SEARCH-VISIBLE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID-SEARCH-VISIBLE: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID-SEARCH-WRAP 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRID-SEARCH-WRAP: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
GRIP 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
GRIP: STATUS-BAR style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
group item 5.9.6 PROCEDURE Clause
group item: embedded procedures for 5.9.6 PROCEDURE Clause
group items 5.1.1 Record Description 5.1.3 Classes of Data 5.7.1 Data Description Entry C$FILEINFO Routine C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine Group items W$BROWSERINFO Routine W$FONT Routine W$PALETTE Routine WIN$PRINTER Routine WIN$VERSION Routine
group items: BROWSERINFO-DATA W$BROWSERINFO Routine
group items: category 5.1.3 Classes of Data
group items: data description entry 5.7.1 Data Description Entry
group items: FILE-INFO C$FILEINFO Routine
group items: OPENSAVE-DATA C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
group items: WFONT-DATA W$FONT Routine
group items: WINPRINT-COLUMNS WIN$PRINTER Routine
group items: WINPRINT-DATA WIN$PRINTER Routine
group items: WINPRINT-SELECTION WIN$PRINTER Routine
group items: WINVERSION-DATA WIN$VERSION Routine
group items: WPALETTE-DATA W$PALETTE Routine
GROUP 5 Control Types Reference - 5.7 Radio-Button - Special Properties
GROUP: RADIO-BUTTON special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.7 Radio-Button - Special Properties
GROUP-VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.7 Radio-Button - Special Properties
GROUP-VALUE: RADIO-BUTTON special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.7 Radio-Button - Special Properties
GUI development project issues 1.7 GUI Development Project Issues
GUI development with third party kits and tools 1.2.4 GUI Development With Third Party Kits and Tools
GUI support 1.1 Overview of User Interface Features
GUI support: introduced 1.1 Overview of User Interface Features
GUI_CHARS configuration file entry 5.12 Scroll Bar GUI_CHARS* H
handle 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
handle: described 4.1 Handles
handle: invalid 4.1 Handles
handle: POP-UP AREA phrase 4.1 Handles
handle: SYNCHRONIZED 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
handles 3.2 Control Types, Handles, and IDs 5.1 The Components of a Control 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
handles: control 3.2 Control Types, Handles, and IDs
handles: pre-assign a font handle 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
handling mouse actions 7.3 How Mouse Actions Are Handled
hang up signal, blocking on UNIX 2.2 Using the Runtime System
hardware error handling M.2.3 Hardware Error Handling
hardware error handling: under 32-bit Windows M.2.3 Hardware Error Handling
hardware supported 1.4 Supported Hardware
hardware type 5.1.6 Large Data Handling
hardware type: and large data items 5.1.6 Large Data Handling
HAS-CHILDREN 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
HAS-CHILDREN: TREE-VIEW special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
HAS-GRAPHICAL-INTERFACE 1.6.3.3 Tips for building dual-interface programs
HAS-GRAPHICAL-INTERFACE ACCEPT Statement
HAS-VISIBLE-ATTRIBUTES ACCEPT Statement
HEADING-COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
HEADING-COLOR: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
HEADING-DIVIDER-COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
HEADING-DIVIDER-COLOR: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
HEADING-FONT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
HEADING-FONT: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
HEAVY 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
HEAVY: FRAME style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
HEIGHT-IN-CELLS 5.2 Global Styles
HEIGHT-IN-CELLS: global control style 5.2 Global Styles
help automation via SET format 13 SET Statement
help automation 2.1.15 Help, Version Information, and Communication With C Programs 10.1 HELP-ID
help automation: mapping context IDs 2.1.15 Help, Version Information, and Communication With C Programs
help command 2.1.15 Help, Version Information, and Communication With C Programs
help compiler 10.4 Windows Help
help cursor 10.2 Help Modes
help key exception value 10.2 Help Modes
help modes 10.2 Help Modes
help on help command The Help Menu
help processor 10.3 The Help Processor 10.1 HELP-ID
help with debugger Getting help
Help 10.4 Windows Help $WINHELP Routine
help: how to get 1.7 How to Get Help
Help: help compiler $WINHELP Routine
Help: interfacing to the Windows facility 10.4 Windows Help $WINHELP Routine
HELP-CONTENTS operation $WINHELP Routine
HELP-CONTEXT operation 10.4 Windows Help
HELP-CONTEXT POPUP operation 10.4 Windows Help
HELP-HELPONHELP operation $WINHELP Routine
HELP-ID phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options 10.1 HELP-ID
HELP-PARTIALKEY operation $WINHELP Routine
HELP-PROGRAM 10.3 The Help Processor
HELP-PROGRAM: configuration variable 10.3 The Help Processor
HELP-QUIT operation $WINHELP Routine
hex literals 2.1.2.1 Numeric literals 2.1.2.2 Nonnumeric literals
hex literals: nonnumeric 2.1.2.2 Nonnumeric literals
hex literals: numeric 2.1.2.1 Numeric literals
HEX2ASCII routine HEX2ASCII Routine
hexadecimal values, converting to ASCII HEX2ASCII Routine
HIDDEN-DATA 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
HIDDEN-DATA: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
HIDDEN-DATA: TREE-VIEW special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
hierarchies 5.16 Tree View Control
hierarchies: representing graphically with Tree-View control 5.16 Tree View Control
high intensity video, compiler option 2.1.8 Video Options
High intensity,value 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
HIGH phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
HIGH-COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - 5.10 Frame - Special Properties
HIGH-COLOR: FRAME special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.10 Frame - Special Properties
highlight item in debugger menu 3.1.2 Cursor and Mouse Handling in Source-Level Debugging
HIGHLIGHT phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
HIGH-VALUES 2.1.2.3 Figurative constants
hints, controlling length of pop up display HINTS_OFF
hints, controlling when pop up tip displays HINTS_ON
HINTS_OFF configuration file entry 3.8.4 Pop-Up Hints HINTS_OFF
HINTS_ON configuration file entry 3.8.4 Pop-Up Hints HINTS_ON
HLP files $WINHELP Routine
Home 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Home: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
HORIZONTAL 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
HORIZONTAL: SCROLL-BAR style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
host specific information M.1 Introduction to Host Specific Features
hot keys 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable HOT_KEY*
hot keys, assigning HOT_KEY*
hot keys: assigning 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
HOT_KEY configuration file entry 2.7 Runtime Configuration HOT_KEY*
HOT_KEY HOT_KEY*
HOT-KEY configuration variable 4.4.3 Additional Configuration Variables
HOT-KEY keyword 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
HSCROLL 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
HSCROLL: GRID style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
HSCROLL-POS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
HSCROLL-POS: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
HTML output cache CGI_NO_CACHE
HTML output cache: setting this option CGI_NO_CACHE
HTML templates DISPLAY external-form-item
HTML templates: merging data with DISPLAY external-form-item
HTML 5.7.1.6 IS EXTERNAL-FORM clause HTML_TEMPLATE_PREFIX*
HTML: associating group items with HTML data 5.7.1.6 IS EXTERNAL-FORM clause
HTML: locating template files HTML_TEMPLATE_PREFIX*
HTML_TEMPLATE_PREFIX configuration file entry DISPLAY external-form-item 5.7.1.6 IS EXTERNAL-FORM clause
HTML_TEMPLATE_PREFIX configuration file entry HTML_TEMPLATE_PREFIX*
hyphens 2.8.1 File Names Starting With a Hyphen
hyphens: special treatment of file names with 2.8.1 File Names Starting With a Hyphen I
I$IO routine I$IO Routine
I/O efficiency 5.3.3.9 Use Group Directive
I/O status 6.4.7 I/O Status
IBM data storage, compiler option 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
IBM DOS/VS COBOL compatibility, compiler option 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
IBM DOS/VS COBOL 2.4.1 The COPY Statement 2.5 COPY Libraries ACTUAL KEY Clause and SEEK ADVANCING in WRITE Statement AFTER POSITIONING Clause APPLY Clause Options BASIS, INSERT, DELETE COM-REG COPY SUPPRESS Statement CURRENT-DATE DATE-COMPILED Debugging Features DISPLAY UPON SYSPUNCH EJECT, SKIP in Listing ENTER Statement EXAMINE File Status Codes FILE-LIMIT Clause G.1 The "-Cv" Command Line Argument G.1.2 Reserved Words G.2 COMP-1 and COMP-2 are Floating-Point G.3 External Floating-Point (EFP) 'IDENTIFICATION Division Arrangement IF OTHERWISE J.5 IBM DOS/VS Error Codes NOTE Statement Password Protection of Files PROCESSING MODE Clause PROGRAM-ID Program Name RECORDING MODE Clause REVERSED Sequential Input Files SORT Statement Registers SPECIAL-NAMES TIME-OF-DAY TRACK-AREA Clause TRANSFORM Statement USE GIVING VALUE OF Clause WHEN-COMPILED WRITE ADVANCING Special-Name
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: ACTUAL KEY Clause and SEEK ACTUAL KEY Clause and SEEK
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: ADVANCING in WRITE Statement ADVANCING in WRITE Statement
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: AFTER POSITIONING Clause AFTER POSITIONING Clause
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: APPLY Clause Options APPLY Clause Options
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: BASIS, INSERT, DELETE BASIS, INSERT, DELETE
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: command line G.1 The "-Cv" Command Line Argument
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: COMP-1 and COMP-2 are Floating-Point G.2 COMP-1 and COMP-2 are Floating-Point
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: COM-REG COM-REG
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: conversion guide G.1 The "-Cv" Command Line Argument
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: COPY Statement COPY SUPPRESS Statement
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: CURRENT-DATE CURRENT-DATE
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: DATE-COMPILED DATE-COMPILED
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: Debugging Features Debugging Features
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: DISPLAY UPON SYSPUNCH DISPLAY UPON SYSPUNCH
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: EJECT, SKIP in Listing EJECT, SKIP in Listing
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: ENTER Statement ENTER Statement
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: error codes J.5 IBM DOS/VS Error Codes USE GIVING
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: EXAMINE EXAMINE
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: External Floating-Point G.3 External Floating-Point (EFP)
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: File Status Codes File Status Codes
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: FILE-LIMIT Clause FILE-LIMIT Clause
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: IDENTIFICATION Division Arrangement 'IDENTIFICATION Division Arrangement
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: IF OTHERWISE IF OTHERWISE
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: NOTE Statement NOTE Statement
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: Password Protection of Files Password Protection of Files
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: PROCESSING MODE Clause PROCESSING MODE Clause
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: PROGRAM-ID Program Name PROGRAM-ID Program Name
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: RECORDING MODE Clause RECORDING MODE Clause
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: Reserved Words G.1.2 Reserved Words
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: REVERSED Sequential Input Files REVERSED Sequential Input Files
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: SORT Statement Registers SORT Statement Registers
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: SPECIAL-NAMES SPECIAL-NAMES
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: TIME-OF-DAY TIME-OF-DAY
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: TRACK-AREA Clause TRACK-AREA Clause
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: TRANSFORM Statement TRANSFORM Statement
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: using SUPPRESS in a COPY statement 2.5 COPY Libraries
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: using SUPPRESS in a COPY statement 2.4.1 The COPY Statement
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: VALUE OF Clause VALUE OF Clause
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: WHEN-COMPILED WHEN-COMPILED
IBM DOS/VS COBOL: WRITE ADVANCING Special-Name WRITE ADVANCING Special-Name
IBM/COBOL compatibility, compiler option 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
ICO, icon files ICON
ICOBOL and DISPLAY src-item DISPLAY src-item
ICOBOL compatibility, compiler option 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
ICOBOL Conversion Guide K.1 Compile-Time Issues
ICOBOL 2.1.6 Reserved Word Options 2.3 Compatibility Modes 2.3 Compiler Compatibility Modes 2.4 Source Formats 2.7.3 File Status Codes 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph 6.4.9 Common Screen Options D.1 Reserved Word List DISPLAY src-item J.1 Introduction K.1 Compile-Time Issues K.2 Runtime Options K.3 Differences
ICOBOL: ACUCOBOL-GT differences K.3 Differences
ICOBOL: and file status codes 2.7.3 File Status Codes
ICOBOL: COLUMN phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
ICOBOL: compatibility mode 2.3 Compiler Compatibility Modes
ICOBOL: compile-time issues K.1 Compile-Time Issues
ICOBOL: default locking 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
ICOBOL: ECHO 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
ICOBOL: ERASE DISPLAY src-item
ICOBOL: file status codes J.1 Introduction
ICOBOL: LINE NUMBER 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
ICOBOL: NO ADVANCING 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
ICOBOL: reserved words option 2.1.6 Reserved Word Options
ICOBOL: reserved words D.1 Reserved Word List
ICOBOL: runtime options K.2 Runtime Options
ICOBOL: terminal source format 2.4 Source Formats
ICOBOL_FILE_SEMANTICS configuration file entry ICOBOL_FILE_SEMANTICS* K.2 Runtime Options
ICON configuration file entry ICON
icon, designating minimized icon on graphical systems ICON
ID: of a control 3.2 Control Types, Handles, and IDs
Identification Division, 3.1 Identification Division
IDENTIFICATION Division Arrangement 'IDENTIFICATION Division Arrangement
IDENTIFICATION Division Arrangement: IBM DOS/VS COBOL 'IDENTIFICATION Division Arrangement
IDENTIFICATION phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
identifying callers C$CALLEDBY Routine
IF OTHERWISE IF OTHERWISE
IF OTHERWISE: IBM DOS/VS COBOL IF OTHERWISE
IF statement and rules IF Statement
ignoring reserved words, compiler option 2.1.6 Reserved Word Options
imperative sentence 6.1.1 Statements and Sentences
imperative statements 6.1.1 Statements and Sentences 2.5.1.5 Statements
IMPLIED-DECIMAL keyword 4.3.2.1 The KEYBOARD variable
importing screens and controls, and limitations 2.2 Using the Runtime System
inactive floating window, specify attributes of border on character-based hosts INACTIVE_BORDER_COLOR
INACTIVE_BORDER_COLOR configuration file entry INACTIVE_BORDER_COLOR
include source lines, compiler option 2.1.5 Source Options
incompatibilities between graphical and character systems 1.6.1 Incompatibilities Between Graphical and Character Systems
Indentification Division Identification Division
Indentification Division: language skeleton Identification Division
independent windows DISPLAY INITIAL WINDOW
index mode Array and index modes
index mode: STATUS-BAR control Array and index modes
index values 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
index values: reusing 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
indexed file record editor 3.5 Acucorp's Indexed File Record Editor-alfred
indexed file record editor: alfred 3.5 Acucorp's Indexed File Record Editor-alfred
indexed file utility 3.3 File Utilities-vutil
indexed files 5.1.7 File Types 6.1.3 Indexed Files - Vision 6.1.6 Indexed File Considerations DUPLICATES_LOG IO_CREATES
indexed files, flushing after first I/O operation FLUSH_ON_OPEN
indexed files, opening without specifying all alternate keys EXTRA_KEYS_OK
indexed files, specifying compression COMPRESS_FILES
indexed files: considerations 6.1.6 Indexed File Considerations
indexed files: creating IO_CREATES
indexed files: features 6.1.6 Indexed File Considerations
indexed files: logging rejected Vision files DUPLICATES_LOG
indexed files: organization of 5.1.7 File Types
indexed files: treatment on different machines 6.1.3 Indexed Files - Vision
indicating programs to share 2.11.1.1 Indicating programs to share
indicator area 2.2.1 ANSI Format
initial attribute CALL Statement EXIT Statement
INITIAL PROGRAM, 3.2 PROGRAM-ID Paragraph 6.3 Memory Management
initialization strings 4.6.9 Initialization
initialization strings: for terminals 4.6.9 Initialization
initialize a font handle 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
INITIALIZE statement and rules INITIALIZE Statement
INITIAL-STATE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.19 ACTIVE-X - Special Properties
INITIAL-STATE: ACTIVE-X special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.19 ACTIVE-X - Special Properties
input files, locking, but allowing readers LOCK_SORT
input source, encoding scheme assumed by compiler 2.1.5 Source Options
INPUT PROCEDURE SORT Statement
input 2.2 Using the Runtime System W$KEYBUF Routine
input: from a file, runtime option for 2.2 Using the Runtime System
input: simulating W$KEYBUF Routine
INPUT_STATUS_DEFAULT configuration file entry ACCEPT Statement INPUT_STATUS_DEFAULT
INPUT-DISPLAY keyword 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option
INPUT-MODE keyword 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option
INPUT-OUTPUT Section 4.3 Input-Output Section
INQUIRE statement and rules INQUIRE Statement
INSERT_MODE configuration file entry 5.4 Entry Field INSERT_MODE
insertion characters 5.7.1.7 PICTURE clause
INSERTION-INDEX 3.9.2 Adding Records to a Paged List Box 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties Properties
INSERTION-INDEX: COMBO-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Special Properties
INSERTION-INDEX: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
INSERTION-INDEX: LIST-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
INSERTION-INDEX: with PAGED list boxes 3.9.2 Adding Records to a Paged List Box
Insert-Off 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Insert-Off: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Insert-On 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Insert-On: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
INSERT-ROWS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
INSERT-ROWS: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
Insert-Space 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Insert-Space: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
INSPECT Statement INSPECT Statement
INSPECT statement: syntax rules INSPECT Statement
INSPECT 6 Procedure Division - INSPECT Statement - Highlights for First-Time Users 6 Procedure Division - INSPECT Statement - Code Examples INSPECT Statement
INSPECT: code examples 6 Procedure Division - INSPECT Statement - Code Examples
INSPECT: general rules INSPECT Statement
INSPECT: highlights for first-time users 6 Procedure Division - INSPECT Statement - Highlights for First-Time Users
installation directory path, ACUCOBOL-GT ACUCOBOL
installation instructions A.1 License Files, Sample Programs, ".def" and ".dll" Files
installation A.2 Configuring Your Terminals A.1 License Files, Sample Programs, ".def" and ".dll" Files
installation: configuring terminals A.2 Configuring Your Terminals
installation: DLL files A.1 License Files, Sample Programs, ".def" and ".dll" Files
integer keys on VMS systems RMS_NATIVE_KEYS
INTEGER-OF-DATE, Intrinsic Function INTEGER-OF-DATE Function
INTEGER-OF-DAY, Intrinsic Function INTEGER-OF-DAY Function
INTEGER-PART, Intrinsic Function INTEGER-PART Function
INTENSITY_FLAGS configuration file entry L.1 Color Configuration Variables INTENSITY_FLAGS
INTENSITY-FLAGS Step 4 - Transform Intensities
interface programming configuration file entries 1.2.2 Configuration and Programming Support
interfaces, multiple object and ActiveX 6.10.7 Multiple Object Interfaces
interfacing Help to Windows facility 10.4 Windows Help $WINHELP Routine
interfacing with the file handler I$IO Routine
International character sets server_MAP_FILE
International character sets: server_MAP_FILE server_MAP_FILE
Internet 5.7.1.6 IS EXTERNAL-FORM clause 6.9 Deploying Applications on the Internet C$GETCGI Routine HTML_TEMPLATE_PREFIX* W$GETURL Routine W$STATUS Routine
Internet: defining records for HTML forms 5.7.1.6 IS EXTERNAL-FORM clause
Internet: how to deploy applications on the 6.9 Deploying Applications on the Internet
Internet: how to display a message in the browser status bar W$STATUS Routine
Internet: locating HTML template files HTML_TEMPLATE_PREFIX*
Internet: overview of options for deploying on the 6.9 Deploying Applications on the Internet
Internet: passing a URL to a browser W$GETURL Routine
Internet: retrieving CGI variables C$GETCGI Routine
interrupt key 4.3.2.4 Special keys
Intrinsic Functions ACOS Function ANNUITY Function ASIN Function ATAN Function CHAR Function COS Function CURRENT-DATE Function DATE-OF-INTEGER Function DAY-OF-INTEGER Function FACTORIAL Function INTEGER-OF-DATE Function INTEGER-OF-DAY Function INTEGER-PART Function LENGTH Function LOG Function LOG10 Function LOWER-CASE Function MAX Function MEAN Function MEDIAN Function MIDRANGE Function MIN Function MOD Function NUMVAL Function NUMVAL-C Function ORD Function ORD-MAX Function ORD-MIN Function P.1 Introduction P.2 Function Definitions and Returned Values P.2.1 Function Definitions PRESENT-VALUE Function RANDOM Function RANGE Function REM Function REVERSE Function SIN Function SQRT Function STANDARD-DEVIATION Function SUM Function TAN Function UPPER-CASE Function VARIANCE Function WHEN-COMPILED Function
Intrinsic Functions: ACOS ACOS Function
Intrinsic Functions: ANNUITY ANNUITY Function
Intrinsic Functions: ASIN ASIN Function
Intrinsic Functions: ATAN ATAN Function
Intrinsic Functions: CHAR CHAR Function
Intrinsic Functions: COS COS Function
Intrinsic Functions: CURRENT-DATE CURRENT-DATE Function
Intrinsic Functions: DATE-OF-INTEGER DATE-OF-INTEGER Function
Intrinsic Functions: DAY-OF-INTEGER DAY-OF-INTEGER Function
Intrinsic Functions: definitions P.2 Function Definitions and Returned Values
Intrinsic Functions: FACTORIAL FACTORIAL Function
Intrinsic Functions: INTEGER-OF-DATE INTEGER-OF-DATE Function
Intrinsic Functions: INTEGER-OF-DAY INTEGER-OF-DAY Function
Intrinsic Functions: INTEGER-PART INTEGER-PART Function
Intrinsic Functions: introduction P.1 Introduction
Intrinsic Functions: LENGTH LENGTH Function
Intrinsic Functions: LOG LOG Function
Intrinsic Functions: LOG10 LOG10 Function
Intrinsic Functions: LOWER-CASE LOWER-CASE Function
Intrinsic Functions: MAX MAX Function
Intrinsic Functions: MEAN MEAN Function
Intrinsic Functions: MEDIAN MEDIAN Function
Intrinsic Functions: MIDRANGE MIDRANGE Function
Intrinsic Functions: MIN MIN Function
Intrinsic Functions: MOD MOD Function
Intrinsic Functions: NUMVAL NUMVAL Function
Intrinsic Functions: NUMVAL-C NUMVAL-C Function
Intrinsic Functions: ORD ORD Function
Intrinsic Functions: ORD-MAX ORD-MAX Function
Intrinsic Functions: ORD-MIN ORD-MIN Function
Intrinsic Functions: PRESENT-VALUE PRESENT-VALUE Function
Intrinsic Functions: RANDOM RANDOM Function
Intrinsic Functions: RANGE RANGE Function
Intrinsic Functions: REM REM Function
Intrinsic Functions: returned values P.2 Function Definitions and Returned Values
Intrinsic Functions: REVERSE REVERSE Function
Intrinsic Functions: SIN SIN Function
Intrinsic Functions: SQRT SQRT Function
Intrinsic Functions: STANDARD-DEVIATION STANDARD-DEVIATION Function
Intrinsic Functions: SUM SUM Function
Intrinsic Functions: summary of functions P.2.1 Function Definitions
Intrinsic Functions: TAN TAN Function
Intrinsic Functions: UPPER-CASE UPPER-CASE Function
Intrinsic Functions: VARIANCE VARIANCE Function
Intrinsic Functions: WHEN-COMPILED WHEN-COMPILED Function
INVALID KEY phrase 6.4.8 AT END and INVALID KEY Phrases
INVALID keyword 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
invoking pop-up menus with the W$MENU routine 8.10 Pop-Up Menus
IO_CREATES configuration file entry 2.7.5 File Handling Options IO_CREATES
IO_READ_LOCK_TEST configuration file entry IO_READ_LOCK_TEST
I-O-CONTROL: general format 4.3.2 I-O-Control Paragraph
I-O-CONTROL: general rules 4.3.2 I-O-Control Paragraph
I-O-CONTROL: syntax rules 4.3.2 I-O-Control Paragraph
IS EXTERNAL 5.7.1.4 IS EXTERNAL clause 5.4.3 IS EXTERNAL Clause
IS INITIAL PROGRAM phrase, compiler option 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
IS NUMERIC, test for COMP-3 fields Changes Affecting Version 3.1
ISOLATE_FILE_CREATES configuration file entry ISOLATE_FILE_CREATES
item help 10.2 Help Modes
ITEM: TREE-VIEW special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
ITEM-NEXT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
ITEM-NEXT: TREE-VIEW special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
items Items
items: in a TREE-VIEW control Items
ITEM-TO-ADD 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
ITEM-TO-ADD: COMBO-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Special Properties
ITEM-TO-ADD: LIST-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
ITEM-TO-ADD: TREE-VIEW special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
ITEM-TO-DELETE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
ITEM-TO-DELETE: COMBO-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Special Properties
ITEM-TO-DELETE: LIST-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
ITEM-TO-DELETE: TREE-VIEW special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
ITEM-TO-EMPTY 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
ITEM-TO-EMPTY: TREE-VIEW special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
ITEM-VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
ITEM-VALUE: LIST-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties J
justification of data using C$JUSTIFY C$JUSTIFY Routine
justification 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
justification: SIZE phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
JUSTIFIED clause 5.7.1.12 JUSTIFIED clause
JUSTIFIED clause: general format 5.7.1.12 JUSTIFIED clause
JUSTIFIED 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option
JUSTIFIED: with formatted and centering option 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option
JUSTIFY keyword 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option
JUSTIFY_NUM_FIELDS configuration file entry JUSTIFY_NUM_FIELDS K
key codes, terminal database file 4.4 The Display Interface
key compression, turning off in C-ISAM files C_ISAM_COMPRESS_KEYS
key fields KEY IS phrase 5.3 XFD Files
key fields: by either explicit or implicit redefinition KEY IS phrase
key interpretation 4.3.1.1 Key interpretation
key letter 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable 4.6.7 Graphical Window and Control Emulation 6.4.9 Common Screen Options 8.5.1 Using genmenu
key letter: designating 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
key letter: designating: on character based systems 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
key letter: specifying for a menu 8.5.1 Using genmenu
key letter: specifying with the KEY phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
key letter: treatment in text mode 4.6.7 Graphical Window and Control Emulation
key mapping 4.3.1 Key Mapping
key translation 4.3.1.2 Key translation
KEY AREA MERGE Statement SORT Statement
KEY phrase 5.3 XFD Files KEY IS phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
KEY phrase: and XFDs KEY IS phrase
KEY_MAP configuration file entry KEY_MAP Changes Affecting Version 1.3
KEY-ASCENDING MERGE Statement SORT Statement
keyboard additions under 32-bit Windows M.2.2 Keyboard Differences
keyboard configuration C$KEYMAP Routine
keyboard configuration: saving C$KEYMAP Routine
keyboard input buffer W$KEYBUF Routine
keyboard input buffer: adding characters to W$KEYBUF Routine
KEYBOARD configuration file entry 2.7 Runtime Configuration 4.3.2 Redefining the Keyboard 4.3.2.1 The KEYBOARD variable KEYBOARD*
KEYBOARD variable 4.3.2.1 The KEYBOARD variable
keyboard 4.3 The Keyboard Interface 4.3.1.3 Keyboard configuration 4.3.2 Redefining the Keyboard 4.3.2.5 Default keyboard 4.3.2.6 Modification examples KEYBOARD* M.2.2 Keyboard Differences
KEYBOARD 5.1.7 File Types 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
keyboard: configuration, default 4.3.1.3 Keyboard configuration
keyboard: default, ACUCOBOL-GT 4.3.2.5 Default keyboard
keyboard: differences between 32-bit Windows and DOS M.2.2 Keyboard Differences
keyboard: functions, and Terminal Manager 4.3 The Keyboard Interface
keyboard: interface 4.3 The Keyboard Interface
keyboard: modification examples 4.3.2.6 Modification examples
keyboard: redefining 4.3.2 Redefining the Keyboard
KEYBOARD: in ASSIGN clause 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
KEYBOARD: record type 5.1.7 File Types
Key-dest ACCEPT Statement
Key-dest: holder of terminating event code ACCEPT Statement
KEY-DIGITS SORT Statement MERGE Statement
keymap 3.5.4.3 The keymap
keymap: specifying for alfred 3.5.4.3 The keymap
KEY-OFFSET MERGE Statement SORT Statement
keys with numeric types on VMS systems RMS_NATIVE_KEYS
keys 4.3.1.3 Keyboard configuration 4.3.2.3 Table of keys 4.6 The Terminal Database File 6.1.6.3 Bulk Addition Mode for Vision 6.1.8 Performance Considerations EXTRA_KEYS_OK REG_CLOSE_KEY Routine REG_CREATE_KEY Routine REG_CREATE_KEY_EX Routine REG_DELETE_KEY Routine REG_DELETE_VALUE Routine REG_ENUM_KEY Routine REG_ENUM_VALUE Routine REG_OPEN_KEY Routine REG_OPEN_KEY_EX Routine REG_QUERY_VALUE Routine REG_QUERY_VALUE_EX Routine REG_SET_VALUE Routine REG_SET_VALUE_EX Routine Selecting the Vision Version
keys: associating registry values REG_SET_VALUE Routine
keys: closing registry REG_CLOSE_KEY Routine
keys: code example Selecting the Vision Version
keys: creating registry REG_CREATE_KEY_EX Routine REG_CREATE_KEY Routine
keys: deleting registry values REG_DELETE_VALUE Routine
keys: deleting registry REG_DELETE_KEY Routine
keys: Extra-Keys-OK option EXTRA_KEYS_OK
keys: information, retrieving with C$KEYPROGRESS 6.1.6.3 Bulk Addition Mode for Vision
keys: list of function codes to represent 4.6 The Terminal Database File
keys: opening registry REG_OPEN_KEY_EX Routine REG_OPEN_KEY Routine
keys: performance considerations 6.1.8 Performance Considerations
keys: retrieving registry key values REG_ENUM_VALUE Routine
keys: retrieving registry subkeys REG_ENUM_KEY Routine
keys: retrieving registry values REG_QUERY_VALUE_EX Routine
keys: retrieving registry REG_QUERY_VALUE Routine
keys: sample code Selecting the Vision Version
keys: setting registry values REG_SET_VALUE_EX Routine
keys: split Selecting the Vision Version
keys: table of actions 4.3.1.3 Keyboard configuration
keys: table of redefinable 4.3.2.3 Table of keys
keys: with more than one name 4.3.2.3 Table of keys
KEY-SIZE MERGE Statement SORT Statement
KEYSTROKE configuration file entry 11.1.4 Regarding Configuration Variables 2.7 Runtime Configuration 4.3.2 Redefining the Keyboard 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable 5 Control Types Reference - Events - Using Special Keys 5 Control Types Reference - Events - Using Special Keys 5 Control Types Reference - Events - Using Special Keys 5.4 Entry Field 7.3.1 Mouse Exception Processing 8.6.1 Defining Menu Keys KEYSTROKE*
keystroke W$GETC Routine KEYSTROKE*
KEYSTROKE 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable 2.2 Using the Runtime System 11.1.4 Regarding Configuration Variables
keystroke: library routine to retrieve next W$GETC Routine
KEYSTROKE: definitions, unexpected behavior 11.1.4 Regarding Configuration Variables
KEYSTROKE: playback 2.2 Using the Runtime System
KEYSTROKE: variable 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
keystrokes KEYSTROKE*
keystrokes, inserting in front of existing text INSERT_MODE
key-table SORT Statement MERGE Statement
key-table: requirements in MERGE statement MERGE Statement
key-table: requirements in SORT statement SORT Statement
KEY-TYPE field: list of codes SORT Statement
KEY-TYPE SORT Statement MERGE Statement
kill -9 6.1 Handling Files 6.7 Exiting From ACUCOBOL-GT Programs L
LABEL control 5 Control Types Reference - 5.3 Label - Common Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.3 Label - Events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.3 Label - Examples 5 Control Types Reference - 5.3 Label - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE 5.3 Label
LABEL control: common properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.3 Label - Common Properties
LABEL control: common properties: COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
LABEL control: common properties: SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
LABEL control: common properties: TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
LABEL control: common properties: VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
LABEL control: events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.3 Label - Events
LABEL control: examples 5 Control Types Reference - 5.3 Label - Examples
LABEL control: multiple lines 5.3 Label
LABEL control: special properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.3 Label - Special Properties
LABEL control: special properties: LABEL-OFFSET 5 Control Types Reference - 5.3 Label - Special Properties
LABEL control: styles 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
LABEL control: styles: CENTER 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
LABEL control: styles: LEFT 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
LABEL control: styles: NO-KEY-LETTER 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
LABEL control: styles: RIGHT 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
LABEL control: styles: TRANSPARENT 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
LABEL RECORDS 5.4.6 LABEL RECORDS Clause
LABEL-OFFSET 5 Control Types Reference - 5.3 Label - Special Properties
LABEL-OFFSET: LABEL special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.3 Label - Special Properties
language skeleton Program Organization O.1 ACUCOBOL-GT Language Skeleton
language skeleton: use of brackets, braces and vertical bars O.1 ACUCOBOL-GT Language Skeleton
language skeleton: use of ellipses O.1 ACUCOBOL-GT Language Skeleton
language skeleton: use of lower-case words O.1 ACUCOBOL-GT Language Skeleton
language skeleton: use of special characters O.1 ACUCOBOL-GT Language Skeleton
language skeleton: use of upper-case words O.1 ACUCOBOL-GT Language Skeleton
large data handling 5.1.6 Large Data Handling
large data items, compiler option 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
LARGE-FONT ACCEPT Statement
last line command The Source Menu
LAST THREAD LAST THREAD WAIT Statement
Last 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Last: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
LAST-ROW 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
LAST-ROW: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
LC_ALL configuration file entry LC_ALL
LEADING-SHIFT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.11 Bar - Special Properties
LEADING-SHIFT: BAR special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.11 Bar - Special Properties
Left 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Left: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
LEFT: ENTRY-FIELD style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
LEFT: LABEL style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
LEFT-TEXT: CHECK-BOX style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
LEFT-TEXT: RADIO-BUTTON style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
LENGTH OF expression 2.1.2.1 Numeric literals
LENGTH option INQUIRE Statement
LENGTH, Intrinsic Function LENGTH Function
LESS THAN condition 6.3.1 Relation Conditions
level-number 88 5.7.1.14 VALUE clause 5.2.4 Condition-Name (Level 88)
level-numbers 5.7.1.1 Level-number 5.1.2 Level-Numbers 5.7.1 Data Description Entry
level-numbers: 66 5.1.2 Level-Numbers
level-numbers: 77 5.1.2 Level-Numbers
level-numbers: 78 5.1.2 Level-Numbers
level-numbers: 88 5.1.2 Level-Numbers
level-numbers: in Data Description Entry 5.7.1 Data Description Entry
level-numbers: syntax and general rules 5.7.1.1 Level-number
LIB$GET_SYMBOL routine LIB$GET_SYMBOL Routine
LIB$SET_SYMBOL routine LIB$SET_SYMBOL Routine
library routines $WINHELP Routine 10.4 Windows Help 2.2 Using the Runtime System 2.6 Menus and Floating Windows 3.7 Controls and the Mouse 3.8.2 Loading Bitmaps 4.7 Fonts 5.1.10 Recovery 5.1.2 The Transaction Logging Process 6.1.6.3 Bulk Addition Mode for Vision 6.10.3 ActiveX Events 6.10.8 ActiveX Library Routines 6.2.2 Terminal Manager Restrictions 7.3 How Mouse Actions Are Handled 7.6 W$MOUSE Library Routine 8.10 Pop-Up Menus 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine 8.9.1 Disabling Menu Items 8.9.2 Checking Menu Items 8.9.3 Disabling an Entire Menu ACCEPT Statement ASCII2HEX Routine ASCII2OCTAL Routine C$ASYNCPOLL C$ASYNCRUN C$CALLEDBY Routine C$CALLERR Routine C$CHAIN Routine C$CHDIR Routine C$COPY Routine C$DELETE Routine C$EXCEPINFO Routine C$FILEINFO Routine C$FILESYS Routine C$FULLNAME Routine C$GETCGI Routine C$GETEVENTDATA Routine C$GETEVENTPARAM Routine C$GETVARIANT Routine C$JUSTIFY Routine C$KEYMAP Routine C$KEYPROGRESS Routine C$LOCALPRINT Routine C$LOCKPID Routine C$MAKEDIR Routine C$NARG Routine C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine C$PARAMSIZE Routine C$RECOVER Routine C$RERR Routine C$RERRNAME Routine C$RESOURCE Routine C$RUN Routine C$SETEVENTDATA Routine C$SETEVENTPARAM Routine C$SETVARIANT Routine C$SLEEP Routine C$SYSTEM Routine C$TOUPPER and C$TOLOWER Routines CBL_AND Routine CBL_COPY_FILE Routine CBL_CREATE_DIR Routine CBL_DELETE_DIR Routine CBL_DELETE_FILE Routine CBL_EQ Routine CBL_NOT Routine CBL_OR Routine CBL_XOR Routine DISPLAY src-item (ANSI format) General Rules for Resources HEX2ASCII Routine I$IO Routine I.1 Library Routines LIB$GET_SYMBOL Routine LIB$SET_SYMBOL Routine M$ALLOC (Dynamic Memory Routine) M$FREE (Dynamic Memory Routine) M$GET (Dynamic Memory Routine) M$PUT (Dynamic Memory Routine) OCTAL2ASCII Routine REG_CLOSE_KEY Routine REG_CREATE_KEY Routine REG_CREATE_KEY_EX Routine REG_DELETE_KEY Routine REG_DELETE_VALUE Routine REG_ENUM_KEY Routine REG_ENUM_VALUE Routine REG_OPEN_KEY Routine REG_OPEN_KEY_EX Routine REG_QUERY_VALUE Routine REG_QUERY_VALUE_EX Routine REG_SET_VALUE Routine REG_SET_VALUE_EX Routine RENAME Routine Routines to Handle Dynamic Memory Routines to Handle the Windows Registry SET Statement SYSTEM Routine The View Menu W$BITMAP Routine W$BROWSERINFO Routine W$FONT Routine W$FORGET Routine W$GETC Routine W$GETURL Routine W$KEYBUF Routine W$MENU Routine W$MOUSE Routine W$PALETTE Routine W$STATUS Routine W$TEXTSIZE Routine WIN$PLAYSOUND Routine WIN$PRINTER Routine WIN$VERSION Routine
library routines: $WINHELP 10.4 Windows Help $WINHELP Routine
library routines: ASCII2HEX ASCII2HEX Routine
library routines: ASCII2OCTAL ASCII2OCTAL Routine
library routines: C$ASYNCPOLL C$ASYNCPOLL
library routines: C$ASYNCRUN C$ASYNCRUN
library routines: C$CALLEDBY C$CALLEDBY Routine
library routines: C$CALLERR C$CALLERR Routine
library routines: C$CHAIN 2.2 Using the Runtime System C$CHAIN Routine
library routines: C$CHDIR C$CHDIR Routine
library routines: C$COPY C$COPY Routine
library routines: C$DELETE C$DELETE Routine
library routines: C$EXCEPINFO 6.10.8 ActiveX Library Routines C$EXCEPINFO Routine
library routines: C$FILEINFO C$FILEINFO Routine
library routines: C$FILESYS C$FILESYS Routine
library routines: C$FULLNAME C$FULLNAME Routine
library routines: C$GETCGI C$GETCGI Routine
library routines: C$GETEVENTDATA 6.10.8 ActiveX Library Routines 6.10.3 ActiveX Events C$GETEVENTDATA Routine
library routines: C$GETEVENTPARAM 6.10.8 ActiveX Library Routines C$GETEVENTPARAM Routine
library routines: C$GETVARIANT C$GETVARIANT Routine
library routines: C$JUSTIFY C$JUSTIFY Routine
library routines: C$KEYMAP C$KEYMAP Routine
library routines: C$KEYPROGRESS 6.1.6.3 Bulk Addition Mode for Vision C$KEYPROGRESS Routine
library routines: C$LOCALPRINT 6.2.2 Terminal Manager Restrictions C$LOCALPRINT Routine
library routines: C$LOCKPID C$LOCKPID Routine
library routines: C$MAKEDIR C$MAKEDIR Routine
library routines: C$NARG C$NARG Routine
library routines: C$OPENSAVEBOX C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
library routines: C$PARAMSIZE C$PARAMSIZE Routine
library routines: C$RECOVER 5.1.2 The Transaction Logging Process 5.1.10 Recovery C$RECOVER Routine
library routines: C$RERR C$RERR Routine
library routines: C$RERRNAME C$RERRNAME Routine
library routines: C$RESOURCE 6.10.8 ActiveX Library Routines C$RESOURCE Routine
library routines: C$RUN C$RUN Routine
library routines: C$SETEVENTDATA 6.10.8 ActiveX Library Routines C$SETEVENTDATA Routine
library routines: C$SETEVENTPARAM 6.10.8 ActiveX Library Routines 6.10.3 ActiveX Events C$SETEVENTPARAM Routine
library routines: C$SETVARIANT C$SETVARIANT Routine
library routines: C$SLEEP C$SLEEP Routine
library routines: C$SYSTEM C$SYSTEM Routine
library routines: C$TOLOWER C$TOUPPER and C$TOLOWER Routines
library routines: C$TOUPPER C$TOUPPER and C$TOLOWER Routines
library routines: CBL_AND CBL_AND Routine
library routines: CBL_COPY-FILE CBL_COPY_FILE Routine
library routines: CBL_CREATE_DIR CBL_CREATE_DIR Routine
library routines: CBL_DELETE_DIR CBL_DELETE_DIR Routine
library routines: CBL_DELETE_FILE CBL_DELETE_FILE Routine
library routines: CBL_NOT CBL_NOT Routine
library routines: CBL_OR CBL_OR Routine
library routines: CBL_XOR CBL_XOR Routine
library routines: CBL-EQ CBL_EQ Routine
library routines: handling dynamic memory Routines to Handle Dynamic Memory
library routines: HEX2ASCII HEX2ASCII Routine
library routines: I$IO I$IO Routine
library routines: introduction I.1 Library Routines
library routines: LIB$GET_SYMBOL LIB$GET_SYMBOL Routine
library routines: LIB$SET_SYMBOL LIB$SET_SYMBOL Routine
library routines: M$ALLOC The View Menu SET Statement M$ALLOC (Dynamic Memory Routine)
library routines: M$FREE M$FREE (Dynamic Memory Routine)
library routines: M$GET M$GET (Dynamic Memory Routine)
library routines: M$PUT M$PUT (Dynamic Memory Routine)
library routines: OCTAL2ASCII OCTAL2ASCII Routine
library routines: REG_CLOSE_KEY REG_CLOSE_KEY Routine
library routines: REG_CREATE_KEY REG_DELETE_KEY Routine REG_CREATE_KEY Routine
library routines: REG_CREATE_KEY_EX REG_CREATE_KEY_EX Routine
library routines: REG_DELETE_VALUES REG_DELETE_VALUE Routine
library routines: REG_EMUM_KEY REG_ENUM_KEY Routine
library routines: REG_ENUM_VALUE REG_ENUM_VALUE Routine
library routines: REG_OPEN_KEY REG_OPEN_KEY Routine
library routines: REG_OPEN_KEY_EX REG_OPEN_KEY_EX Routine
library routines: REG_QUERY_VALUE REG_QUERY_VALUE Routine
library routines: REG_QUERY_VALUE_EX REG_QUERY_VALUE_EX Routine
library routines: REG_SET_VALUE REG_SET_VALUE Routine
library routines: REG_SET_VALUE_EX REG_SET_VALUE_EX Routine
library routines: RENAME RENAME Routine
library routines: SYSTEM SYSTEM Routine
library routines: W$BITMAP General Rules for Resources 3.8.2 Loading Bitmaps W$BITMAP Routine
library routines: W$BROWSERINFO W$BROWSERINFO Routine
library routines: W$FONT 4.7 Fonts W$FONT Routine
library routines: W$FORGET ACCEPT Statement DISPLAY src-item (ANSI format) W$FORGET Routine
library routines: W$GETC W$GETC Routine
library routines: W$GETURL W$GETURL Routine
library routines: W$KEYBUF W$KEYBUF Routine
library routines: W$MENU 2.6 Menus and Floating Windows 8.9.1 Disabling Menu Items 8.9.2 Checking Menu Items 8.9.3 Disabling an Entire Menu 8.10 Pop-Up Menus 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
library routines: W$MOUSE 3.7 Controls and the Mouse 7.3 How Mouse Actions Are Handled 7.6 W$MOUSE Library Routine W$MOUSE Routine
library routines: W$PALETTE W$PALETTE Routine
library routines: W$STATUS W$STATUS Routine
library routines: W$TEXTSIZE W$TEXTSIZE Routine
library routines: WIN$PLAYSOUND General Rules for Resources WIN$PLAYSOUND Routine
library routines: WIN$PRINTER WIN$PRINTER Routine
library routines: WIN$VERSION WIN$VERSION Routine
Library functions. P.1 Introduction
license files License management
license management file 5.2.1 System Requirements
LICENSE-KEY 5 Control Types Reference - 5.19 ACTIVE-X - Special Properties
LICENSE-KEY: ACTIVE-X special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.19 ACTIVE-X - Special Properties
licensing A.1 License Files, Sample Programs, ".def" and ".dll" Files
limitations 3.4.4 Known Limitations
limitations: vio 3.4.4 Known Limitations
limits and ranges of the compiler B.2 Limits and Ranges
limits on open files 6.1.9 Limits on Open Files
LINAGE CLAUSE 5.4.11 LINAGE Clause
LINAGE CLAUSE: and WRITE statement 5.4.11 LINAGE Clause
LINAGE 5.4.11 LINAGE Clause 5.1.7 File Types WRITE Statement
LINAGE: general format 5.4.11 LINAGE Clause
LINAGE: with record type 5.1.7 File Types
LINAGE-COUNTER WRITE Statement 5.2.1 Qualification 5.4.11 LINAGE Clause
line 1 command The Source Menu
line drawing 4.6.6 Line Drawing 5.11 Bar 6.2.2 Terminal Manager Restrictions ACCEPT Statement
line drawing, redefining characters on DOS systems DOS_BOX_CHARS*
line drawing: and terminal manager 6.2.2 Terminal Manager Restrictions
line drawing: characters, conversion example ACCEPT Statement
line segments requiring multiple-character escape sequences Multi-character sequences for graphics
line sequential file 3.3.8 Loading a File
line sequential file: creating an indexed file from 3.3.8 Loading a File
line sequential files 3.3.7 Unloading to Binary and Line Sequential Format 6.1.1 Sequential Files
line sequential files: ACUCOBOL-GT rules 6.1.1 Sequential Files
line sequential files: two types 6.1.1 Sequential Files
line sequential files: uploading from Vision files to 3.3.7 Unloading to Binary and Line Sequential Format
line wrapping 4.4.3 Additional Configuration Variables
LINE Clause 5.9.4 LINE Clause
LINE NUMBER phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options DISPLAY WINDOW
LINE NUMBER phrase: DISPLAY SUBWINDOW DISPLAY WINDOW
LINE SEQUENTIAL, and record type 5.1.7 File Types
LINE 4.6.6 Line Drawing DISPLAY BOX DISPLAY LINE
LINE: DISPLAY BOX DISPLAY BOX
LINE: drawing 4.6.6 Line Drawing DISPLAY LINE
LINES phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
lines 9.10.2 Drawing 3-D Lines
LINES DISPLAY BOX DISPLAY WINDOW
lines: with 3-dimensional shading 9.10.2 Drawing 3-D Lines
LINES: DISPLAY BOX DISPLAY BOX
LINES: DISPLAY WINDOW DISPLAY WINDOW
LINES-AT-ROOT 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
LINES-AT-ROOT: TREE-VIEW style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
LINK TO THREAD 6.8.5 Threading Rules That Affect Windows and ACCEPT Statements DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
linkage data item, setting its address to a specified value SET Statement
Linkage Section 5.6 LINKAGE Section
Linkage Section: general format 5.6 LINKAGE Section
linking the runtime 2.10 Reducing the Size of the Runtime C.5 Creating a New Runtime System C.1 Overview of Interface Methods
linking the runtime: C compiler required C.1 Overview of Interface Methods
linking the runtime: procedure C.5 Creating a New Runtime System
list box columns, setting default separation distance COLUMN_SEPARATION
list boxes LISTS_UNBOXED
LIST BOX MODIFY Statement
LIST BOX: updating with the MODIFY verb MODIFY Statement
List-Box control 11.1.2 Regarding Controls 3.9 Paged List Boxes 3.9.2 Adding Records to a Paged List Box 3.9.4 Paged List Box Event Handling 3.9.5 Paged List Box Example 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Common Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE 5.8 List-Box COLUMN_SEPARATION
List-Box control: special properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
LIST-BOX control: COLUMN SEPARATION configuration variable COLUMN_SEPARATION
LIST-BOX control: common properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Common Properties
LIST-BOX control: common properties: COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
LIST-BOX control: common properties: SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
LIST-BOX control: common properties: TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
LIST-BOX control: common properties: VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
LIST-BOX control: data limit 11.1.2 Regarding Controls
LIST-BOX control: events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Events
LIST-BOX control: last item inserted twice 11.1.2 Regarding Controls
LIST-BOX control: PAGED: adding records to 3.9.2 Adding Records to a Paged List Box
LIST-BOX control: PAGED: code example 3.9.5 Paged List Box Example
LIST-BOX control: PAGED: described 3.9 Paged List Boxes
LIST-BOX control: PAGED: event handling 3.9.4 Paged List Box Event Handling
LIST-BOX control: size limit 5.8 List-Box
LIST-BOX control: special properties: ALIGNMENT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
LIST-BOX control: special properties: DATA-COLUMNS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
LIST-BOX control: special properties: DISPLAY-COLUMNS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
LIST-BOX control: special properties: DIVIDERS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
LIST-BOX control: special properties: EXCEPTION-VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
LIST-BOX control: special properties: INSERTION-INDEX 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
LIST-BOX control: special properties: ITEM-TO-ADD 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
LIST-BOX control: special properties: ITEM-TO-DELETE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
LIST-BOX control: special properties: ITEM-VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
LIST-BOX control: special properties: MASS-UPDATE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
LIST-BOX control: special properties: QUERY-INDEX 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
LIST-BOX control: special properties: RESET-LIST 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
LIST-BOX control: special properties: SEARCH-TEXT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
LIST-BOX control: special properties: SELECTION-INDEX 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
LIST-BOX control: special properties: SEPARATION 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
LIST-BOX control: special properties: SORT-ORDER 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
LIST-BOX control: special properties: TERMINATION-VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
LIST-BOX control: special properties: THUMB-POSITION 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
LIST-BOX control: styles 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
LIST-BOX control: styles: 3-D 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
LIST-BOX control: styles: BOXED 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
LIST-BOX control: styles: NO-BOX 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
LIST-BOX control: styles: NO-SEARCH 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
LIST-BOX control: styles: NOTIFY-DBLCLICK 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
LIST-BOX control: styles: NOTIFY-SELCHANGE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
LIST-BOX control: styles: PAGED 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
LIST-BOX control: styles: UNSORTED 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
LIST-BOX 5 Control Types Reference - Events - Using Special Keys 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Examples
LIST-BOX Changes Affecting Version 3.1
LIST-BOX: data truncated Changes Affecting Version 3.1
LIST-BOX: examples 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Examples
LIST-BOX: special keys 5 Control Types Reference - Events - Using Special Keys
listing options, compiler 2.1.2 Listing Options
LISTS_UNBOXED configuration file entry 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
LIST-UNBOXED configuration file entry LISTS_UNBOXED
literals 2.1.2 Literals
loading a file 3.3.8 Loading a File
loading resource files General Rules C$RESOURCE Routine
local printers 6.2.2 Terminal Manager Restrictions 2.8.3 Assigning Files to Local Printers C$LOCALPRINT Routine
local printers: assigning files to 2.8.3 Assigning Files to Local Printers
LOCALPRINT 2.8.3 Assigning Files to Local Printers
Location, debugger command The Breakpoints Menu
LOCATION-NAME Other Properties
LOCATION-NAME: WEB-BROWSER property Other Properties
LOCATION-URL Other Properties
LOCATION-URL: WEB-BROWSER property Other Properties
LOCK mode 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
LOCK ON MULTIPLE RECORDS WITH ROLLBACK 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
LOCK THREAD statement and rules LOCK Statement
LOCK THREAD LOCK THREAD and UNLOCK THREAD
LOCK, omitted 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
LOCK_DIR configuration file entry Device locking
LOCK_DIR LOCK_DIR
LOCK_OUTPUT configuration file entry LOCK_OUTPUT
LOCK_PER_FILE configuration file entry J.2 Table of Codes
LOCK_SORT configuration file entry LOCK_SORT
LOCK-DIR 6.1.5 Device Locking Under UNIX
locked records, RM/COBOL compatibility mode 6.1.4 Record Locking
LOCKED_RECORD_DELAY configuration file entry LOCKED_RECORD_DELAY
LOCK-HOLDING 4.3.2 I-O-Control Paragraph
locking method for Vision files V_LOCK_METHOD
locking rules for transaction management 5.1.4 Extended Locking Rules
locking threads LOCK THREAD and UNLOCK THREAD
locking 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
locking: exclusive mode 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
LOCKING_RETRIES configuration file entry LOCKING_RETRIES
LOCKS_PER_FILE configuration file entry LOCKS_PER_FILE
log files 5.1.6 Multiple Log Files
log files, specifying for transaction logging system filename_LOG
log files: multiple 5.1.6 Multiple Log Files
LOG, Intrinsic Function LOG Function
LOG_BUFFER_SIZE configuration file entry 5.1.7 Configuration Variables LOG_BUFFER_SIZE
LOG_DEVICE configuration file entry 5.1.7 Configuration Variables LOG_DEVICE
LOG_DIR configuration file entry 5.1.7 Configuration Variables ROLLBACK Statement J.4.1 Primary Error Codes LOG_DIR
LOG_ENCRYPTION configuration file entry 5.1.7 Configuration Variables LOG_ENCRYPTION
LOG_FILE configuration file entry 5.1.5 Logging and Rollback of File Update Operations 5.1.7 Configuration Variables LOG_FILE LOGGING
LOG10, Intrinsic Function LOG10 Function
logging and rollback of file update operations 5.1.5 Logging and Rollback of File Update Operations
LOGGING configuration file entry 5.1.7 Configuration Variables ROLLBACK Statement LOGGING
logging 5.1.7 Configuration Variables 5.1.6 Multiple Log Files
logging: configuration file entries used with 5.1.7 Configuration Variables
logging: specifying log files for 5.1.6 Multiple Log Files
logical operators 6.3.6 Complex Conditions
logical page 5.4.11 LINAGE Clause
logical page: evaluation of 5.4.11 LINAGE Clause
logutil log file editor 3.6 logutil
logutil options 3.6.2 Options
logutil report headings 3.6.3 logutil Report Headings
logutil syntax 3.6.1 Syntax
logutil 3.6 logutil
lost records 3.3.3 Rebuilding Files
low intensity video, compiler option 2.1.8 Video Options
Low intensity,value 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
LOW phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
LOW-COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - 5.10 Frame - Special Properties
LOW-COLOR: FRAME special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.10 Frame - Special Properties
LOWER phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
LOWER: COMBO-BOX style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
LOWER: ENTRY-FIELD style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
lower-case words in manual, 1.1.2 Lower-Case Words
lower-case words O.1 ACUCOBOL-GT Language Skeleton
lower-case words: use in language skeleton O.1 ACUCOBOL-GT Language Skeleton
lowercase C$TOUPPER and C$TOLOWER Routines
LOWER-CASE, Intrinsic Function LOWER-CASE Function
lowercase: converting C$TOUPPER and C$TOLOWER Routines
LOWERED 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
LOWERED: FRAME style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
low-level debugging 3.1 Runtime Debugger
LOWLIGHT phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
LOW-VALUES 2.1.2.3 Figurative constants M
M variable Other commands
M$ALLOC routine The View Menu SET Statement M$ALLOC (Dynamic Memory Routine)
M$FREE routine M$FREE (Dynamic Memory Routine)
M$GET routine M$GET (Dynamic Memory Routine)
M$PUT routine M$PUT (Dynamic Memory Routine)
machine-dependent data 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
Macro Debugger 3.1.6 Macro Debugger
macros 3.1.6 Macro Debugger
macros: in debugger 3.1.6 Macro Debugger
magic cookie terminals RESTRICTED_VIDEO_MODE
magic cookie 4.4.3 Additional Configuration Variables 4.6.3 Video Attributes
magic cookie: and attribute settings 4.4.3 Additional Configuration Variables 4.6.3 Video Attributes
main application window 1.4 Windowing Concepts 1.6.3.1 Establishing the initial window 11.1.1 Regarding Windows ACCEPT Statement DESTROY Statement DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW DISPLAY INITIAL WINDOW The main application window
main application window: created automatically DISPLAY INITIAL WINDOW
main application window: creating for optimal CELL size 1.6.3.1 Establishing the initial window
main application window: creating with DISPLAY STANDARD WINDOW DISPLAY INITIAL WINDOW
main application window: default size DISPLAY INITIAL WINDOW
main application window: defined 1.4 Windowing Concepts The main application window
main application window: DESTROY has no effect DESTROY Statement
main application window: handle of ACCEPT Statement
main application window: initial placement on screen DISPLAY INITIAL WINDOW
main application window: minimize button DISPLAY INITIAL WINDOW
main application window: minimizing 11.1.1 Regarding Windows
main application window: performing an orderly shutdown 11.1.1 Regarding Windows
main application window: resizable DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
MAKE_ZERO configuration file entry 2.2 Using the Runtime System MAKE_ZERO*
makefile C.5 Creating a New Runtime System
manual locking 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
map report, compiler option 2.1.6.1 Mapping Options
mapping options 2.1.6.1 Mapping Options
mapping, compiler option 2.1.6.1 Mapping Options
margins WINPRINT-SET-MARGINS
margins: setting in Windows WINPRINT-SET-MARGINS
masking mouse actions 7.3 How Mouse Actions Are Handled
MASS_UPDATE configuration file entry 2.7.5 File Handling Options MASS_UPDATE* MASS_UPDATE*
MASS-UPDATE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Special Properties 6.1.6.2 Mass update OPEN Statement
MASS-UPDATE: COMBO-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Special Properties
MASS-UPDATE: described 6.1.6.2 Mass update
MASS-UPDATE: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
MASS-UPDATE: LIST-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
MASS-UPDATE: OPEN with OPEN Statement
MASS-UPDATE: when to use 6.1.6.2 Mass update
matching C Data Items C.4 Matching C Data Items
MAX, Intrinsic Function MAX Function
MAX_ERROR_LINES configuration file entry MAX_ERROR_LINES*
MAX_FILES configuration file entry MAX_FILES
MAX_LOCKS configuration file entry MAX_LOCKS J.2 Table of Codes
MAX-LINES 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties
MAX-LINES: ENTRY-FIELD special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties
MAX-TEXT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Special Properties
MAX-TEXT: COMBO-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Special Properties
MAX-TEXT: ENTRY-FIELD special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties
MAX-VAL 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.12 Scroll Bar - Special Properties
MAX-VAL: ENTRY-FIELD special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties
MAX-VAL: SCROLL-BAR special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.12 Scroll Bar - Special Properties
MEAN, Intrinsic Function MEAN Function
measuring fonts W$TEXTSIZE Routine
MEDIAN, Intrinsic Function MEDIAN Function
MEDIUM-FONT ACCEPT Statement
memory access violations 6.4.1 Memory Access Violations
memory available on 32-bit Windows Memory
memory management 3.2 PROGRAM-ID Paragraph 6.3 Memory Management C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine SORT_MEMORY
memory management: dialog boxes C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
memory management: initial programs, 3.2 PROGRAM-ID Paragraph
memory usage command The View Menu
memory 2.11 acushare Utility Program C$CHAIN Routine C$MAKEDIR Routine Routines to Handle Dynamic Memory SHARED_CODE* The View Menu
memory, allocated M$FREE (Dynamic Memory Routine) M$GET (Dynamic Memory Routine) M$PUT (Dynamic Memory Routine)
memory, allocated: freeing M$FREE (Dynamic Memory Routine)
memory, allocated: retrieving data from M$GET (Dynamic Memory Routine)
memory, allocated: storing data in M$PUT (Dynamic Memory Routine)
memory: copying with C$MEMCPY C$MEMCPY Routine
memory: more through C$CHAIN C$CHAIN Routine
memory: routines to manage Routines to Handle Dynamic Memory
memory: shared 2.11 acushare Utility Program SHARED_CODE*
memory: types The View Menu
menu bars 8.2.1 Static Menu Bars 8.2.2 Pop-Up Menu Bars Menu Bars 8.16 menubar Considerations
menu bars: caution about sample programs 8.16 menubar Considerations
menu bars: pop-up 8.2.2 Pop-Up Menu Bars
menu bars: static 8.2.1 Static Menu Bars
menu items 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine 8.4.1 Properties of Menu Entries 8.5.1 Using genmenu 8.8 Changing Menu Results W$MENU Routine
menu items: adding 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine
menu items: changing default action of 8.8 Changing Menu Results
menu items: changing 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
menu items: deleting 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
menu items: disabling at creation 8.5.1 Using genmenu 8.4.1 Properties of Menu Entries
menu items: disabling W$MENU Routine
menu items: enabling W$MENU Routine
menu items: placing a check mark beside 8.4.1 Properties of Menu Entries W$MENU Routine
menu 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable Pop-Up Menus 8.5.1 Using genmenu
menu: generic menu handler Pop-Up Menus
menu: pop-up Pop-Up Menus
Menu: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Menu: flags 8.5.1 Using genmenu
Menu: shortcut letters for users 8.5.1 Using genmenu
MENU_ITEM configuration file entry 2.7 Runtime Configuration 8.8 Changing Menu Results MENU_ITEM*
MENU-CHECK-MARK 8.12 Menu Configuration With the Generic Menu Handler
MENU-COLOR-ATTRIBUTES 8.12 Menu Configuration With the Generic Menu Handler
MENU-DISABLED-COLOR-ATTRIBUTES 8.12 Menu Configuration With the Generic Menu Handler
MENU-HANDLE 8.5.1 Using genmenu
MENU-MONO-ATTRIBUTES 8.12 Menu Configuration With the Generic Menu Handler
MENU-NORMAL-COLOR 8.12 Menu Configuration With the Generic Menu Handler
MENU-NORMAL-COLOR-ATTRIBUTES 8.12 Menu Configuration With the Generic Menu Handler
MENU-NORMAL-COLOR-KEY-1 8.12 Menu Configuration With the Generic Menu Handler
MENU-NORMAL-COLOR-KEY-2 8.12 Menu Configuration With the Generic Menu Handler
menus 11.1.4 Regarding Configuration Variables 2.6 Menus and Floating Windows 6.4 Menu Events 8.10 Pop-Up Menus 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine 8.12 Menu Configuration With the Generic Menu Handler 8.13 Menu Handling-Sample Code 8.15 Portability Concerns 8.3 Graphical Menu Facilities 8.4 Overview of Menu Handling 8.4.1 Properties of Menu Entries 8.5 Creating Menus-the Shortcut 8.5.1 Using genmenu 8.6 Menu Activation and Use 8.6.1 Defining Menu Keys 8.7 Menu Input 8.7.2 Menu Selection Limits 8.9 Common Menu Operations 8.9.1 Disabling Menu Items 8.9.2 Checking Menu Items 8.9.3 Disabling an Entire Menu W$MENU Routine
menus: activation and use 8.6 Menu Activation and Use
menus: activation keys under Windows 11.1.4 Regarding Configuration Variables
menus: adding items 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine
menus: and ACCEPT statement 8.7 Menu Input
menus: and exception keys 8.7 Menu Input
menus: and floating windows 2.6 Menus and Floating Windows
menus: and portability concerns 8.15 Portability Concerns
menus: attaching to floating windows with W$MENU 2.6 Menus and Floating Windows
menus: blocking-count 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
menus: changing items 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine
menus: checkmark character 8.12 Menu Configuration With the Generic Menu Handler
menus: common operations 8.9 Common Menu Operations
menus: configuration with the generic menu handler 8.12 Menu Configuration With the Generic Menu Handler
menus: creation, shortcut 8.5 Creating Menus-the Shortcut
menus: default color attributes 8.12 Menu Configuration With the Generic Menu Handler
menus: defining menu keys 8.6.1 Defining Menu Keys
menus: deleting items 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine
menus: displayed in floating windows 2.6 Menus and Floating Windows
menus: displaying W$MENU Routine
menus: events 6.4 Menu Events
menus: graphical facilities 8.3 Graphical Menu Facilities
menus: handles 8.5.1 Using genmenu
menus: handling 8.4 Overview of Menu Handling
menus: incompatible with BOXED style 2.6 Menus and Floating Windows
menus: input 8.7 Menu Input
menus: properties of entries 8.4.1 Properties of Menu Entries
menus: redrawing the current menu W$MENU Routine
menus: saving the current menu W$MENU Routine
menus: saving the current 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine
menus: selection limits 8.7.2 Menu Selection Limits
menus: separators 8.5.1 Using genmenu 8.4.1 Properties of Menu Entries
menus: submenu character 8.12 Menu Configuration With the Generic Menu Handler
menus: W$MENU: adding and removing check marks with 8.9.2 Checking Menu Items
menus: W$MENU: controlling with 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
menus: W$MENU: disabling with 8.9.1 Disabling Menu Items 8.9.3 Disabling an Entire Menu
menus: W$MENU: example using 8.13 Menu Handling-Sample Code
menus: W$MENU: invoking pop-ups with 8.10 Pop-Up Menus
MENU-SELECTED-COLOR-ATTRIBUTES 8.12 Menu Configuration With the Generic Menu Handler
MENU-STYLE 8.12 Menu Configuration With the Generic Menu Handler
MENU-SUNMENU-MARK 8.12 Menu Configuration With the Generic Menu Handler
MERGE statement and rules MERGE Statement 6 Procedure Division - MERGE Statement - Code Examples 6 Procedure Division - MERGE Statement - Highlights for First-Time Users
MERGE statement: code examples 6 Procedure Division - MERGE Statement - Code Examples
MERGE statement: GIVING MERGE Statement
MERGE statement: highlights for first-time users 6 Procedure Division - MERGE Statement - Highlights for First-Time Users
MERGE statement: USE procedure MERGE Statement
MERGE MERGE Statement
MERGE: ASCENDING phrase MERGE Statement
MERGE: DESCENDING phrase MERGE Statement
MERGE: enabling user to enter merge key MERGE Statement
MERGE: list of KEY-TYPE codes MERGE Statement
MERGE: merge keys MERGE Statement
MERGE: OUTPUT PROCEDURE MERGE Statement
MERGE: variable-size table MERGE Statement
message (MSG) events 6.1 Overview
message box 1.8 Sample Programs M.2.1 Message Boxes
message box: Windows M.2.1 Message Boxes
message boxes DISPLAY MESSAGE BOX
message boxes: creating with DISPLAY verb DISPLAY MESSAGE BOX
message processing during file I/O Changes Affecting Version 3.1
message queue MESSAGE_QUEUE_SIZE
message queue: controlling the size of MESSAGE_QUEUE_SIZE
MESSAGE_BOX_COLOR configuration file entry MESSAGE_BOX_COLOR
MESSAGE_QUEUE_SIZE configuration file entry SEND Statement MESSAGE_QUEUE_SIZE
messages SEND Statement RECEIVE Statement Using C and COBOL
messages: 32-bit Windows, handled by runtime Using C and COBOL
messages: broadcasting SEND Statement
messages: receiving RECEIVE Statement
messages: sending SEND Statement
messaging among threads 6.8.3 Thread Communication
methods 4.5 Methods Methods
methods, ActiveX 6.10.2 Properties, Styles and Methods
Methods, ActiveX 4.5 Methods
Micro Focus files 3.3.12 Converting Micro Focus Files
Micro Focus files: converting with vutil 3.3.12 Converting Micro Focus Files
Micro Focus 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
Micro Focus: data storage, compiler option 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
Microsoft Windows operating systems 1.3 Microsoft Windows Operating Systems
MIDRANGE, Intrinsic Function MIDRANGE Function
MIN, Intrinsic Function MIN Function
MIN_REC_SIZE configuration file entry MIN_REC_SIZE
minimize window 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option
minimizing the application 11.1.1 Regarding Windows
MIN-VAL 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.12 Scroll Bar - Special Properties
MIN-VAL: ENTRY-FIELD special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties
MIN-VAL: SCROLL-BAR special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.12 Scroll Bar - Special Properties
mnemonic-name, defined ACCEPT Statement
mock entry 2.1.8 Video Options 2.11.1.1 Indicating programs to share 2.11.2 Starting and Using acushare 2.11.2.1 Runtime handling of errors 2.3 Compatibility Modes 2.7 Runtime Configuration 2.8 File Name Interpretation
mock entry: level2 five 2.11.2.1 Runtime handling of errors
mock entry: level2 four 2.11.2 Starting and Using acushare
mock entry: level2 one: level3 one 2.7 Runtime Configuration
mock entry: level2 one: level3 two 2.1.8 Video Options
mock entry: level2 three: level3 four 2.11.1.1 Indicating programs to share
mock entry: level2 three: level3 three 2.3 Compatibility Modes
mock entry: level2 two 2.8 File Name Interpretation
MOD, Intrinsic Function MOD Function
modal windows 2.1 Overview DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW Modal windows
modal windows: defined Modal windows
MODAL phrase DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
modeless windows 2.1 Overview 6.8 Multiple Execution Threads 6.8.5 Threading Rules That Affect Windows and ACCEPT Statements DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW Modeless windows
modeless windows: defined Modeless windows
modeless windows: managing with threads 6.8 Multiple Execution Threads
modeless windows: managing with threads 6.8.5 Threading Rules That Affect Windows and ACCEPT Statements
MODELESS phrase DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
modes 4.3.1.3 Keyboard configuration
modes: standard and auto 4.3.1.3 Keyboard configuration
MODIFY statement and rules MODIFY Statement
MODIFY 11.1.2 Regarding Controls
MODIFY: undefined data item error 11.1.2 Regarding Controls
monitor a variable vs. watch a variable The Data Menu
monitor a variable Other commands
monitor The Data Menu The Selection Menu
monitored variables, in debugger The Data Menu
monitored variables, in debugger: clearing The Data Menu
monitored variables, in debugger: listing all The Data Menu
monochrome monitor 9.1 Overview of Color Choices
MONOCHROME configuration file entry 4.4.3 Additional Configuration Variables MONOCHROME
mouse actions 7.3 How Mouse Actions Are Handled 7.3.1 Mouse Exception Processing 7.3.2 Assigning Results to Mouse Actions 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
mouse actions: ALLOW-ALL-SCREEN-ACTIONS 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
mouse actions: ALLOW-LEFT-DOUBLE 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
mouse actions: ALLOW-LEFT-DOWN 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
mouse actions: ALLOW-LEFT-UP 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
mouse actions: ALLOW-MIDDLE-DOUBLE 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
mouse actions: ALLOW-MIDDLE-DOWN 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
mouse actions: ALLOW-MIDDLE-UP 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
mouse actions: ALLOW-MOUSE-MOVE 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
mouse actions: ALLOW-RIGHT-DOUBLE 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
mouse actions: ALLOW-RIGHT-DOWN 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
mouse actions: ALLOW-RIGHT-UP 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
mouse actions: ALWAYS-ARROW-CURSOR 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
mouse actions: assigning values to 7.3.2 Assigning Results to Mouse Actions
mouse actions: AUTO-MOUSE-HANDLING 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
mouse actions: handling 7.3 How Mouse Actions Are Handled
mouse actions: ignoring 7.3 How Mouse Actions Are Handled
mouse actions: masking 7.3 How Mouse Actions Are Handled
mouse actions: with KEYSTROKE configuration file entry 7.3.1 Mouse Exception Processing
mouse support for X terminals 4.6.8 Mouse Support for X Terminals
MOUSE configuration file entry 2.7 Runtime Configuration 7.5 Screen Section Behavior MOUSE*
mouse 3.1.2 Cursor and Mouse Handling in Source-Level Debugging 3.7 Controls and the Mouse 7.1 Mouse Properties 7.2 Mouse Action Ownership in Graphical Environments 7.3 How Mouse Actions Are Handled 7.3.1 Mouse Exception Processing 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions 7.4 Automatic Mouse Handling 7.5 Screen Section Behavior 7.6 W$MOUSE Library Routine MOUSE* SET-MOUSE-SHAPE
mouse, setting the double-click rate for DOUBLE_CLICK_TIME
mouse: automatic handling 7.4 Automatic Mouse Handling
mouse: buttons 7.1 Mouse Properties
mouse: capturing 7.2 Mouse Action Ownership in Graphical Environments
mouse: clicking 7.1 Mouse Properties
mouse: controlling with W$MOUSE 3.7 Controls and the Mouse 7.3 How Mouse Actions Are Handled 7.6 W$MOUSE Library Routine W$MOUSE Routine
mouse: exception values 7.3.1 Mouse Exception Processing
mouse: excluding fields from selection 7.5 Screen Section Behavior
mouse: excluding fields from selection MOUSE*
mouse: handling, in Screen Section 7.4 Automatic Mouse Handling
mouse: in character-based environments 7.1 Mouse Properties
mouse: in graphical environments 7.2 Mouse Action Ownership in Graphical Environments
mouse: interaction with controls 3.7 Controls and the Mouse
mouse: key code table 7.3.1 Mouse Exception Processing
mouse: managing 3.7 Controls and the Mouse
mouse: outside application window 7.2 Mouse Action Ownership in Graphical Environments
mouse: owned by which window 7.2 Mouse Action Ownership in Graphical Environments
mouse: pointer shape 7.4 Automatic Mouse Handling 7.5 Screen Section Behavior SET-MOUSE-SHAPE
mouse: pointer shape MOUSE*
mouse: properties 7.1 Mouse Properties
mouse: unmasking 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
mouse: using to position cursor 7.5 Screen Section Behavior
mouse: using with debugger 3.1.2 Cursor and Mouse Handling in Source-Level Debugging
MOUSE_FLAGS configuration file entry MOUSE_FLAGS
MOUSE_FLAGS doesn't work 11.1.4 Regarding Configuration Variables
MOUSE_FLAGS 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions 3.7 Controls and the Mouse 11.1.4 Regarding Configuration Variables
mouse-action keys 4.3.2.3 Table of keys
MOVE statement and rules MOVE Statement
MOVE MOVE Statement 6.4.5 CORRESPONDING Option
MOVE: converting data type MOVE Statement
MOVE: CORRESPONDING option 6.4.5 CORRESPONDING Option
MOVE: illegal moves MOVE Statement
MOVE: table of allowed sources and destinations MOVE Statement
movement keys, in the Screen Section 5.9.6 PROCEDURE Clause
moving character-based applications to graphical environments, determing initial color transformation COLOR_TRANS
moving character-based applications to graphical environments, performing uniform color scheme changes COLOR_MODEL*
moving character-based applications to graphical environments, transforming color combinations COLOR_TABLE*
MQSeries M.2.9 SUPPORT FOR IBM SERVERS
MS-DOS and Windows considerations 3.4.2 MS-DOS and Windows Considerations
MS-DOS video cards, specifying for 132-column display 132_MODE
MS-DOS 2.8.1 File Names Starting With a Hyphen 6.1.1 Sequential Files COMMIT Statement FLUSH_COUNT
MS-DOS: and COMMIT statement COMMIT Statement
MS-DOS: filenames 2.8.1 File Names Starting With a Hyphen
MS-DOS: FLUSH_COUNT FLUSH_COUNT
MS-DOS: line sequential files 6.1.1 Sequential Files
MSG-AX-EVENT event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-BEGIN-DRAG event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-BEGIN-DRAG 6.3 Control Events
MSG-BEGIN-ENTRY event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-BEGIN-HEADING-DRAG event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-BITMAP-CLICKED event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-BITMAP-DBLCLICK event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-CANCEL-ENTRY event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-CLOSE event 6.2 Window Events
MSG-COL-WIDTH-CHANGED event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-END-DRAG event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-END-HEADING-DRAG event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-END-MENU event 6.4 Menu Events
MSG-END-MENU 8.10 Pop-Up Menus
MSG-FINISH-ENTRY event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-GOTO-CELL event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-GOTO-CELL-DRAG event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-GOTO-CELL-MOUSE event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-GRID-RBUTTON-DOWN event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-GRID-RBUTTON-UP event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-HEADING-CLICKED event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-HEADING-DBLCLICK event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-HEADING-DRAGGED event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-INIT-MENU event 6.4 Menu Events
MSG-INIT-MENU 8.10 Pop-Up Menus
MSG-MENU-INPUT 8.10 Pop-Up Menus
MSG-MENU-INPUTevent 6.4 Menu Events
MSG-PAGED-FIRST event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-PAGED-LAST event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-PAGED-NEXT event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-PAGED-NEXTPAGE event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-PAGED-PREV event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-PAGED-PREVPAGE event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-SB-NEXT event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-SB-NEXTPAGE event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-SB-PREV event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-SB-PREVPAGE event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-SB-THUMB event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-SB-THUMBTRACK event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-SPIN-DOWN event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-SPIN-UP event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-TV-DBLCLICK event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-TV-EXPANDED event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-TV-EXPANDING event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-TV-SELCHANGE event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-TV-SELCHANGING event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-VALIDATE event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-WB-BEFORE-NAVIGATE 6.3 Control Events
MSG-WB-BEFORE-NAVIGATE: WEB-BROWSER event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-WB-DOWNLOAD-BEGIN 6.3 Control Events
MSG-WB-DOWNLOAD-BEGIN: WEB-BROWSER event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-WB-DOWNLOAD-COMPLETE 6.3 Control Events
MSG-WB-DOWNLOAD-COMPLETE: WEB-BROWSER event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-WB-NAVIGATE-COMPLETE 6.3 Control Events
MSG-WB-NAVIGATE-COMPLETE: WEB-BROWSER event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-WB-PROGRESS-CHANGE 6.3 Control Events
MSG-WB-PROGRESS-CHANGE: WEB-BROWSER event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-WB-STATUS-TEXT-CHANGE 6.3 Control Events
MSG-WB-STATUS-TEXT-CHANGE: WEB-BROWSER event 6.3 Control Events
MSG-WB-TITLE-CHANGE 6.3 Control Events
MSG-WB-TITLE-CHANGE: WEB-BROWSER event 6.3 Control Events
multi-line entry fields MULTIPLE
MULTILINE: ENTRY-FIELD style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
MULTILINE: TAB style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
multiple execution threads 6.8 Multiple Execution Threads
multiple log files 5.1.6 Multiple Log Files
multiple object interfaces, ActiveX 6.10.7 Multiple Object Interfaces
multiple receiving fields 6.4.2 Multiple Receiving Fields
multiple record definitions and XFDs 5.3.1 Defaults Used in XFD Files
multiple record layouts, and record types 5.1.7 File Types
MULTIPLE option, and record locking 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
MULTIPLE MULTIPLE
MULTIPLE: ENTRY-FIELD common property MULTIPLE
multiplication 6.2 Arithmetic Expressions
MULTIPLY statement and rules MULTIPLY Statement
MULTIPLY 6.4.1 Arithmetic Operations
multi-tasking ACCEPT Statement
multithreading and multiprocessor systems 6.8.7 Multithreading and Multiprocessor Systems
multithreading 6.8 Multiple Execution Threads
multithreading: see threads 6.8 Multiple Execution Threads N
name aliasing for files 2.7.1 File Name Assignments
name clashes, ActiveX 6.10.5 Name Clashes
NAME directive 5.3.3.6 Name Directive
named constant 5.7.1.14 VALUE clause
Naming the XFD Naming the XFD
native code compiler option 2.1.1.1 Native Code Options
native code option in cblutil 3.2.4 Generating Native Code From ACUCOBOL-GT Portable Code
native code supported 1.4.1 Native Code Supported Processors
native code 1.1 Product Overview
native code: overview 1.1 Product Overview
native object code 2.1 Using the Compiler
negated condition, language skeleton Negated Condition
NEGATIVE condition 6.3.3 Sign Condition
Next 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Next: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Next-All 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Next-All: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
NEXT-ITEM 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
NEXT-ITEM: TREE-VIEW special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
Next-Line 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Next-Line: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
no recursive PERFORMs compiler option 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
NO ADVANCING phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
NO ECHO phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
NO SCROLL phrase DISPLAY WINDOW
NO WRAP phrase DISPLAY WINDOW
NO_CONSOLE configuration file entry NO_CONSOLE Using C only - no COBOL
NO_LOG_FILE_OK configuration file entry NO_LOG_FILE_OK
NO-AUTO-DEFAULT 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
NO-AUTO-DEFAULT: PUSH-BUTTON style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
NO-AUTOSEL 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
NO-AUTOSEL: ENTRY-FIELD style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
NO-BOX: ENTRY-FIELD style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
NO-BOX: GRID style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
NO-BOX: LIST-BOX style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
NO-BOX: TREE-VIEW style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
NO-GROUP-TAB 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
NO-GROUP-TAB: RADIO-BUTTON style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
NO-KEY-LETTER 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
NO-KEY-LETTER: LABEL style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
nonnumeric literals 2.1.2.2 Nonnumeric literals
nonnumeric operands 6.3.1.2 Comparison of nonnumeric operands
nonnumeric operands: comparison of 6.3.1.2 Comparison of nonnumeric operands
non-numeric MAKE_ZERO*
non-numeric: data in numeric field MAKE_ZERO*
NO-SEARCH 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
NO-SEARCH: LIST-BOX style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
NOT ON OVERFLOW, with STRING STRING Statement
NOT operation CBL_NOT Routine
NOT 6.3.2 Class Condition 6.3.6 Complex Conditions
NO-TAB 5.2 Global Styles
NO-TAB: global control style 5.2 Global Styles
notation 1.6 Notation 1.1 Overview of This Manual
notation: of commands 1.6 Notation
notation: used in Reference Manual, 1.1 Overview of This Manual
NOTE Statement NOTE Statement
NOTE Statement: IBM DOS/VS COBOL NOTE Statement
notify (NTF) events 6.1 Overview
NOTIFY: CHECK-BOX style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
NOTIFY: RADIO-BUTTON style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
NOTIFY-CHANGE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
NOTIFY-CHANGE: ENTRY-FIELD style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
NOTIFY-DBLCLICK 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES 6.3 Control Events 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
NOTIFY-DBLCLICK: COMBO-BOX style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
NOTIFY-DBLCLICK: LIST-BOX style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
NOTIFY-SELCHANGE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
NOTIFY-SELCHANGE: COMBO-BOX style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
NOTIFY-SELCHANGE: LIST-BOX style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
NTF-CHANGED event 6.3 Control Events
NTF-PL-FIRST event 6.3 Control Events
NTF-PL-LAST event 6.3 Control Events
NTF-PL-NEXT event 6.3 Control Events
NTF-PL-NEXTPAGE event 6.3 Control Events
NTF-PL-PREV event 6.3 Control Events
NTF-PL-PREVPAGE event 6.3 Control Events
NTF-PL-SEARCH event 6.3 Control Events
NTF-RESIZED event 6.2 Window Events
NTF-SEL-CHANGE event 6.3 Control Events
NULL 5.9 Screen Description Entry
NULL: in PROCEDURE phrase 5.9 Screen Description Entry
NULLS 2.1.2.3 Figurative constants
NUMBER-OF-SCREEN-COLUMNS ACCEPT Statement
NUMBER-OF-SCREEN-LINES ACCEPT Statement
NUM-COL-HEADINGS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
NUM-COL-HEADINGS: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
numeric edited 5.7.1.7 PICTURE clause
numeric entry fields, checking data item descriptions of AUTO_DECIMAL
numeric fields, justifying JUSTIFY_NUM_FIELDS
numeric literals 2.1.2.1 Numeric literals 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
numeric literals: binary, octal or hexadecimal notation 2.1.2.1 Numeric literals
numeric literals: LENGTH OF expression 2.1.2.1 Numeric literals
numeric operands 6.3.1.1 Comparison of numeric operands
numeric operands: comparison of 6.3.1.1 Comparison of numeric operands
numeric value MOVE Statement
numeric value: conversion to MOVE Statement
NUMERIC condition 6.3.2 Class Condition
NUMERIC directive 5.3.3.7 Numeric Directive
NUMERIC SIGN 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
numeric 5.7.1.7 PICTURE clause JUSTIFY_NUM_FIELDS
NUMERIC 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
numeric: field, justifying with JUSTIFY_NUM_FIELDS configuration file entry JUSTIFY_NUM_FIELDS
NUMERIC: ENTRY-FIELD style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
NUMERIC_VALIDATION configuration file entry NUMERIC_VALIDATION
Numeric-Default 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Numeric-Default: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
NUMERIC-FILL phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
Numeric-Next 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Numeric-Next: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
NUMERIC-UPDATES keyword 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option
NUM-ROWS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
NUM-ROWS: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
NUMVAL, Intrinsic Function NUMVAL Function
NUMVAL-C, Intrinsic Function NUMVAL-C Function O
object file 2.1.1 Standard Options 2.2 Using the Runtime System 3.2 Object File Utilities-cblutil 3.2.3 Getting Object Information 3.2.4 Generating Native Code From ACUCOBOL-GT Portable Code
object file: cblutil 3.2 Object File Utilities-cblutil
object file: command to get information 3.2.3 Getting Object Information
object file: file name, compiler option for 2.1.1 Standard Options
object file: library, runtime option for 2.2 Using the Runtime System
object file: native code 3.2.4 Generating Native Code From ACUCOBOL-GT Portable Code
object file: utilities 3.2 Object File Utilities-cblutil
object files, changing file name case CODE_CASE
object files, searching for CODE_PREFIX
object library 3.2.1 Object Libraries 3.2.2 Creating Object Libraries
object library: creating 3.2.2 Creating Object Libraries
object library: options when creating 3.2.2 Creating Object Libraries
OBJECT control-type phrase, in Screen Section 5.9 Screen Description Entry
object 2.9 Calling Subprograms 6.10.7 Multiple Object Interfaces
object: interfaces, ActiveX 6.10.7 Multiple Object Interfaces
object: module, three states 2.9 Calling Subprograms
object-code file 2.1 Using the Compiler
OBJECT-COMPUTER paragraph 4.2.2 Object-Computer Paragraph
OCCURS clause and XFDs OCCURS clauses
OCCURS clause 5.7.1.10 OCCURS clause 5.9.3 OCCURS Clause
OCCURS clause: general format 5.7.1.10 OCCURS clause
OCCURS clause: general rules 5.7.1.10 OCCURS clause
OCCURS clause: in Screen Section 5.9.3 OCCURS Clause
OCCURS clause: syntax rules 5.7.1.10 OCCURS clause
OCCURS 5.1.5 Table Handling
OCCURS: table example 5.1.5 Table Handling
octal notation for numeric literals 2.1.2.1 Numeric literals
octal values, converting to ASCII OCTAL2ASCII Routine
OCTAL2ASCII routine OCTAL2ASCII Routine
OEM character set FONT*
OEM-FIXED-FONT ACCEPT Statement
OFF phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
OK-BUTTON 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
OK-BUTTON: PUSH-BUTTON style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
OLD_ARIAL_DIMENSIONS configuration file entry OLD_ARIAL_DIMENSIONS Changes Affecting Version 4.3
OLE Automation Server Using the Automation Server C$GETVARIANT Routine C$SETVARIANT Routine
OLE Automation Server: C$GETVARIANT C$GETVARIANT Routine
OLE Automation Server: C$SETVARIANT C$SETVARIANT Routine
OLE programming 3.7 AXDEFGEN Utility 6.10 ActiveX and OLE Programming (Windows Only)
OLE programming: AXDEFGEN utility 3.7 AXDEFGEN Utility
OLE Programming: ActiveX 6.10 ActiveX and OLE Programming (Windows Only)
OMITTED option for DISPLAY DISPLAY src-item
ON EXCEPTION phrase for ACCEPT ACCEPT Statement
ON EXCEPTION phrase 2.1.8 Video Options
ON EXCEPTION phrase, MOVE with MOVE Statement
ON EXCEPTION phrase: compiler option to alter rules for 2.1.8 Video Options
open files 6.1.9 Limits on Open Files
open files: limits on and control of 6.1.9 Limits on Open Files
Open dialog box C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
Open dialog box: error handling C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
Open dialog box: memory management C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
OPEN EXTEND statements, creating new files with EXTEND_CREATES
OPEN statement and rules OPEN Statement
OPEN 6.1.6.2 Mass update
OPEN: MASS-UPDATE option 6.1.6.2 Mass update
OPEN_FILES_ONCE configuration file entry OPEN_FILES_ONCE
opening registry keys REG_OPEN_KEY Routine REG_OPEN_KEY_EX Routine
opensave.def C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
OPENSAVE-DATA structure, OPENSAVEBOX C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
OPENSAVE-DATA structure, OPENSAVEBOX: OPNSAV-BASENAME field C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
OPENSAVE-DATA structure, OPENSAVEBOX: OPNSAV-DEFAULT-DIR field C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
OPENSAVE-DATA structure, OPENSAVEBOX: OPNSAV-DEFAULT-EXT field C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
OPENSAVE-DATA structure, OPENSAVEBOX: OPNSAV-DEFAULT-FILTER field C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
OPENSAVE-DATA structure, OPENSAVEBOX: OPNSAV-FILENAME field C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
OPENSAVE-DATA structure, OPENSAVEBOX: OPNSAV-FILTERS field C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
OPENSAVE-DATA structure, OPENSAVEBOX: OPNSAV-FLAGS field C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
OPENSAVE-DATA structure, OPENSAVEBOX: OPNSAV-TITLE field C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
OPENSAVE-DATA C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
OPENSAVERR-CANCELLED error, C$OPENSAVEBOX C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
OPENSAVERR-NAME-TOO-LARGE error, C$OPENSAVEBOX C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
OPENSAVERR-NO-MEMORY error, C$OPENSAVEBOX C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
OPENSAVERR-UNSUPPORTED error, C$OPENSAVEBOX C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
operating system command SYSTEM Routine C$RUN Routine
operating system command: executing from Windows C$RUN Routine
operating system command: executing SYSTEM Routine
operating system 1.6.3.3 Tips for building dual-interface programs ACCEPT Statement
operating system: getting the type of 1.6.3.3 Tips for building dual-interface programs
operating system: SYSTEM-INFO table ACCEPT Statement
operating systems supported 1.4 Supported Hardware
operations CBL_AND Routine CBL_EQ Routine CBL_NOT Routine CBL_OR Routine CBL_XOR Routine
operations, routine $WINHELP Routine 10.4 Windows Help 3.8.2 Loading Bitmaps 5 Control Types Reference - 5.13 Tab - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties 5.14 Bitmap 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine CAPTURE-MOUSE ENABLE-MOUSE GET-MOUSE-SCREEN-STATUS GET-MOUSE-SHAPE GET-MOUSE-STATUS RELEASE-MOUSE SET-DELAYED-MOUSE-SHAPE SET-MOUSE-HELP SET-MOUSE-POSITION SET-MOUSE-SCREEN-POSITION SET-MOUSE-SHAPE TEST-MOUSE-PRESENCE W$BITMAP Routine W$FONT Routine W$MENU Routine W$MOUSE Routine W$PALETTE Routine WINPRINT-CLEAR-DATA-COLUMNS WINPRINT-CLEAR-PAGE-COLUMNS WINPRINT-GET-CAPABILITIES WINPRINT-GET-CURRENT-INFO WINPRINT-GET-NO-PRINTERS WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-COLUMN WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-LAYOUT WINPRINT-GET-PRINTER-INFO WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS-SIZE WINPRINT-PRINT-BITMAP WINPRINT-SET-DATA-COLUMNS WINPRINT-SET-FONT WINPRINT-SET-LINES-PER-PAGE WINPRINT-SET-MARGINS WINPRINT-SET-PAGE-COLUMN WINPRINT-SET-PRINTER WINPRINT-SET-SETTINGS WINPRINT-SET-STD-FONT WINPRINT-SETUP WINPRINT-SUPPORTED
operations, routine: CAPTURE-MOUSE CAPTURE-MOUSE W$MOUSE Routine
operations, routine: ENABLE-MOUSE ENABLE-MOUSE W$MOUSE Routine
operations, routine: GET-MOUSE-SCREEN-STATUS GET-MOUSE-SCREEN-STATUS W$MOUSE Routine
operations, routine: GET-MOUSE-SHAPE GET-MOUSE-SHAPE W$MOUSE Routine
operations, routine: GET-MOUSE-STATUS GET-MOUSE-STATUS CAPTURE-MOUSE W$MOUSE Routine
operations, routine: HELP-CONTENTS $WINHELP Routine 10.4 Windows Help
operations, routine: HELP-CONTEXTPOPUP 10.4 Windows Help
operations, routine: HELP-HELPONHELP $WINHELP Routine
operations, routine: HELP-PARTIALKEY $WINHELP Routine
operations, routine: HELP-QUIT $WINHELP Routine
operations, routine: RELEASE-MOUSE RELEASE-MOUSE W$MOUSE Routine
operations, routine: SET-DELAYED-MOUSE-SHAPE SET-DELAYED-MOUSE-SHAPE W$MOUSE Routine
operations, routine: SET-MOUSE-HELP SET-MOUSE-HELP W$MOUSE Routine
operations, routine: SET-MOUSE-POSITION SET-MOUSE-POSITION W$MOUSE Routine
operations, routine: SET-MOUSE-SCREEN-POSITION SET-MOUSE-SCREEN-POSITION W$MOUSE Routine
operations, routine: SET-MOUSE-SHAPE SET-MOUSE-SHAPE W$MOUSE Routine
operations, routine: TEST-MOUSE-PRESENCE TEST-MOUSE-PRESENCE W$MOUSE Routine
operations, routine: WBITMAP-DESTROY 3.8.2 Loading Bitmaps W$BITMAP Routine
operations, routine: WBITMAP-DISPLAY W$BITMAP Routine
operations, routine: WBITMAP-LOAD 3.8.2 Loading Bitmaps 5.14 Bitmap 5 Control Types Reference - 5.13 Tab - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties W$BITMAP Routine
operations, routine: WFONT-CHOOSE-FONT W$FONT Routine
operations, routine: WFONT-DATA W$FONT Routine
operations, routine: WFONT-DESCRIBE-FONT W$FONT Routine
operations, routine: WFONT-GET-CLOSEST-FONT W$FONT Routine
operations, routine: WFONT-GET-FONT W$FONT Routine
operations, routine: WFONT-SUPPORTED W$FONT Routine
operations, routine: WINPRINT-CLEAR-DATA-COLUMNS WINPRINT-CLEAR-DATA-COLUMNS
operations, routine: WINPRINT-CLEAR-PAGE-COLUMNS WINPRINT-CLEAR-PAGE-COLUMNS
operations, routine: WINPRINT-GET-CAPABILITIES WINPRINT-GET-CAPABILITIES
operations, routine: WINPRINT-GET-CURRENT-INFO WINPRINT-GET-CURRENT-INFO
operations, routine: WINPRINT-GET-NO-PRINTERS WINPRINT-GET-NO-PRINTERS
operations, routine: WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-COLUMN WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-COLUMN
operations, routine: WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-LAYOUT WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-LAYOUT
operations, routine: WINPRINT-GET-PRINTER-INFO WINPRINT-GET-PRINTER-INFO
operations, routine: WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS
operations, routine: WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS-SIZE WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS-SIZE
operations, routine: WINPRINT-PRINT-BITMAP WINPRINT-PRINT-BITMAP
operations, routine: WINPRINT-SET-DATA-COLUMNS WINPRINT-SET-DATA-COLUMNS
operations, routine: WINPRINT-SET-FONT WINPRINT-SET-FONT
operations, routine: WINPRINT-SET-LINES-PER-PAGE WINPRINT-SET-LINES-PER-PAGE
operations, routine: WINPRINT-SET-MARGINS WINPRINT-SET-MARGINS
operations, routine: WINPRINT-SET-PAGE-COLUMN WINPRINT-SET-PAGE-COLUMN
operations, routine: WINPRINT-SET-PRINTER WINPRINT-SET-PRINTER
operations, routine: WINPRINT-SET-SETTINGS WINPRINT-SET-SETTINGS
operations, routine: WINPRINT-SET-STD-FONT WINPRINT-SET-STD-FONT
operations, routine: WINPRINT-SETUP WINPRINT-SETUP
operations, routine: WINPRINT-SUPPORTED WINPRINT-SUPPORTED
operations, routine: WMENU-ADD 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
operations, routine: WMENU-BLOCK 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
operations, routine: WMENU-CHANGE 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
operations, routine: WMENU-CHECK 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
operations, routine: WMENU-DELETE 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
operations, routine: WMENU-DESTROY 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
operations, routine: WMENU-DESTROY-DELAYED W$MENU Routine
operations, routine: WMENU-DISABLE 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
operations, routine: WMENU-ENABLE 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
operations, routine: WMENU-GET-BLOCK 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
operations, routine: WMENU-GET-CONFIGURATION 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
operations, routine: WMENU-GET-MENU 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
operations, routine: WMENU-NEW 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
operations, routine: WMENU-NEW-POPUP 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
operations, routine: WMENU-POPUP 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
operations, routine: WMENU-REFRESH 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
operations, routine: WMENU-RELEASE 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
operations, routine: WMENU-SET-BLOCK 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
operations, routine: WMENU-SET-CONFIGURATION 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
operations, routine: WMENU-SHOW 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
operations, routine: WMENU-UNBLOCK 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
operations, routine: WMENU-UNCHECK 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
operations, routine: WPALETTE-CHOOSE-COLOR W$PALETTE Routine
operations, routine: WPALETTE-GET-COLOR W$PALETTE Routine
operations, routine: WPALETTE-NUM-COLORS W$PALETTE Routine
operations, routine: WPALETTE-SET-COLOR W$PALETTE Routine
operations, routine: WPALETTE-SET-USER-COLOR W$PALETTE Routine
operations, routine: WPALETTE-SUPPORTED W$PALETTE Routine
operations, routine: WPALETTE-UPDATE W$PALETTE Routine
operations: AND CBL_AND Routine
operations: EQUALS CBL_EQ Routine
operations: exclusive OR CBL_XOR Routine
operations: NOT CBL_NOT Routine
operations: OR CBL_OR Routine
operators 6.3.1 Relation Conditions 6.3.6 Complex Conditions 6.2 Arithmetic Expressions
operators: list of relational 6.3.1 Relation Conditions
operators: logical 6.3.6 Complex Conditions
OPNSAV-BASENAME field, OPENSAVE-DATA C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
OPNSAV-DEFAULT DIR field, OPENSAVE-DATA C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
OPNSAV-DEFAULT-EXT field, OPENSAVE-DATA C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
OPNSAV-DEFAULT-FILTER field, OPENSAVE-DATA C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
OPNSAV-FILENAME field, OPENSAVE-DATA C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
OPNSAV-FILTERS field, OPENSAVE-DATA C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
OPNSAV-FLAGS field, OPENSAVE-DATA C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
OPNSAV-TITLE field, OPENSAVE-DATA C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
optimizer, compiler option to turn off local 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
optimizing data storage 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
OPTIONAL OPEN Statement
options 2.1 Using the Compiler 2.2 Using the Runtime System
options: compiler, introduction 2.1 Using the Compiler
options: runtime 2.2 Using the Runtime System
OR operation CBL_OR Routine
OR 6.3.6 Complex Conditions
ORD, Intrinsic Function ORD Function
order of evaluation 6.3.7 Order of Evaluation
order of evaluation: condition 6.3.7 Order of Evaluation
ORD-MAX, Intrinsic Function ORD-MAX Function
ORD-MIN, Intrinsic Function ORD-MIN Function
organization 2.5 Program Organization 5.1.7 File Types 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
organization: of a COBOL program 2.5 Program Organization
organization: of files, clauses determining 5.1.7 File Types
ORGANIZATION: IS INDEXED 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
ORGANIZATION: IS RELATIVE 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
OS/2 FLUSH_COUNT
OS/2: FLUSH_COUNT FLUSH_COUNT
OTHER 5.3.3.11 When Directive
OTHERWISE with IF IF OTHERWISE
OTHERWISE with IF: IBM DOS/VS COBOL IF OTHERWISE
output files, locking for exclusive use LOCK_OUTPUT
OUTPUT phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
OUTPUT PROCEDURE SORT Statement 6 Procedure Division - SORT Statement - Code Examples
overflow condition UNSTRING Statement
overflow condition: UNSTRING UNSTRING Statement
Overhead memory, debugger command The View Menu
OVERLAP-LEFT 3.8.3 Creating the Button 5.2 Global Styles
OVERLAP-LEFT: global control style 5.2 Global Styles
OVERLAP-LEFT: style 3.8.3 Creating the Button
OVERLAP-TOP 5.2 Global Styles
OVERLAP-TOP: global control style 5.2 Global Styles
overlays in source, compiler option 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
overlays 4.2.2 Object-Computer Paragraph P
packed decimal keys on VMS systems RMS_NATIVE_KEYS
PACKED-DECIMAL 2.1.7 Data Storage Options 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
PACKED-DECIMAL: data items, treating as COMPUTATIONAL-6 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
padding characters 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
page length of listings 2.1.2 Listing Options
PAGE_EJECT_ON_CLOSE configuration file entry 2.7.5 File Handling Options PAGE_EJECT_ON_CLOSE
paged GRID control 3.10 Paged Grids
paged list box 3.9 Paged List Boxes 3.9.1 Creating a Paged List Box 3.9.2 Adding Records to a Paged List Box 3.9.4 Paged List Box Event Handling 3.9.5 Paged List Box Example
paged list box: creating 3.9.1 Creating a Paged List Box
PAGED list box: adding records to 3.9.2 Adding Records to a Paged List Box
PAGED list box: code example 3.9.5 Paged List Box Example
PAGED list box: described 3.9 Paged List Boxes
PAGED list box: event handling 3.9.4 Paged List Box Event Handling
PAGED: GRID style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
PAGED: LIST-BOX style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
Page-Down 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Page-Down: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
PAGE-SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.12 Scroll Bar - Special Properties
PAGE-SIZE: SCROLL-BAR special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.12 Scroll Bar - Special Properties
Page-Up 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Page-Up: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
paint tool 3.8.1 Drawing the Image
paint tool: creating bitmaps with 3.8.1 Drawing the Image
palette.def W$PALETTE Routine
PANEL-INDEX 5 Control Types Reference - 5.18 Status Bar - Special Properties
PANEL-INDEX: STATUS-BAR special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.18 Status Bar - Special Properties
PANEL-STYLE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.18 Status Bar - Special Properties
PANEL-STYLE: STATUS-BAR special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.18 Status Bar - Special Properties
PANEL-TEXT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.18 Status Bar - Special Properties
PANEL-TEXT: special property: PANEL-TEXT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.18 Status Bar - Special Properties
PANEL-WIDTHS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.18 Status Bar - Special Properties
PANEL-WIDTHS: STATUS-BAR special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.18 Status Bar - Special Properties
paragraph command The Source Menu
paragraph header 2.5.1.3 Paragraph header
paragraph The File Menu
paragraph: tracing The File Menu
parameters CALL Statement C$PARAMSIZE Routine C$NARG Routine
parameters, event 6.10.3 ActiveX Events C$SETEVENTDATA Routine C$SETEVENTPARAM Routine
parameters, event: setting in ActiveX 6.10.3 ActiveX Events C$SETEVENTPARAM Routine C$SETEVENTDATA Routine
parameters, retrieving event 6.10.3 ActiveX Events C$GETEVENTDATA Routine C$GETEVENTPARAM Routine
parameters, retrieving event: C$GETEVENTDATA 6.10.3 ActiveX Events C$GETEVENTDATA Routine
parameters, retrieving event: C$GETEVENTPARAM C$GETEVENTPARAM Routine
parameters: finding size of passed C$PARAMSIZE Routine
parameters: number passed to current program C$NARG Routine
parameters: passing to called program CALL Statement
parent and child relationships in a TREE-VIEW control Parent and Child Relationships
parent window 2.4 Parent and Child Windows
PARENT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
PARENT: TREE-VIEW special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
parentheses 6.3.7 Order of Evaluation 6.2.1 Evaluation of Arithmetic Expressions
parentheses: order of evaluation 6.2.1 Evaluation of Arithmetic Expressions 6.3.7 Order of Evaluation
Passing Variant type data M.2.7 Calling ACUCOBOL-GT from Other Programming Languages in a 32-bit Windows Environment C$GETVARIANT Routine C$SETVARIANT Routine
Passing Variant type data: C$GETVARIANT C$GETVARIANT Routine
Passing Variant type data: C$SETVARIANT C$SETVARIANT Routine
Password Protection of Files Password Protection of Files
Password Protection of Files: IBM DOS/VS COBOL Password Protection of Files
passwords 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
passwords: data entry without screen display 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
pausing program with C$SLEEP C$SLEEP Routine
PC/TCP Kernel Software 5.2.1 System Requirements
perform stack The View Menu Source-level commands
perform step, in debugger The Run Menu
PERFORM statement and rules PERFORM Statement
PERFORM THREAD 6.8.1 Thread Fundamentals PERFORM Statement
PERFORM 8.5.1 Using genmenu PERFORM Statement
PERFORM: rules for transfer of control PERFORM Statement
PERFORM: TEST AFTER PERFORM Statement
PERFORM: TEST BEFORE PERFORM Statement
PERFORM: to build menus 8.5.1 Using genmenu
PERFORM_STACK configuration file entry 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options PERFORM_STACK
performance 2.11 acushare Utility Program 3.2.1 Object Libraries 3.3.1 Examining File Information 6.1.6.2 Mass update 6.1.8 Performance Considerations 6.2.1 Performance Considerations 6.3 Memory Management SHARED_CODE*
performance: improvement 6.3 Memory Management
performance: improving with shared memory 2.11 acushare Utility Program
performance: improving with shared memory SHARED_CODE*
performance: improving 3.2.1 Object Libraries 3.3.1 Examining File Information 6.1.6.2 Mass update 6.1.8 Performance Considerations 6.2.1 Performance Considerations
PERMANENT 5.2 Global Styles
PERMANENT: global control style 5.2 Global Styles
phone numbers 1.7 How to Get Help
phone numbers: for technical support 1.7 How to Get Help
PHYSICAL-SCREEN-HEIGHT ACCEPT Statement
PHYSICAL-SCREEN-WIDTH ACCEPT Statement
PICTURE character string 2.1.3 Picture Strings
PICTURE clause 5.9.1 PICTURE, FROM, TO, and USING Clauses 5.7.1.7 PICTURE clause 5.1.3 Classes of Data
PICTURE clause: and data classification 5.1.3 Classes of Data
PICTURE clause: editing rules 5.7.1.7 PICTURE clause
PICTURE clause: general format 5.7.1.7 PICTURE clause
PICTURE clause: general rules 5.7.1.7 PICTURE clause
PICTURE clause: in Screen Section 5.9.1 PICTURE, FROM, TO, and USING Clauses
PICTURE string 5.7.1.1 Level-number
PICTURE string: repeat count example 5.7.1.1 Level-number
PICTURE symbols and their functions 5.7.1.7 PICTURE clause
PICTURE 5.7.1.7 PICTURE clause
PICTURE: zero suppression 5.7.1.7 PICTURE clause
PID. C$LOCKPID Routine
pipe 2.8.1 File Names Starting With a Hyphen
pixel coordinates for graphical controls 4.6.3 Coordinate Space Solutions
PLACEMENT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
PLACEMENT: TREE-VIEW special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
Plug-In routines W$GETURL Routine W$STATUS Routine W$BROWSERINFO Routine
Plug-In routines: W$BROWSERINFO W$BROWSERINFO Routine
Plug-In routines: W$GETURL W$GETURL Routine
Plug-In routines: W$STATUS W$STATUS Routine
plug-in W$GETURL Routine W$STATUS Routine
plug-in: how to display a message in the browser status bar W$STATUS Routine
plug-in: passing a URL to a browser W$GETURL Routine
pointer data items 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
pointer data items: space allocated 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
pointer shape SET-MOUSE-SHAPE 7.5 Screen Section Behavior MOUSE*
POINTER STRING Statement
POINTER: with STRING STRING Statement
pop up hints HINTS_OFF HINTS_ON
pop up hints: configuration variables: HINTS_OFF configuration file entry HINTS_OFF
pop up hints: configuration variables: HINTS_ON configuration file entry HINTS_ON
pop-up hints 3.8.4 Pop-Up Hints
pop-up hints: configuration variables 3.8.4 Pop-Up Hints
pop-up hints: with bitmap buttons 3.8.4 Pop-Up Hints
pop-up menus Pop-Up Menus 8.10 Pop-Up Menus
pop-up windows events for controls 6.4 Menu Events
POP-UP AREA phrase DISPLAY WINDOW
portability of XFDs 5.3 XFD Files
portability 1.6 Creating Portable User Interfaces 2.1.7 Data Storage Options 3.8.5 Portability 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause 8.15 Portability Concerns
portability: and menus 8.15 Portability Concerns
portability: of bitmap buttons 3.8.5 Portability
portability: option for maximizing 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
portability: USAGE types for integer data 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
portability: user interface issues 1.6 Creating Portable User Interfaces
positioning controls in a window 4.6 Coordinates
POSITION-SHIFT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.11 Bar - Special Properties
POSITION-SHIFT: BAR special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.11 Bar - Special Properties
POSITIVE condition 6.3.3 Sign Condition
pre-assign a font handle 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
PRESENT-VALUE, Intrinsic Function PRESENT-VALUE Function
Previous 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Previous: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Previous-All 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Previous-All: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Previous-Line 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Previous-Line: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
print files 6.1.1 Sequential Files
print functions 4.6.10 Print Functions
print functions: and Terminal Manager 4.6.10 Print Functions
print headers, configuring under alfred ALFREDPRINTHEADERn
print records 5.1.7 File Types
print spooler WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS-SIZE Routine to Handle the Windows Print Spooler
print spooler: buffer size available WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS-SIZE
print spooler: handling Routine to Handle the Windows Print Spooler
print spooler: traditional: described Routine to Handle the Windows Print Spooler
print spooler: Windows Routine to Handle the Windows Print Spooler
PRINT-CONTROL 5.1.7 File Types 4.3.2 I-O-Control Paragraph
PRINT-CONTROL: record type 5.1.7 File Types
PrintDialog common dialog box 11.1.1 Regarding Windows
printer attached to terminal 4.6.10 Print Functions
printer name, defined under alfred ALFRED_PRINTER_NAME
printer WINPRINT-SET-PRINTER
PRINTER Example 2: Accessing printers 2.7.1 File Name Assignments 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
printer, using under alfred ALFRED_GET_PRINTER
printer: specifying WINPRINT-SET-PRINTER
PRINTER: in ASSIGN clause 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
printers 2.7.1 File Name Assignments 2.8 File Name Interpretation 2.8.3 Assigning Files to Local Printers Example 2: Accessing printers
printers, local 6.2.2 Terminal Manager Restrictions C$LOCALPRINT Routine
printers: and ASSIGN clause 2.7.1 File Name Assignments
printers: assigning files to local 2.8.3 Assigning Files to Local Printers
printers: machine-independent access of Example 2: Accessing printers
printing 6.1.5 Device Locking Under UNIX USER-DATA op-codes WIN$PRINTER Routine WINPRINT-CLEAR-DATA-COLUMNS WINPRINT-CLEAR-PAGE-COLUMNS WINPRINT-COLUMN op-codes WINPRINT-GET-CAPABILITIES WINPRINT-GET-CURRENT-INFO WINPRINT-GET-NO-PRINTERS WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-COLUMN WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-LAYOUT WINPRINT-GET-PRINTER-INFO WINPRINT-PRINT-BITMAP WINPRINT-SET-DATA-COLUMNS WINPRINT-SET-LINES-PER-PAGE WINPRINT-SET-PAGE-COLUMN WINPRINT-SET-PRINTER WINPRINT-SETUP
printing: accessing Windows Setup Printer dialog box WINPRINT-SETUP
printing: and UNIX 6.1.5 Device Locking Under UNIX
printing: bitmaps WINPRINT-PRINT-BITMAP
printing: clearing columns in Windows WINPRINT-CLEAR-DATA-COLUMNS
printing: columns in Windows WINPRINT-COLUMN op-codes
printing: defining columns in Windows WINPRINT-SET-PAGE-COLUMN WINPRINT-SET-DATA-COLUMNS WINPRINT-CLEAR-PAGE-COLUMNS
printing: determining lines per page WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-LAYOUT
printing: get information about a printer WINPRINT-GET-PRINTER-INFO
printing: get information about selected printer WINPRINT-GET-CURRENT-INFO
printing: number of available printers WINPRINT-GET-NO-PRINTERS
printing: selecting columns in Windows WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-COLUMN
printing: setting lines per page WINPRINT-SET-LINES-PER-PAGE
printing: specifying a printer in Windows WINPRINT-SET-PRINTER
printing: support for bitmaps in Windows WINPRINT-GET-CAPABILITIES
printing: support under Windows WIN$PRINTER Routine
printing: user-defined operations USER-DATA op-codes
printing: WIN$PRINTER error handling WIN$PRINTER Routine
priority, setting for a thread SET Statement
Procedure Division report, compiler option 2.1.6.1 Mapping Options
Procedure Division 6.1 Organization 6.1.2 Flow of Control 6.5 Procedure Division Format 6.6 Procedure Division Statements
Procedure Division: flow of control 6.1.2 Flow of Control
Procedure Division: organization 6.1 Organization
Procedure Division: statements 6.6 Procedure Division Statements
Procedure Division: syntax rules 6.5 Procedure Division Format
PROCEDURE Clause 5.9.6 PROCEDURE Clause
Process ID (PID), how to return C$LOCKPID Routine
PROCESSING MODE Clause PROCESSING MODE Clause
PROCESSING MODE Clause: IBM DOS/VS COBOL PROCESSING MODE Clause
processors 1.4.1 Native Code Supported Processors
processors: native code supported 1.4.1 Native Code Supported Processors
product overview 1.1 Product Overview
program execution problems 1.7.2 Handling Program Execution Problems
program failure 3.3.1 Examining File Information
program failure: and non-zero user count 3.3.1 Examining File Information
program menus, activating under Windows F10_IS_MENU
program organization 2.5 Program Organization
program structure 2.1 Language Elements
Program Memory, debugger command The View Menu
Program Organization Data Division Environment Division Formats for COBOL Verbs Identification Division Procedure Division Program Organization
Program Organization: Data Division Data Division
Program Organization: Environment Division Environment Division
Program Organization: formats for COBOL verbs Formats for COBOL Verbs
Program Organization: Identification Division Identification Division
Program Organization: Procedure Division Procedure Division
PROGRAM-ID paragraph, 3.2 PROGRAM-ID Paragraph
PROGRAM-ID Program Name PROGRAM-ID Program Name
PROGRAM-ID Program Name: IBM DOS/VS COBOL PROGRAM-ID Program Name
programs, running from a COBOL application C$SYSTEM Routine
PROMPT keyword 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option
PROMPT phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
PROMPT phrase: DEFAULT phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
PROMPT-ALL keyword 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option
PROMPT-ATTR keyword 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option
PROMPTING configuration file entry PROMPTING
properties 7.1 Mouse Properties 5.1 The Components of a Control
properties, ActiveX 6.10.2 Properties, Styles and Methods
properties: mouse 7.1 Mouse Properties
PROPERTY phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
PROPERTY 11.1.2 Regarding Controls
PROPERTY: undefined data item error 11.1.2 Regarding Controls
property-name phrases 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
proportional fonts WINPRINT-SET-FONT WINPRINT-COLUMN op-codes
proportional fonts: printing columns WINPRINT-COLUMN op-codes
proportional fonts: selecting WINPRINT-SET-FONT
Protected,value 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
protecting fields from mouse selection 7.5 Screen Section Behavior
protecting fields from mouse selection MOUSE*
p-step The Toolbar
P-step, debugger command The Run Menu
PUSH BUTTON control 11.1.2 Regarding Controls
PUSH BUTTON control: status 96 11.1.2 Regarding Controls
PUSH-BUTTON control 3.8 Bitmap Buttons 5 Control Types Reference - 5.5 Push-Button - Common Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.5 Push-Button - Events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.5 Push-Button - Examples 5 Control Types Reference - 5.5 Push-Button - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE 5.5 Push-Button
PUSH-BUTTON control: bitmap button: introduced 3.8 Bitmap Buttons
PUSH-BUTTON control: common properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.5 Push-Button - Common Properties
PUSH-BUTTON control: common properties: COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
PUSH-BUTTON control: common properties: SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
PUSH-BUTTON control: common properties: TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
PUSH-BUTTON control: common properties: VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
PUSH-BUTTON control: events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.5 Push-Button - Events
PUSH-BUTTON control: examples 5 Control Types Reference - 5.5 Push-Button - Examples
PUSH-BUTTON control: special properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.5 Push-Button - Special Properties
PUSH-BUTTON control: special properties: BITMAP-HANDLE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.5 Push-Button - Special Properties
PUSH-BUTTON control: special properties: BITMAP-NUMBER 5 Control Types Reference - 5.5 Push-Button - Special Properties
PUSH-BUTTON control: special properties: EXCEPTION-VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.5 Push-Button - Special Properties
PUSH-BUTTON control: special properties: TERMINATION-VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.5 Push-Button - Special Properties
PUSH-BUTTON control: styles 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
PUSH-BUTTON control: styles: BITMAP 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
PUSH-BUTTON control: styles: CANCEL-BUTTON 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
PUSH-BUTTON control: styles: DEFAULT-BUTTON 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
PUSH-BUTTON control: styles: ESCAPE-BUTTON 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
PUSH-BUTTON control: styles: FLAT 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
PUSH-BUTTON control: styles: FRAMED 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
PUSH-BUTTON control: styles: NO-AUTO-DEFAULT 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
PUSH-BUTTON control: styles: OK-BUTTON 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
PUSH-BUTTON control: styles: SELF-ACT 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
PUSH-BUTTON control: styles: SQUARE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
PUSH-BUTTON control: styles: UNFRAMED 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
PUSH-BUTTON 5.5 Push-Button
PUSH-BUTTON: styles 5.5 Push-Button Q
qualification 5.2.1 Qualification Qualification
qualification: general format 5.2.1 Qualification
qualification: language skeleton Qualification
qualification: syntax rules 5.2.1 Qualification
QUERY-INDEX 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
QUERY-INDEX: LIST-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
questions frequently asked 11.1 Frequently Asked Questions
QUEUE_READERS configuration file entry QUEUE_READERS
quit command (debugger) The File Menu
quit 8.14 System Menu "Close" Handling Under Windows
quit: handling Close under Windows 8.14 System Menu "Close" Handling Under Windows
QUIT_MODE configuration file entry 11.1.1 Regarding Windows 6.2 Window Events 6.4 Menu Events 8.14 System Menu "Close" Handling Under Windows QUIT_MODE
QUIT-MODE configuration variable 11.1.1 Regarding Windows
QUIT-MODE configuration variable: to perform an orderly shutdown 11.1.1 Regarding Windows
QUIT-MODE 8.14 System Menu "Close" Handling Under Windows
QUIT-MODE: handling close under Windows 8.14 System Menu "Close" Handling Under Windows
QUOTES 2.1.2.3 Figurative constants R
RA, Run All Threads debugger command Multithreading Issues
RADIO-BUTTON control 11.1.2 Regarding Controls 3.8 Bitmap Buttons 5 Control Types Reference - 5.7 Radio-Button - Common Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.7 Radio-Button - Events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.7 Radio-Button - Examples 5 Control Types Reference - 5.7 Radio-Button - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE 5.7 Radio-Button
RADIO-BUTTON control: bitmap button: introduced 3.8 Bitmap Buttons
RADIO-BUTTON control: button won't stay selected 11.1.2 Regarding Controls
RADIO-BUTTON control: common properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.7 Radio-Button - Common Properties
RADIO-BUTTON control: common properties: COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
RADIO-BUTTON control: common properties: SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
RADIO-BUTTON control: common properties: TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
RADIO-BUTTON control: common properties: VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
RADIO-BUTTON control: events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.7 Radio-Button - Events
RADIO-BUTTON control: examples 5 Control Types Reference - 5.7 Radio-Button - Examples
RADIO-BUTTON control: special properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.7 Radio-Button - Special Properties
RADIO-BUTTON control: special properties: BITMAP-HANDLE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.7 Radio-Button - Special Properties
RADIO-BUTTON control: special properties: BITMAP-NUMBER 5 Control Types Reference - 5.7 Radio-Button - Special Properties
RADIO-BUTTON control: special properties: EXCEPTION-VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.7 Radio-Button - Special Properties
RADIO-BUTTON control: special properties: GROUP 5 Control Types Reference - 5.7 Radio-Button - Special Properties
RADIO-BUTTON control: special properties: GROUP-VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.7 Radio-Button - Special Properties
RADIO-BUTTON control: special properties: TERMINATION-VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.7 Radio-Button - Special Properties
RADIO-BUTTON control: styles 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
RADIO-BUTTON control: styles: BITMAP 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
RADIO-BUTTON control: styles: FLAT 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
RADIO-BUTTON control: styles: FRAMED 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
RADIO-BUTTON control: styles: LEFT-TEXT 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
RADIO-BUTTON control: styles: NO-GROUP-TAB 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
RADIO-BUTTON control: styles: NOTIFY 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
RADIO-BUTTON control: styles: SELF-ACT 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
RADIO-BUTTON control: styles: SQUARE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
RADIO-BUTTON control: styles: UNFRAMED 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
RAISED 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
RAISED: FRAME style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
RANDOM, Intrinsic Function RANDOM Function
RANGE, Intrinsic Function RANGE Function
READ NEXT 6.1.4 Record Locking
READ NEXT: and locked records 6.1.4 Record Locking
READ PREVIOUS READ Statement
READ statement and rules READ Statement
READ 6.1.4 Record Locking ACCEPT Statement READ Statement START Statement
READ: and record locking 6.1.4 Record Locking
READ: NEXT: START START Statement
READ: PREVIOUS: some machines do not support READ Statement
READ: PREVIOUS: SYSTEM-INFO ACCEPT Statement
READ: rules for retrieving records READ Statement
READ-ONLY 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
READ-ONLY: ENTRY-FIELD style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
rebuilding files 3.3.3 Rebuilding Files
RECEIVE statement and rules RECEIVE Statement
receiving fields 6.4.2 Multiple Receiving Fields
receiving fields: multiple 6.4.2 Multiple Receiving Fields
record description entry 5.7 Record Description Entry 5.1.1 Record Description
record editor: alfred 3.5 Acucorp's Indexed File Record Editor-alfred
record locked, setting wait time on MS-DOS systems LOCKED_RECORD_DELAY
record locking with transaction management 5.1.4 Extended Locking Rules
record locking 4.3.2 I-O-Control Paragraph 6.1.4 Record Locking 6.1.8 Performance Considerations READ Statement UNLOCK Statement
record locking: locks not automatically released 4.3.2 I-O-Control Paragraph
record locking: performance considerations 6.1.8 Performance Considerations
record locking: UNLOCK UNLOCK Statement
record locking: WITH NO LOCK READ Statement
record script command The File Menu Other commands
record size changing 3.3.13 Changing Record Size
record size 5.4.4 BLOCK CONTAINS Clause
record size: BLOCK CONTAINS 5.4.4 BLOCK CONTAINS Clause
record type, rules determining 5.1.7 File Types
RECORD clause 5.4.5 RECORD Clause
RECORD DELIMITER 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
RECORD-DATA 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
RECORD-DATA: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
RECORDING MODE Clause RECORDING MODE Clause
RECORDING MODE Clause: IBM DOS/VS COBOL RECORDING MODE Clause
RECORD-POSITION 5.2.5 RECORD-POSITION
records 3.5 Acucorp's Indexed File Record Editor-alfred 6.1 Handling Files 5.1.7 File Types
records: adding, modifying, deleting from an indexed file 3.5 Acucorp's Indexed File Record Editor-alfred
records: fixed-length 6.1 Handling Files
records: fixed-length 5.1.7 File Types
records: four types 5.1.7 File Types
records: print 5.1.7 File Types
records: text 5.1.7 File Types
records: variable-length 5.1.7 File Types 6.1 Handling Files
RECORD-TO-ADD 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
RECORD-TO-ADD: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
RECORD-TO-DELETE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
RECORD-TO-DELETE: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
recovery of files through transaction management 5.1.2 The Transaction Logging Process
recovery, routine for file 5.1.10 Recovery 5.1.2 The Transaction Logging Process C$RECOVER Routine
RECURSION configuration file entry RECURSION
recursive PERFORM statements Changes Affecting Version 3.1
recursive PERFORM statements, compiler option to modify 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
recursive PERFORM statements: potential problem Changes Affecting Version 3.1
recursive PERFORMs compiler option 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
REDEFINES clause and XFDs REDEFINES clause
REDEFINES 5.7.1.3 REDEFINES clause
REDEFINES: VALUE clause 5.7.1.3 REDEFINES clause
redefining the keyboard 4.3.2 Redefining the Keyboard
redrawing current menus W$MENU Routine
reducing the size of the runtime 2.10 Reducing the Size of the Runtime
reference modification 5 Data Division - 5.2.3 Reference Modification - Highlights for First-Time Users 5 Data Division - 5.2.3 Reference Modification - Code Examples 5.2.3 Reference Modification Reference Modification
reference modification: code examples 5 Data Division - 5.2.3 Reference Modification - Code Examples
reference modification: highlights for first-time users 5 Data Division - 5.2.3 Reference Modification - Highlights for First-Time Users
reference modification: language skeleton Reference Modification
Reference Manual 1.2.3 Reference Manual
Reference Manual: summary of contents 1.2.3 Reference Manual
REFRESH-LINES keyword 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option
REG_CLOSE_KEY routine REG_CLOSE_KEY Routine
REG_CREATE_KEY routine REG_CREATE_KEY Routine
REG_CREATE_KEY_EX routine REG_CREATE_KEY_EX Routine
REG_DELETE_VALUE routine REG_DELETE_VALUE Routine
REG_DELETE-KEY routine REG_DELETE_KEY Routine
REG_ENUM_KEY routine REG_ENUM_KEY Routine
REG_ENUM_VALUE routine REG_ENUM_VALUE Routine
REG_OPEN_KEY routine REG_OPEN_KEY Routine
REG_OPEN_KEY_EX routine REG_OPEN_KEY_EX Routine
REG_QUERY_VALUE routine REG_QUERY_VALUE Routine
REG_QUERY_VALUE_EX routine REG_QUERY_VALUE_EX Routine
REG_SET_VALUE routine REG_SET_VALUE Routine
REG_SET_VALUE_EX routines REG_SET_VALUE_EX Routine
REGION-COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
REGION-COLOR: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
Registry routines REG_CLOSE_KEY Routine
re-initializing Terminal Manager DISPLAY src-item (ANSI format) ACCEPT Statement W$FORGET Routine
REL_DELETED_VALUE configuration file entry REL_DELETED_VALUE
Related Documents 1.3 Related Documents
relation conditions 6.3.8 Abbreviated Combined Relation Conditions
relation conditions: abbreviated combined 6.3.8 Abbreviated Combined Relation Conditions
relational conditions 6.3.1 Relation Conditions
relative file: creating an indexed file from 3.3.8 Loading a File
relative files 3.3.8 Loading a File 6.1.2 Relative Files 5.1.7 File Types
relative files: organization of 5.1.7 File Types
relative files: record length 6.1.2 Relative Files
relative files: treatment on different machines 6.1.2 Relative Files
RELEASE statement and rules RELEASE Statement
RELEASE-MOUSE operation RELEASE-MOUSE W$MOUSE Routine
relinking the runtime 2.10 Reducing the Size of the Runtime C.5 Creating a New Runtime System C.1 Overview of Interface Methods
relinking the runtime: C compiler required C.1 Overview of Interface Methods
relinking the runtime: procedure C.5 Creating a New Runtime System
REM, Intrinsic Function REM Function
remote file access with AcuServer 5.2 AcuServer
remote name notation 2.2 Using the Runtime System 2.7.1 File Name Assignments 5.2.2 Remote Name Notation C$COPY Routine CODE_PREFIX DEFAULT_PROGRAM FILE_PREFIX HOT_KEY* LOG_FILE SORT_DIR XFD_DIRECTORY
remote name notation: alternate configuration file 2.2 Using the Runtime System
remote name notation: CODE_PREFIX CODE_PREFIX
remote name notation: DEFAULT-PROGRAM DEFAULT_PROGRAM
remote name notation: defined 5.2.2 Remote Name Notation
remote name notation: error output file 2.2 Using the Runtime System
remote name notation: FILE_PREFIX FILE_PREFIX
remote name notation: hot keys HOT_KEY*
remote name notation: Log-File LOG_FILE
remote name notation: naming the object code file 2.2 Using the Runtime System
remote name notation: object file library 2.2 Using the Runtime System
remote name notation: specifying file aliases 2.7.1 File Name Assignments
remote name notation: with C$COPY C$COPY Routine
remote name notation: with SORT_DIR SORT_DIR
remote name notation: with XFD_DIRECTORY XFD_DIRECTORY
Remove All Breakpoints, debugger command The Toolbar
RENAME routine RENAME Routine
RENAMES clause 5.7.1.15 RENAMES clause
RENAMES clause: general format 5.7.1.15 RENAMES clause
renaming files RENAME Routine
RENEW_TIMEOUT configuration file entry RENEW_TIMEOUT
repeat find command The Source Menu
REPLACE statement 2.4.2 The REPLACE Statement 2 Program Structure - 2.4.2 The REPLACE Statement - Code Examples
REPLACE statement: code examples 2 Program Structure - 2.4.2 The REPLACE Statement - Code Examples
REPLACE statement: general rules 2.4.2 The REPLACE Statement
REPLACE statement: syntax rules 2.4.2 The REPLACE Statement
REPLACE statement: text replacement rules 2.4.2 The REPLACE Statement
REPLACE 2 Program Structure - 2.4.2 The REPLACE Statement - Highlights for First-Time Users
REPLACE: highlights for first-time users 2 Program Structure - 2.4.2 The REPLACE Statement - Highlights for First-Time Users
REPLACING INSPECT Statement
REPLACING: INSPECT with INSPECT Statement
required functions 4.6.1 Required Functions
required functions: terminal manager 4.6.1 Required Functions
REQUIRED phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
REQUIRED 6.6 Data Validation
RESERVE AREA 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
reserved word options 2.1.6 Reserved Word Options
reserved words 2.1.6.1 Mapping Options 2.1.6 Reserved Word Options D.1 Reserved Word List G.1.2 Reserved Words
reserved words: changing 2.1.6 Reserved Word Options
reserved words: compiler options for listing 2.1.6.1 Mapping Options
reserved words: compiler options for suppression of 2.1.6 Reserved Word Options
reserved words: complete list D.1 Reserved Word List
reserved words: list, where to find 2.1.6 Reserved Word Options
reserved words: suppression 2.1.6 Reserved Word Options
Reserved Words: IBM DOS/VS COBOL G.1.2 Reserved Words
RESET-GRID 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
RESET-GRID: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
RESET-LIST 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
RESET-LIST: COMBO-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Special Properties
RESET-LIST: LIST-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
RESET-LIST: TREE-VIEW special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
RESET-TABS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.13 Tab - Special Properties
RESET-TABS: TAB special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.13 Tab - Special Properties
resetting user counts 3.3.4 Resetting User Counts
RESIDENT, 3.2 PROGRAM-ID Paragraph
RESIZE_FRAMES configuration file entry RESIZE_FRAMES
RESIZE_FREELY configuration file entry RESIZE_FREELY
resource files 2.4.1 The COPY Statement 2.5.1 Resource Files 3.2.2 Creating Object Libraries 3.8.2 Loading Bitmaps General Rules General Rules for Resources C$RESOURCE Routine W$BITMAP Routine
resource files: adding to an object library with cblutil 3.2.2 Creating Object Libraries
resource files: as used by W$BITMAP General Rules for Resources 3.8.2 Loading Bitmaps W$BITMAP Routine
resource files: as used by WIN$PLAYSOUND General Rules for Resources
resource files: defined 2.5.1 Resource Files
resource files: deleting General Rules C$RESOURCE Routine
resource files: how to include in object files 2.4.1 The COPY Statement
resource files: loading with W$BITMAP 3.8.2 Loading Bitmaps
resource files: loading General Rules C$RESOURCE Routine
resource files: retrieving General Rules C$RESOURCE Routine
resource files: rules for General Rules for Resources
restricted attribute handling 4.5 Restricted Attribute Handling
restricted video modes 4.5.1 Restricted Video Modes
RESTRICTED_VIDEO_MODE configuration file entry 4.4.3 Additional Configuration Variables 4.5.1 Restricted Video Modes RESTRICTED_VIDEO_MODE
RESTRICTED-VIDEO-MODE 4.5.1 Restricted Video Modes
RESTRICTED-VIDEO-MODE: and special terminals 4.5.1 Restricted Video Modes
restrictions on compiler B.4 Restrictions
results 6.4.6 Unpredictable Results
results: unpredictable if sending and receiving item share storage area 6.4.6 Unpredictable Results
retrieving resource files General Rules C$RESOURCE Routine
retrieving 6.1.6.3 Bulk Addition Mode for Vision 6.10.3 ActiveX Events C$GETEVENTDATA Routine C$GETEVENTPARAM Routine C$KEYPROGRESS Routine LIB$GET_SYMBOL Routine M$GET (Dynamic Memory Routine) REG_ENUM_KEY Routine REG_ENUM_VALUE Routine REG_QUERY_VALUE Routine REG_QUERY_VALUE_EX Routine W$GETC Routine WIN$VERSION Routine WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS
retrieving: data from allocated memory M$GET (Dynamic Memory Routine)
retrieving: destination device information WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS
retrieving: event parameters with C$GETEVENTDATA 6.10.3 ActiveX Events C$GETEVENTDATA Routine
retrieving: event parameters with C$GETEVENTPARAM C$GETEVENTPARAM Routine
retrieving: key information with C$KEYPROGRESS 6.1.6.3 Bulk Addition Mode for Vision
retrieving: next keystrokes using W$GETC routine W$GETC Routine
retrieving: registry key values REG_ENUM_VALUE Routine REG_QUERY_VALUE_EX Routine
retrieving: registry keys REG_QUERY_VALUE Routine
retrieving: registry subkeys REG_ENUM_KEY Routine
retrieving: symbol values LIB$GET_SYMBOL Routine
retrieving: system information with C$KEYPROGRESS C$KEYPROGRESS Routine
retrieving: Windows version information WIN$VERSION Routine
RETURN statement and rules RETURN Statement
RETURN-CODE register CALL Statement
RETURN-CODE CALL Statement Changes Affecting Version 2.1 EXIT Statement GOBACK Statement STOP Statement
RETURN-CODE: CALL CALL Statement
RETURN-CODE: change in version 2.3 Changes Affecting Version 2.1
RETURN-CODE: EXIT EXIT Statement
RETURN-CODE: GOBACK GOBACK Statement
RETURN-CODE: STOP STOP Statement
RETURN-CODE: Version 2.1 restriction Changes Affecting Version 2.1
Returned values, Intrinsic Functions P.2 Function Definitions and Returned Values
returning Process ID C$LOCKPID Routine
RETURNING phrase CALL Statement
RETURN-UNSIGNED CALL Statement GOBACK Statement EXIT Statement
RETURN-UNSIGNED Changes Affecting Version 2.1
Reverse video,value 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
REVERSE DISPLAY LINE DISPLAY BOX
REVERSE, Intrinsic Function REVERSE Function
REVERSE: in line drawing DISPLAY LINE
REVERSE: with DISPLAY BOX DISPLAY BOX
REVERSED phrase DISPLAY WINDOW 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
REVERSED phrase: DISPLAY WINDOW DISPLAY WINDOW
REVERSED Sequential Input Files REVERSED Sequential Input Files
REVERSED Sequential Input Files: IBM DOS/VS COBOL REVERSED Sequential Input Files
REWRITE statement and rules REWRITE Statement
REWRITE 6.1.4 Record Locking
REWRITE: and record locking 6.1.4 Record Locking
Right 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Right: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
RIGHT: ENTRY-FIELD style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
RIGHT: LABEL style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
RIMMED 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
RIMMED: FRAME style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
RM/ COBOL 2.1.6 Reserved Word Options 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
RM/ COBOL: ECHO 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
RM/ COBOL: reserved words option 2.1.6 Reserved Word Options
RM/COBOL compatibility, compiler option 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
RM/COBOL version 2 (ANSI 74) J.1 Introduction
RM/COBOL version 2 (ANSI 74): file status codes J.1 Introduction
RM/COBOL 2.1.5 Source Options 2.1.7 Data Storage Options 2.1.8 Video Options 2.3 Compiler Compatibility Modes 2.7.3 File Status Codes 2.7.5 File Handling Options 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph 4.3.1.3 Keyboard configuration 4.3.2.1 The KEYBOARD variable 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable 5.1.7 File Types 5.4.4 BLOCK CONTAINS Clause 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause 6.1.4 Record Locking 6.1.7 Converting RM/COBOL Data Files 6.3 Memory Management 6.4.9 Common Screen Options C.1 Overview of Interface Methods D.1 Reserved Word List DISPLAY src-item E.1 Compile-Time Options E.2 Runtime Options E.3 Memory Management PAGE_EJECT_ON_CLOSE READ Statement
RM/COBOL: and file status codes 2.7.3 File Status Codes
RM/COBOL: AUTO phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
RM/COBOL: C subroutines C.1 Overview of Interface Methods
RM/COBOL: COLUMN phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
RM/COBOL: compatibility mode 2.3 Compiler Compatibility Modes
RM/COBOL: compatibility mode: data items 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
RM/COBOL: compatibility mode: device names in ASSIGN clause 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
RM/COBOL: compatibility mode: locked records 6.1.4 Record Locking
RM/COBOL: compatibility, data items 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
RM/COBOL: compile-time options E.1 Compile-Time Options
RM/COBOL: configuration option and ACCEPT fields 4.3.2.1 The KEYBOARD variable
RM/COBOL: conversion guide E.1 Compile-Time Options
RM/COBOL: conversion of RM/COBOL-85 data files 6.1.7 Converting RM/COBOL Data Files
RM/COBOL: conversion of version 2 data files 6.1.7 Converting RM/COBOL Data Files
RM/COBOL: CONVERT phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
RM/COBOL: data storage options 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
RM/COBOL: ERASE DISPLAY src-item
RM/COBOL: LINE NUMBER 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
RM/COBOL: memory management E.3 Memory Management
RM/COBOL: min-blocks 5.4.4 BLOCK CONTAINS Clause
RM/COBOL: NO ADVANCING 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
RM/COBOL: Page-Eject-On-Close PAGE_EJECT_ON_CLOSE
RM/COBOL: record type 5.1.7 File Types
RM/COBOL: reserved words D.1 Reserved Word List
RM/COBOL: RM/COBOL-85: Auto-Insert 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
RM/COBOL: RM/COBOL-85: keyboard layout 4.3.1.3 Keyboard configuration
RM/COBOL: runtime options E.2 Runtime Options
RM/COBOL: tab stops, compiler option 2.1.5 Source Options
RM/COBOL: TAB phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
RM/COBOL: treatment of spooled print files 6.3 Memory Management
RM/COBOL: USE AFTER EXCEPTION READ Statement
RM/COBOL: version 2 (ANSI 74): CONVERT 2.1.8 Video Options
RM/COBOL: version 2: file handling 2.7.5 File Handling Options
RM/COBOL-85 (ANSI 85) J.1 Introduction E.1 Compile-Time Options
RM/COBOL-85 (ANSI 85): file status codes J.1 Introduction
RM/COBOL-85 indexed files 3.3.10 Converting RM/COBOL-85 Indexed Files
RM/COBOL-85 indexed files: converting with vutil 3.3.10 Converting RM/COBOL-85 Indexed Files
RM/COBOL-85 Carriage control
RM-2-DEFAULT-HANDLING keyword 4.3.2.1 The KEYBOARD variable
RMS_NATIVE_KEYS configuration file entry RMS_NATIVE_KEYS
ROLLBACK in FILE-CONTROL COMMIT Statement
ROLLBACK in FILE-CONTROL: effect on COMMIT COMMIT Statement
ROLLBACK statement and rules ROLLBACK Statement
rollback 5.1.2 The Transaction Logging Process 5.1.3 Transaction Management Verbs ROLLBACK Statement
rollback: automatic ROLLBACK Statement
ROLLBACK: implicit 5.1.3 Transaction Management Verbs
ROUNDED phrase 6.4.3 ROUNDED Option
routine to handle the Windows print spooler Routine to Handle the Windows Print Spooler
routines, library I.1 Library Routines
ROW-COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
ROW-COLOR: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
ROW-COLOR-PATTERN 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
ROW-COLOR-PATTERN: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
ROW-DIVIDERS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
ROW-DIVIDERS: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
ROW-FONT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
ROW-FONT: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
ROW-HEADINGS 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
ROW-HEADINGS: GRID style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
rules General Rules
rules: ACTIVE-X controls General Rules
run all threads Other commands The Run Menu Multithreading Issues
run script command Other commands The File Menu
run to procedure command The Selection Menu
run unit CALL Statement CHAIN Statement OPEN Statement 6.5 Procedure Division Format
run unit: affected by CALL PROGRAM CALL Statement
run unit: affected by CHAIN CHAIN Statement
run unit: and open files OPEN Statement
Run menu, debugger The Run Menu
runcbl 3.1 Runtime Debugger 3.1.1 Entering the Debugger
RUNCBL, introduction to 2.2 Using the Runtime System
runcbl: -d option 3.1.1 Entering the Debugger
runcbl: running the debugger 3.1 Runtime Debugger
running a program with a hot key 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
running programs simultaneously C$RUN Routine
running programs C$SYSTEM Routine
running programs: from a COBOL application C$SYSTEM Routine
runtime configuration variables 2.7 Runtime Configuration
runtime messages TEXT*
runtime messages: controlling text of TEXT*
runtime options 2.2 Using the Runtime System 2.2 Using the Runtime System
runtime options: alternate runtime configuration file 2.2 Using the Runtime System
runtime options: automatic looping 2.2 Using the Runtime System
runtime options: basic version information 2.2 Using the Runtime System
runtime options: debugging mode 2.2 Using the Runtime System
runtime options: debugging with commands from a file 2.2 Using the Runtime System
runtime options: debugging 2.2 Using the Runtime System
runtime options: display output file 2.2 Using the Runtime System
runtime options: error output file 2.2 Using the Runtime System
runtime options: extended version information 2.2 Using the Runtime System
runtime options: file error 2.2 Using the Runtime System
runtime options: generating memory location output 2.2 Using the Runtime System
runtime options: ignore hang-up signals 2.2 Using the Runtime System
runtime options: information 2.2 Using the Runtime System
runtime options: inhibiting terminal initialization 2.2 Using the Runtime System
runtime options: input from file 2.2 Using the Runtime System
runtime options: keystroke file playback 2.2 Using the Runtime System
runtime options: memory access violation 2.2 Using the Runtime System
runtime options: object file library 2.2 Using the Runtime System
runtime options: redirecting display output to a file 2.2 Using the Runtime System
runtime options: SPECIAL NAMES switches 2.2 Using the Runtime System
runtime options: suppression of warning messages 2.2 Using the Runtime System
runtime options: terminal output file 2.2 Using the Runtime System
runtime options: warning messages 2.2 Using the Runtime System
Runtime DLL Calling the Runtime DLL
runtime 2.1 Using the Compiler 2.10 Reducing the Size of the Runtime 2.2 Using the Runtime System 2.7 Runtime Configuration 3.1 Runtime Debugger 4.1.1 Terminal Manager Functions 4.2.3 Step Three-Configuration Variables A.1 License Files, Sample Programs, ".def" and ".dll" Files Building a new runtime TEXT* V_FORCE_OPEN
runtime, designating default host to DEFAULT_HOST
runtime, destroying menus CHAIN_MENUS
runtime, displaying screen output DOS_OUTPUT_METHOD
runtime, modifying CALL, CHAIN, and CANCEL names CODE_MAPPING
runtime, multiple-user licenses on DOS networks A_WAIT_FOR_LICENSE
runtime, multiple-user licenses on UNIX networks A_RETRY_DELAY ALICENSE_RETRIES
runtime, setting escape key FAST_ESCAPE
runtime, setting time out DEFAULT_TIMEOUT
runtime: configuration file 4.1.1 Terminal Manager Functions
runtime: configuration variables 2.7 Runtime Configuration 4.2.3 Step Three-Configuration Variables
runtime: creating a new under 32-bit Windows Building a new runtime
runtime: debugger 3.1 Runtime Debugger
runtime: installation A.1 License Files, Sample Programs, ".def" and ".dll" Files
runtime: introduction 2.2 Using the Runtime System
runtime: messages, controlling text of TEXT*
runtime: opening broken files V_FORCE_OPEN
runtime: options 2.2 Using the Runtime System
runtime: parameters 2.2 Using the Runtime System
runtime: relinking 2.10 Reducing the Size of the Runtime
runtime: relinking: Windows NT Building a new runtime
runtime: relinking: Windows Building a new runtime
runtime: removing optional components 2.10 Reducing the Size of the Runtime
runtime: serial number 2.2 Using the Runtime System
runtime: size 2.10 Reducing the Size of the Runtime
runtime: system 2.1 Using the Compiler
RUNTIME-VERSION ACCEPT Statement
Ryan McFarland COBOL 2.3 Compatibility Modes S
safe mode exit 6.7 Exiting From ACUCOBOL-GT Programs
SAME AREA 4.3.2 I-O-Control Paragraph
SAME phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
SAME RECORD AREA 4.3.2 I-O-Control Paragraph
SAME SORT AREA 4.3.2 I-O-Control Paragraph
sample programs for user interfaces 1.8 Sample Programs
sample programs Sample programs A.1 License Files, Sample Programs, ".def" and ".dll" Files
sample, ActiveX 6.10.15 ActiveX Color Representation
Save As dialog box C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
Save As dialog box: error handling C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
Save As dialog box: memory management C$OPENSAVEBOX Routine
saving the current menu 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
saving C$KEYMAP Routine
saving: keyboard configuration C$KEYMAP Routine
scaling bitmaps WINPRINT-PRINT-BITMAP
scope of statements 6.1.1.1 Scope of statements
screen controls, distinguishing enabled controls on character-based hosts DISABLED_CONTROL_COLOR
screen description entry 5.9 Screen Description Entry 5.9.2 VALUE Clause
screen description entry: general format 5.9 Screen Description Entry
screen description 5.9.3 OCCURS Clause 5.9 Screen Description Entry 5.9.1 PICTURE, FROM, TO, and USING Clauses
screen description: and OCCURS 5.9.3 OCCURS Clause
screen description: general rules 5.9 Screen Description Entry
screen description: syntax rules 5.9 Screen Description Entry
screen functions 4.6.2 Additional Screen Functions
screen functions: additional 4.6.2 Additional Screen Functions
screen image ACCEPT Statement
screen import utility 2.2 Using the Runtime System 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options 2.1.6.1 Mapping Options
screen import utility: case of text 2.1.6.1 Mapping Options
screen import utility: compiler option 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
screen options 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
screen options: common 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
screen output, determining display DOS_OUTPUT_METHOD
screen scrolling 4.4.3 Additional Configuration Variables 4.4.3 Additional Configuration Variables
screen tracing 3.1.5 Screen Tracing
Screen Description Entry: VALUE 5.9.2 VALUE Clause
Screen Description: and FROM 5.9.1 PICTURE, FROM, TO, and USING Clauses
Screen Description: and PICTURE 5.9.1 PICTURE, FROM, TO, and USING Clauses
Screen Description: and TO 5.9.1 PICTURE, FROM, TO, and USING Clauses
Screen Section entries 5.8 Screen Section
Screen Section entries, OUTPUT phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
Screen Section entries: defined 5.8 Screen Section
Screen Section 2.1.6 Reserved Word Options 4.3 Graphical vs. Textual Modes 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option 5.8 Screen Section 5.9 Screen Description Entry 5.9.2 VALUE Clause 5.9.3 OCCURS Clause 5.9.4 LINE Clause 5.9.5 COLUMN Clause 5.9.6 PROCEDURE Clause 6.4.9 Common Screen Options 6.5 Screen Section 6.5.1 Advantages 6.5.2 Structure 6.5.3 Syntax 6.5.4 Comparison to Field-Level 6.5.5 Using Screen Section Embedded Procedures 7.4 Automatic Mouse Handling 7.5 Screen Section Behavior Form-level DISPLAY and ACCEPT (Screen Section) SET Statement
Screen Section: advantages Form-level DISPLAY and ACCEPT (Screen Section) 6.5.1 Advantages
Screen Section: AFTER procedure 5.9.6 PROCEDURE Clause
Screen Section: and ACCEPT/DISPLAY statements 6.5.3 Syntax
Screen Section: and CONVERT-OUTPUT 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option
Screen Section: and mouse behavior 7.5 Screen Section Behavior
Screen Section: and VALUE 5.9.2 VALUE Clause
Screen Section: CHARACTER label 4.3 Graphical vs. Textual Modes
Screen Section: CHARACTER label 5.9 Screen Description Entry
Screen Section: COLUMN clause 5.9.5 COLUMN Clause
Screen Section: comparison to field-level 6.5.4 Comparison to Field-Level
Screen Section: controls, field number 5.9 Screen Description Entry
Screen Section: embedded procedures example 6.5.5 Using Screen Section Embedded Procedures
Screen Section: event procedures 5.9.6 PROCEDURE Clause
Screen Section: example code 6.5.3 Syntax
Screen Section: EXCEPTION procedure 5.9.6 PROCEDURE Clause
Screen Section: fetching a handle to a screen SET Statement
Screen Section: general format 5.8 Screen Section
Screen Section: GRAPHICAL label 4.3 Graphical vs. Textual Modes
Screen Section: introduction to 6.5 Screen Section
Screen Section: LINE clause 5.9.4 LINE Clause
Screen Section: mouse handling in the 7.4 Automatic Mouse Handling
Screen Section: movement keys 5.9.6 PROCEDURE Clause
Screen Section: OCCURS and COLOR examples 5.9.3 OCCURS Clause
Screen Section: OCCURS-general rules 5.9.3 OCCURS Clause
Screen Section: overview 5.8 Screen Section
Screen Section: procedures 5.9.6 PROCEDURE Clause
Screen Section: reserved words suppression option 2.1.6 Reserved Word Options
Screen Section: structure of 6.5.2 Structure
Screen Section: syntax 6.5.3 Syntax
Screen Section: three types of screen description entries 6.5.3 Syntax
SCREEN configuration file entry 2.7 Runtime Configuration DISPLAY INITIAL WINDOW DISPLAY WINDOW SCREEN*
SCREEN CONTROL entry 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
SCREEN Option 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option
screen The screen
SCREEN 4.4.2.1 SCREEN examples
SCREEN: configuration examples 4.4.2.1 SCREEN examples
SCREEN-DEFAULT keyword 4.3.2.1 The KEYBOARD variable
SCRIPT_STATUS configuration file entry ACCEPT Statement SCRIPT_STATUS
scripts The File Menu
scripts: recording in the debugger The File Menu
scripts: running in the debugger The File Menu
scroll and wrap states of the current window DISPLAY WINDOW
scroll bar, debugger 3.1 Runtime Debugger
SCROLL configuration file entry 4.4.3 Additional Configuration Variables Changes Affecting Version 1.3 DISPLAY WINDOW SCROLL
SCROLL phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
SCROLL-BAR control 5 Control Types Reference - 5.12 Scroll Bar - Common Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.12 Scroll Bar - Events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.12 Scroll Bar - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE 5.12 Scroll Bar
SCROLL-BAR control: common properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.12 Scroll Bar - Common Properties
SCROLL-BAR control: common properties: COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
SCROLL-BAR control: common properties: SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
SCROLL-BAR control: common properties: TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
SCROLL-BAR control: common properties: VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
SCROLL-BAR control: events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.12 Scroll Bar - Events
SCROLL-BAR control: special properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.12 Scroll Bar - Special Properties
SCROLL-BAR control: special properties: MAX-VAL 5 Control Types Reference - 5.12 Scroll Bar - Special Properties
SCROLL-BAR control: special properties: MIN-VAL 5 Control Types Reference - 5.12 Scroll Bar - Special Properties
SCROLL-BAR control: special properties: PAGE-SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.12 Scroll Bar - Special Properties
SCROLL-BAR control: styles 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
SCROLL-BAR control: styles: HORIZONTAL 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
SCROLL-BAR control: styles: TRACK-THUMB 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
scrolling 6.2.2 Terminal Manager Restrictions 6.4.9 Common Screen Options DISPLAY WINDOW SCROLL
scrolling: Terminal Manager 6.2.2 Terminal Manager Restrictions
SD or FD, and record type 5.1.7 File Types
SDK under 32-bit Windows M.2.6 Using the SDK
SDK 1.2.4 GUI Development With Third Party Kits and Tools
SDK: MS Software Development Kit 1.2.4 GUI Development With Third Party Kits and Tools
search box 3.9.3 Other List Box Operations
search box: component of a paged list box 3.9.3 Other List Box Operations
search command The Help Menu
search path for COPY libraries 2.5 COPY Libraries
search paths 2.7.2 Code and Data File Search Paths
search paths: for code and data files 2.7.2 Code and Data File Search Paths
SEARCH statement and rules SEARCH Statement
SEARCH statement 6 Procedure Division - SEARCH Statement - Code Examples
SEARCH statement: code examples 6 Procedure Division - SEARCH Statement - Code Examples
SEARCH 6 Procedure Division - SEARCH Statement - Highlights for First-Time Users
Search, debugger, Windows Help menu The Help Menu
SEARCH: highlights for first-time users 6 Procedure Division - SEARCH Statement - Highlights for First-Time Users
searches in the debugger The Source Menu
SEARCH-OPTIONS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
SEARCH-OPTIONS: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
SEARCH-TEXT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
SEARCH-TEXT: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
SEARCH-TEXT: LIST-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
secondary error codes for error 98s J.3 Vision Secondary Error Codes for Error 98s
SECONDARY-TABLE directive 5.3.3.8 Secondary-Table Directive
section header 2.5.1.2 Section header
section 6.5 Procedure Division Format
SECURE phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
SECURE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
SECURE: ENTRY-FIELD style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
security via license files License management
Security with alfred 3.5.2 Security
security 6.4.9 Common Screen Options A.1 License Files, Sample Programs, ".def" and ".dll" Files
security: data entry without screen display 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
segmentation 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options 4.2.2 Object-Computer Paragraph 6.5 Procedure Division Format
segmentation: in source, compiler option 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
SEGMENT-LIMIT 4.2.2 Object-Computer Paragraph 6.5 Procedure Division Format
select a printer WINPRINT-SETUP
select a printer: from Windows Setup Printer dialog box WINPRINT-SETUP
SELECT verb 5.3 XFD Files
SELECT statement Naming the XFD
SELECT 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
selecting fonts 4.7 Fonts W$FONT Routine
Selection item in debugger menu 3.1.2 Cursor and Mouse Handling in Source-Level Debugging
Selection menu in debugger The Selection Menu
SELECTION-INDEX 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
SELECTION-INDEX: LIST-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
SELECTION-TEXT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties
SELECTION-TEXT: ENTRY-FIELD special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties
SELF-ACT 4.2 Events 11.1.2 Regarding Controls
SELF-ACT: CHECK-BOX style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
SELF-ACT: PUSH-BUTTON style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
SELF-ACT: RADIO-BUTTON style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES 11.1.2 Regarding Controls
SEND statement and rules SEND Statement
sentences 2.5.1.6 Sentences
SEPARATION 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
SEPARATION: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
SEPARATION: LIST-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
separators in menus 8.4.1 Properties of Menu Entries
separators 2.1.4 Separators
separators: rules 2.1.4 Separators
Separators: Menus 8.5.1 Using genmenu
sequence number 2.2.1 ANSI Format
sequential files 6.1.1 Sequential Files 5.1.7 File Types
sequential files: automatic blank stripping 6.1.1 Sequential Files
sequential files: organization of 5.1.7 File Types
server status, checking C$ASYNCPOLL
server_MAP_FILE configuration file entry 5.4.1 Files Required for Translation server_MAP_FILE
SERVER_NUMBER configuration file entry SERVER_NUMBER
set command The Breakpoints Menu 1.5 Environment Variables
set procedure breakpoint command The Selection Menu
Set options, debugger The Data Menu
SET ADDRESS OF Linkage data item SET Statement
SET ENVIRONMENT 4.4.1 Adding Color SET Statement H.1 Introduction
SET ENVIRONMENT: and color map 4.4.1 Adding Color
SET statement and rules SET Statement
SET 6.8.4 Thread Priorities
SET: to set the priority value of a thread 6.8.4 Thread Priorities
SET-DELAYED-MOUSE-SHAPE operation SET-DELAYED-MOUSE-SHAPE W$MOUSE Routine
SET-MOUSE-HELP operation SET-MOUSE-HELP W$MOUSE Routine
SET-MOUSE-POSITION operation SET-MOUSE-POSITION W$MOUSE Routine
SET-MOUSE-SCREEN-POSITION operation SET-MOUSE-SCREEN-POSITION W$MOUSE Routine
SET-MOUSE-SHAPE operation SET-MOUSE-SHAPE W$MOUSE Routine
setting event parameters in ActiveX 6.10.3 ActiveX Events C$SETEVENTDATA Routine C$SETEVENTPARAM Routine
setting registry key values REG_SET_VALUE_EX Routine
setting symbol values LIB$SET_SYMBOL Routine
setting W$PALETTE Routine
setting: colors W$PALETTE Routine
settings, ActiveX color 9.9 ActiveX Color Settings
SHADING 5 Control Types Reference - 5.11 Bar - Special Properties
SHADING: BAR special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.11 Bar - Special Properties
SHADOW phrase DISPLAY WINDOW
shadowed windows DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
SHADOW-STYLE keyword 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option
shape of mouse pointer 7.5 Screen Section Behavior SET-MOUSE-SHAPE
shape of mouse pointer MOUSE*
shared memory 2.11 acushare Utility Program 2.11.1 Using Shared Memory
SHARED_CODE configuration file entry 2.11.2.1 Runtime handling of errors SHARED_CODE*
sharing 2.11.1.1 Indicating programs to share
sharing: indicating programs to share 2.11.1.1 Indicating programs to share
shell command The File Menu Other commands
Shortcut key 8.5.1 Using genmenu
Shortcut key: Menus 8.5.1 Using genmenu
SHOW-LINES 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
SHOW-LINES: TREE-VIEW style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
SHOW-SEL-ALWAYS 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
SHOW-SEL-ALWAYS: TREE-VIEW style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
SHUTDOWN_MESSAGE_BOX configuration file entry SHUTDOWN_MESSAGE_BOX
sign condition 6.3.3 Sign Condition
SIGN clause 2.1.7 Data Storage Options 5.7.1.9 SIGN clause
SIGN clause: data storage compiler option 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
SIGN clause: general format 5.7.1.9 SIGN clause
SIGN clause: general rules 5.7.1.9 SIGN clause
SIGNED-INT 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
SIGNED-LONG 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
SIGNED-SHORT 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
sign-storage convention 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
sign-storage convention: COMP-2 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
sign-storage convention: COMP-3 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
sign-storage convention: USAGE DISPLAY 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
simple conditions, language skeleton Simple Conditions
simulating input W$KEYBUF Routine
SIN, Intrinsic Function SIN Function
single and double precision 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
size checking rules, modification 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
size differences between graphical and text-mode systems 1.6.1 Incompatibilities Between Graphical and Character Systems
size error 6.4.4 SIZE ERROR Option
size error: effects on data values 6.4.4 SIZE ERROR Option
SIZE ERROR clause 6.4.4 SIZE ERROR Option
SIZE keyword 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option
SIZE phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
SIZE phrase: with text entry field 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
SIZE phrase: with windows and controls 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
SIZE LINES/SIZE DISPLAY WINDOW DISPLAY BOX
size, passed parameters C$PARAMSIZE Routine
SIZE: ACTIVE-X common property LINES/SIZE
SIZE: BAR common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
SIZE: BITMAP common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
SIZE: CHECK-BOX common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
SIZE: COMBO-BOX common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
SIZE: DISPLAY BOX DISPLAY BOX
SIZE: DISPLAY WINDOW DISPLAY WINDOW
SIZE: ENTRY-FIELD common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
SIZE: FRAME common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
SIZE: GRID common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
SIZE: LABEL common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
SIZE: LIST-BOX common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
SIZE: PUSH-BUTTON common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
SIZE: RADIO-BUTTON common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
SIZE: SCROLL-BAR common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
SIZE: STATUS-BAR common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
SIZE: TAB common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
SIZE: TREE-VIEW common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
SIZE: WEB-BROWSER common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
skip to cursor line command Source-level commands The Run Menu
Skip count, debugger Set command The Breakpoints Menu
SMALL-FONT ACCEPT Statement
Software Development Kit for Windows M.2.6 Using the SDK
sort file description entry 5.4.2 Sort File Description Entry
sort files 5.1.7 File Types
sort files: verbs used with 5.1.7 File Types
sort key SORT Statement 6 Procedure Division - SORT Statement - Highlights for First-Time Users
sort key: KEY AREA option SORT Statement 6 Procedure Division - SORT Statement - Highlights for First-Time Users
SORT statement and rules SORT Statement
SORT Statement Registers SORT Statement Registers
SORT Statement Registers: IBM DOS/VS COBOL SORT Statement Registers
SORT Sort files SORT Statement 6 Procedure Division - SORT Statement - Code Examples
SORT: code examples 6 Procedure Division - SORT Statement - Code Examples
SORT: COLLATING SEQUENCE SORT Statement
SORT: DUPLICATES phrase SORT Statement
SORT: GIVING phrase SORT Statement
SORT: INPUT PROCEDURE phrase SORT Statement
SORT: USING phrase SORT Statement
SORT_DIR configuration file entry Sort files 2.8.1 File Names Starting With a Hyphen SORT_DIR
SORT_FILES configuration file entry SORT_FILES
SORT_MEMORY configuration file entry SORT_MEMORY
SORT_RESERVE configuration file entry SORT_RESERVE
SORT-ORDER 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
SORT-ORDER: LIST-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
sound WIN$PLAYSOUND Routine
sound: playing .WAV files and Windows system sounds WIN$PLAYSOUND Routine
source file 2.1.5 Source Options 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
source file: compiler options 2.1.5 Source Options
source file: extension, compiler option 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
source format 2.2 Source Format
source management statements 2.4 Source Management Statements
source 2.4 Source Formats 2.1.5 Source Options
source: format: as ANSI 2.1.5 Source Options
source: formats 2.4 Source Formats
source: options, compiler 2.1.5 Source Options
source-code 2.4 Source Formats 3.1 Runtime Debugger 5.3 XFD Files 2.6 Source Code Control
source-code: control and XFDs 5.3 XFD Files
source-code: control of 2.6 Source Code Control
source-code: debugging 3.1 Runtime Debugger
source-code: excluding or including lines at compile time 2.6 Source Code Control
source-code: format of 2.4 Source Formats
SOURCE-COMPUTER paragraph 4.2.1 Source-Computer Paragraph
spaces 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options FILENAME_SPACES STRIP_TRAILING_SPACES
spaces: embedded in file names FILENAME_SPACES
spaces: Strip_Trailing_Spaces STRIP_TRAILING_SPACES
spaces: treating as zero 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
SPACES_ZERO configuration file entry Changes Affecting Version 1.5 SPACES_ZERO
special characters ACCEPT Statement O.1 ACUCOBOL-GT Language Skeleton
special characters: conversion example ACCEPT Statement
special characters: in manual O.1 ACUCOBOL-GT Language Skeleton
special characters: table of values ACCEPT Statement
special characters: use in language skeleton O.1 ACUCOBOL-GT Language Skeleton
special properties of controls 5.1 The Components of a Control
special properties table 5.1.4 Special Properties Table
special properties 4.4 Styles and Special Properties 5.1 The Components of a Control
special properties: ACTIVE-X controls 5 Control Types Reference - 5.19 ACTIVE-X - Special Properties
special properties: context sensitive treatment 4.4 Styles and Special Properties
special properties: STATUS-BAR control 5 Control Types Reference - 5.18 Status Bar - Special Properties
special properties: TREE-VIEW control 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
SPECIAL-NAMES switches 2.2 Using the Runtime System
SPECIAL-NAMES 5.7.1.5 IS SPECIAL-NAMES clause 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph Special Names Entry SPECIAL-NAMES
SPECIAL-NAMES: general format 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
SPECIAL-NAMES: general rules 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
SPECIAL-NAMES: IBM DOS/VS COBOL SPECIAL-NAMES
SPECIAL-NAMES: in Data Division 5.7.1.5 IS SPECIAL-NAMES clause
SPECIAL-NAMES: language skeleton Special Names Entry
SPECIAL-NAMES: syntax rules 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
specifications B.1 COBOL Modules
specifications: for ACUCOBOL-GT B.1 COBOL Modules
specifying a printer WINPRINT-SET-PRINTER
specifying addresses 3.1.7 Specifying Addresses
SPINNER 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
SPINNER: ENTRY-FIELD style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
split keys Selecting the Vision Version 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
SPOOL_FILE configuration file entry SPOOL_FILE
spooler, print WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS-SIZE Routine to Handle the Windows Print Spooler
spooler, print: buffer size available WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS-SIZE
spooler, print: handling Routine to Handle the Windows Print Spooler
SQRT, Intrinsic Function SQRT Function
SQUARE: CHECK-BOX style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
SQUARE: PUSH-BUTTON style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
SQUARE: RADIO-BUTTON style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
standard alignment rules 5.1.4 Standard Alignment Rules
standard font measures Setting the entry field's width FONT_SIZE_ADJUST
standard font measures: adjusting with FONT-SIZE-ADJUST FONT_SIZE_ADJUST
standard font measures: defined Setting the entry field's width
STANDARD OBJECT option for ACCEPT ACCEPT Statement
STANDARD OBJECT 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
STANDARD OBJECT: pre-assign a font handle 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
STANDARD phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
standard 1.2 Acknowledgment
standard: ANSI, 1.2 Acknowledgment
STANDARD-DEVIATION, Intrinsic Function STANDARD-DEVIATION Function
START LESS THAN, SYSTEM-INFO ACCEPT Statement
START statement START Statement
START statement: and READ NEXT START Statement
START statement: general rules START Statement
START statement: indexed files START Statement
START statement: relative files START Statement
START statement: syntax rules START Statement
START TRANSACTION implied START Statement
START TRANSACTION START Statement
START START Statement
START: NOT INVALID KEY START Statement
START: warning about reverse file processing START Statement
starting alfred 3.5.4 Starting alfred
starting and using acushare 2.11.2 Starting and Using acushare
START-X 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
START-X: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
START-Y 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
START-Y: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
statement rules 6.4 Common Statement Rules
statement rules: common 6.4 Common Statement Rules
statements 6.1.1 Statements and Sentences 2.5.1.5 Statements 6.1.1.1 Scope of statements
statements: compiler-directing 6.1.1 Statements and Sentences
statements: conditional 6.1.1 Statements and Sentences
statements: four types of 6.1.1 Statements and Sentences
statements: four types 2.5.1.5 Statements
statements: imperative 6.1.1 Statements and Sentences
statements: scope of 6.1.1.1 Scope of statements
statements: termination of 6.1.1.1 Scope of statements
statementS: delimited-scope 6.1.1 Statements and Sentences
STATIC-LIST 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
STATIC-LIST: COMBO-BOX style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
station-id ACCEPT Statement
status 96 11.1.2 Regarding Controls
STATUS clause 6.3.5 Switch-Status Condition
STATUS clause: switch-status name 6.3.5 Switch-Status Condition
status, checking server C$ASYNCPOLL
status, routine for file C$RERRNAME Routine C$RERR Routine
STATUS-BAR control 5 Control Types Reference - 5.18 Status Bar - Common Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.18 Status Bar - Events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.18 Status Bar - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE 5.18 Status Bar Array and index modes
STATUS-BAR control: common properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.18 Status Bar - Common Properties
STATUS-BAR control: common properties: COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
STATUS-BAR control: common properties: SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
STATUS-BAR control: common properties: TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
STATUS-BAR control: common properties: VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
STATUS-BAR control: events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.18 Status Bar - Events
STATUS-BAR control: modes Array and index modes
STATUS-BAR control: modes: array Array and index modes
STATUS-BAR control: modes: index Array and index modes
STATUS-BAR control: special properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.18 Status Bar - Special Properties
STATUS-BAR control: special properties: PANEL-INDEX 5 Control Types Reference - 5.18 Status Bar - Special Properties
STATUS-BAR control: special properties: PANEL-STYLE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.18 Status Bar - Special Properties
STATUS-BAR control: special properties: PANEL-TEXT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.18 Status Bar - Special Properties
STATUS-BAR control: special properties: PANEL-WIDTHS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.18 Status Bar - Special Properties
STATUS-BAR control: styles 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
STATUS-BAR control: styles: GRIP 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
step The Toolbar Multithreading Issues
Step, debugger commands The Run Menu The Toolbar
Step, debugger commands: Step Into The Toolbar
Step, debugger commands: Step Out The Toolbar
Step, debugger commands: Step Over The Toolbar
Stop Recorder, debugger command The File Menu
STOP RUN STOP Statement
STOP statement and rules STOP Statement
STOP THREAD LAST THREAD STOP Statement
STOP_RUN_ROLLBACK configuration file entry 5.1.3 Transaction Management Verbs COMMIT Statement ROLLBACK Statement STOP_RUN_ROLLBACK
storing data in allocated memory M$PUT (Dynamic Memory Routine)
STRING statement 6 Procedure Division - STRING Statement - Highlights for First-Time Users STRING Statement
STRING statement: general rules STRING Statement
STRING statement: highlights for first-time users 6 Procedure Division - STRING Statement - Highlights for First-Time Users
STRING statement: POINTER phrase STRING Statement
STRING statement: syntax rules STRING Statement
STRING statement: with DELIMITED STRING Statement
STRING STRING Statement
STRING: NOT ON OVERFLOW phrase STRING Statement
STRIP_TRAILING_SPACES configuration file entry STRIP_TRAILING_SPACES
ststus-name, table of values 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
style properties table 5.1.3 Styles Table
STYLE phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
style-name phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
styles 11.1.2 Regarding Controls 4.4 Styles and Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES 5.1 The Components of a Control 5.2 Global Styles
styles, ActiveX 6.10.2 Properties, Styles and Methods
styles: ACTIVE-X controls 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
styles: context sensitive treatment 4.4 Styles and Special Properties
styles: global 5.2 Global Styles
styles: numbers, defined in controls.def 5.1 The Components of a Control
styles: STATUS-BAR control 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
styles: TREE-VIEW control 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
styles: undefined data item error 11.1.2 Regarding Controls
SUB Interface for C routines C.3.1.1 Placing the "sub" routine in a DLL C.3.1 The "SUB" Interface
SUB Interface for C routines: placing SUB in a DLL C.3.1.1 Placing the "sub" routine in a DLL
SUB85 interface for C routines C.3.2 The "SUB85" Interface
submenus 8.2.3 Submenus 8.4 Overview of Menu Handling
subprograms 6.3 Memory Management 2.9 Calling Subprograms 3.2.1 Object Libraries CALL
subprograms: calling 2.9 Calling Subprograms
subprograms: caution about RM/COBOL and Zi option 6.3 Memory Management
subscripting 5.2.2 Subscripting
subscripting: general format and syntax rules 5.2.2 Subscripting
SUBTRACT statement and rules SUBTRACT Statement
SUBTRACT 6.4.1 Arithmetic Operations 6.4.5 CORRESPONDING Option
SUBTRACT: CORRESPONDING option 6.4.5 CORRESPONDING Option
subtraction 6.2 Arithmetic Expressions
subwindow 2.1 Overview 3.3 Interaction Between Controls and Windows DISPLAY control-type-name DISPLAY WINDOW Subwindows
subwindow: characteristics specified at runtime DISPLAY WINDOW
subwindow: compatibility with controls 3.3 Interaction Between Controls and Windows
subwindow: defined Subwindows
subwindow: mixed with controls DISPLAY control-type-name
subwindow: video intensity DISPLAY WINDOW
SUM, Intrinsic Function SUM Function
Summary, Intrinsic Functions P.2.1 Function Definitions
support for printing under Windows WIN$PRINTER Routine
support Working With Your Acucorp Technical Support Representative
support, technical 1.7 How to Get Help
support: what we need if you call us Working With Your Acucorp Technical Support Representative
supported hardware 1.4 Supported Hardware
suppressing reserved words, compiler option 2.1.6 Reserved Word Options
suspended thread 6.8.5 Threading Rules That Affect Windows and ACCEPT Statements
SWITCH_PERIOD configuration file entry SWITCH_PERIOD
switches 2.2 Using the Runtime System 6.3.5 Switch-Status Condition 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph SET Statement
switches: example code 6.3.5 Switch-Status Condition
switches: external program 6.3.5 Switch-Status Condition
switches: in SPECIAL-NAMES 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
switches: SET statement SET Statement
switches: SPECIAL-NAMES 2.2 Using the Runtime System
switch-name clause 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
SWITCH-PERIOD 6.8.4 Thread Priorities
switch-status condition 6.3.5 Switch-Status Condition
Switch-Window 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Switch-Window: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
symbol values, retrieving LIB$GET_SYMBOL Routine
symbol values, setting LIB$SET_SYMBOL Routine
symbolic debugging 3.1 Runtime Debugger 2.1.9 Debugging Options
SYMBOLIC CHARACTERS 2.1.2.3 Figurative constants 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
SYNCHRONIZED 2.1.7 Data Storage Options 5.7.1.11 SYNCHRONIZED clause
SYNCHRONIZED: compiler option for treating binary data as 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
SYNCHRONIZED: data items, compiler option 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
SYNCHRONIZED: general format 5.7.1.11 SYNCHRONIZED clause
syntax for XFDs 5.3.3 Syntax
syntax 3.6.1 Syntax 5 Control Types Reference - 5.19 ACTIVE-X - Special Properties
syntax: for ACTIVE-X controls 5 Control Types Reference - 5.19 ACTIVE-X - Special Properties
syntax: logutil 3.6.1 Syntax
system devices 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
system events 6.1 Overview
system information, retrieving with C$KEYPROGRESS C$KEYPROGRESS Routine
system menu 8.14 System Menu "Close" Handling Under Windows 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable 3.1.3 Debugger Commands 2.1 Overview
system messages, controlling whether processed during file I/O FILE_IO_PROCESSES_MESSAGES
System Menu: activating in the debugger 3.1.3 Debugger Commands
System Menu: activation key on character-based systems 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
SYSTEM routine SYSTEM Routine SYSTEM
SYSTEM Routine: using with 32-bit Windows SYSTEM
SYSTEM SYSTEM
SYSTEM: with Windows SYSTEM
SYSTEM-FIXED-FONT ACCEPT Statement
SYSTEM-FONT ACCEPT Statement
SYSTEM-INFO option ACCEPT Statement
System-Menu 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
System-Menu: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
system-name clause 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph T
tab stops, compiler option 2.1.5 Source Options
Tab key 4.3.2.6 Modification examples
TAB control 5 Control Types Reference - 5.13 Tab - Common Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.13 Tab - Events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.13 Tab - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE 5.13 Tab
TAB control: common properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.13 Tab - Common Properties
TAB control: common properties: COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
TAB control: common properties: SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
TAB control: common properties: TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
TAB control: common properties: VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
TAB control: events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.13 Tab - Events
TAB control: special properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.13 Tab - Special Properties
TAB control: special properties: BITMAP-HANDLE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.13 Tab - Special Properties
TAB control: special properties: BITMAP-NUMBER 5 Control Types Reference - 5.13 Tab - Special Properties
TAB control: special properties: BITMAP-WIDTH 5 Control Types Reference - 5.13 Tab - Special Properties
TAB control: special properties: RESET-TABS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.13 Tab - Special Properties
TAB control: special properties: TAB-TO-ADD 5 Control Types Reference - 5.13 Tab - Special Properties
TAB control: special properties: TAB-TO-DELETE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.13 Tab - Special Properties
TAB control: styles 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
TAB control: styles: BUTTONS 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
TAB control: styles: FIXED-WIDTH 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
TAB control: styles: MULTILINE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
TAB phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
table handling 5.1.5 Table Handling
table of status codes J.2 Table of Codes
Table of Keys 4.3.2.3 Table of keys
table: example code 5.1.5 Table Handling
tables 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options ADD Statement 5.1.5 Table Handling
tables: adding together ADD Statement
tables: indexing, compiler option 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
tables: multi-dimensional 5.1.5 Table Handling
TAB-TO-ADD 5 Control Types Reference - 5.13 Tab - Special Properties
TAB-TO-DELETE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.13 Tab - Special Properties
TALLYING INSPECT Statement
TALLYING: INSPECT with INSPECT Statement
TAN, Intrinsic Function TAN Function
technical support 1.7 How to Get Help
Televideo 925 4.5 Restricted Attribute Handling
TEMP_DIR configuration file entry 2.8.1 File Names Starting With a Hyphen TEMP_DIR
temporary data item 6.4.1 Arithmetic Operations
TEMPORARY 5.2 Global Styles
TEMPORARY: global control style 5.2 Global Styles
TEMPORARY_CONTROLS configuration file entry 5.2 Global Styles TEMPORARY_CONTROLS
TERM variable A.2.1 TERM Variable
termcap 4.6 The Terminal Database File
terminal database A.2.2 Terminal Database
terminal input status, handling when undetermined INPUT_STATUS_DEFAULT
Terminal Manager 4.1 How the Terminal Manager Works 4.6.1 Required Functions 4.6.8 Mouse Support for X Terminals 6.2 Terminal I/O 6.2.1 Performance Considerations 6.2.2 Terminal Manager Restrictions A.2 Configuring Your Terminals ACCEPT Statement DISPLAY src-item (ANSI format) W$FORGET Routine
Terminal Manager, buffering output on UNIX systems BUFFERED_SCREEN
Terminal Manager: 132-column handling 6.2.2 Terminal Manager Restrictions
Terminal Manager: and mouse support 4.6.8 Mouse Support for X Terminals
Terminal Manager: attached devices 6.2.2 Terminal Manager Restrictions
Terminal Manager: caution about ANSI ACCEPT ACCEPT Statement
Terminal Manager: definition 4.1 How the Terminal Manager Works
Terminal Manager: functions 4.1 How the Terminal Manager Works
Terminal Manager: guidelines to improve performance 6.2.1 Performance Considerations
Terminal Manager: installation A.2 Configuring Your Terminals
Terminal Manager: introduction 4.1 How the Terminal Manager Works
Terminal Manager: line drawing 6.2.2 Terminal Manager Restrictions
Terminal Manager: performance and screen I/O 6.2 Terminal I/O
Terminal Manager: re-initializing ACCEPT Statement DISPLAY src-item (ANSI format)
Terminal Manager: re-initializing W$FORGET Routine
Terminal Manager: required functions 4.6.1 Required Functions
Terminal Manager: restrictions 6.2.2 Terminal Manager Restrictions
Terminal Manager: scrolling 6.2.2 Terminal Manager Restrictions
Terminal Manager: solutions for escape sequences restrictions 6.2.2 Terminal Manager Restrictions
Terminal Manager: special character values ACCEPT Statement
terminal 2.1.5 Source Options 2.2.2 Terminal Format 2.4 Source Formats 2.7.4 Terminal Handling Options 4.1.1 Terminal Manager Functions 4.2.1 Step One-Terminal Identification 4.2.2 Step Two-Terminal Definition 4.4 The Display Interface 4.6 The Terminal Database File 4.6.11 Continued Entries DOS Special Considerations
terminal: characteristics: by reference 4.6.11 Continued Entries
terminal: database file 4.1.1 Terminal Manager Functions 4.2.1 Step One-Terminal Identification
terminal: database file: by reference entry 4.6.11 Continued Entries
terminal: database file: editing 4.6 The Terminal Database File
terminal: database file: on different systems 4.2.1 Step One-Terminal Identification
terminal: database file: systems that do not use 4.2.1 Step One-Terminal Identification
terminal: definition 4.2.2 Step Two-Terminal Definition
terminal: definition: DOS considerations DOS Special Considerations
terminal: format 2.4 Source Formats
terminal: function codes 4.4 The Display Interface 4.1.1 Terminal Manager Functions
terminal: handling options 2.7.4 Terminal Handling Options
terminal: identification 4.2.1 Step One-Terminal Identification
terminal: source format, compiler option 2.1.5 Source Options
terminal: source program format 2.2.2 Terminal Format
TERMINAL-ABILITIES ACCEPT Statement
TERMINAL-INFO option ACCEPT Statement
TERMINAL-NAME field ACCEPT Statement
terminals 4.2 Getting Your Terminals Ready 4.5 Restricted Attribute Handling 4.5.1 Restricted Video Modes 4.6 The Terminal Database File 4.6.9 Initialization
terminals: getting ready 4.2 Getting Your Terminals Ready
terminals: initialization strings 4.6.9 Initialization
terminals: list of function codes for 4.6 The Terminal Database File
terminals: non-ANSI conforming 4.5 Restricted Attribute Handling
terminals: restrictions imposed by special 4.5.1 Restricted Video Modes
TERMINATE keyword 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
terminating events 4.2 Events
terminating events: described 4.2 Events
termination key 4.3.1.3 Keyboard configuration ACCEPT Statement
termination key: standard and auto modes 4.3.1.3 Keyboard configuration
termination status for ACCEPT, data item returning 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
TERMINATION-VALUE 11.1.2 Regarding Controls 5 Control Types Reference - 5.5 Push-Button - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.6 Check-Box - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.7 Radio-Button - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Special Properties
TERMINATION-VALUE: CHECK-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.6 Check-Box - Special Properties
TERMINATION-VALUE: COMBO-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.9 Combo Box - Special Properties
TERMINATION-VALUE: LIST-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
TERMINATION-VALUE: PUSH-BUTTON special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.5 Push-Button - Special Properties
TERMINATION-VALUE: RADIO-BUTTON special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.7 Radio-Button - Special Properties
testing file integrity 3.3.2 Testing File Integrity
TEST-MOUSE-PRESENCE operation TEST-MOUSE-PRESENCE W$MOUSE Routine
text records 5.1.7 File Types
TEXT configuration file entry 5 Control Types Reference - 5.4 Entry Field - Special Properties DISPLAY MESSAGE BOX
TEXT configuration file entry TEXT*
TEXTSIZE-DATA W$TEXTSIZE Routine
textual and graphical modes 4.3 Graphical vs. Textual Modes
textual and graphical modes: mixed 4.3 Graphical vs. Textual Modes
thread fundamentals 6.8.1 Thread Fundamentals
Thread, debugger command The Run Menu
threads 6.8 Multiple Execution Threads 6.8.1 Thread Fundamentals 6.8.2 Data Sharing Among Threads 6.8.3 Thread Communication 6.8.4 Thread Priorities 6.8.5 Threading Rules That Affect Windows and ACCEPT Statements 6.8.6 Thread Pausing 6.8.7 Multithreading and Multiprocessor Systems 6.8.8 Thread Interaction With Run Units CALL Statement DISPLAY_SWITCH_PERIOD LAST THREAD LOCK Statement LOCK THREAD and UNLOCK THREAD Multithreading Issues RECEIVE Statement SEND Statement SET Statement STOP Statement SWITCH_PERIOD UNLOCK Statement WAIT Statement
threads, determining switch control DISPLAY_SWITCH_PERIOD
threads: and threading 6.8 Multiple Execution Threads
threads: and threading: issues, debugger Multithreading Issues
threads: and threading: starting 6.8 Multiple Execution Threads CALL Statement
threads: and threading: suspending 6.8.5 Threading Rules That Affect Windows and ACCEPT Statements
threads: ANY THREAD WAIT Statement
threads: broadcasting messages SEND Statement
threads: communication among 6.8.3 Thread Communication
threads: controlling the switching period DISPLAY_SWITCH_PERIOD SWITCH_PERIOD
threads: creating 6.8.1 Thread Fundamentals
threads: effects on windows 6.8.5 Threading Rules That Affect Windows and ACCEPT Statements
threads: fundamentals 6.8.1 Thread Fundamentals
threads: interaction with run units 6.8.8 Thread Interaction With Run Units
threads: LAST THREAD WAIT Statement
threads: locking LOCK THREAD and UNLOCK THREAD
threads: locking LOCK Statement
threads: logical operations preserved 6.8.2 Data Sharing Among Threads
threads: messaging among 6.8.3 Thread Communication
threads: modeless windows, managing 6.8 Multiple Execution Threads
threads: multiple locks LOCK THREAD and UNLOCK THREAD
threads: multiprocessor issues 6.8.7 Multithreading and Multiprocessor Systems
threads: pausing 6.8.6 Thread Pausing
threads: priorities 6.8.4 Thread Priorities
threads: receiving messages RECEIVE Statement
threads: sending messages SEND Statement
threads: setting execution priority with SET Format 12 SET Statement
threads: sharing data 6.8.2 Data Sharing Among Threads
threads: stopping LAST THREAD
threads: stopping STOP Statement
threads: switch point 6.8.4 Thread Priorities
threads: synchronizing with WAIT WAIT Statement
threads: synchronizing 6.8.1 Thread Fundamentals
threads: to manage modeless windows 6.8.5 Threading Rules That Affect Windows and ACCEPT Statements
threads: unlocking UNLOCK Statement
threads: WAIT times out WAIT Statement
THROUGH phrase 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
THUMB-POSITION 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
THUMB-POSITION: LIST-BOX special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.8 List-Box - Special Properties
TILED-HEADINGS 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
TILED-HEADINGS: GRID style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
time of compilation WHEN-COMPILED
time out, setting DEFAULT_TIMEOUT
TIME option ACCEPT Statement
TIME-OF-DAY TIME-OF-DAY
TIME-OF-DAY: IBM DOS/VS COBOL TIME-OF-DAY
timeout ACCEPT Statement
timeout: setting for the ACCEPT statement ACCEPT Statement
tips and hints regarding configuration file entries 11.1.4 Regarding Configuration Variables
TITLE phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options DISPLAY WINDOW
TITLE phrase, common screen options DISPLAY BOX 6.4.9 Common Screen Options DISPLAY LINE
TITLE phrase, common screen options: designating a key letter 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
TITLE phrase, common screen options: DISPLAY BOX DISPLAY BOX
TITLE phrase, Common Screen Options: in line drawing DISPLAY LINE
title DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
title: placing in floating window DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
title: specifying for a control 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
TITLE: ACTIVE-X common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
TITLE: BAR common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
TITLE: BITMAP common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
TITLE: CHECK-BOX common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
TITLE: COMBO-BOX common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
TITLE: ENTRY-FIELD common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
TITLE: FRAME common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
TITLE: GRID common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
TITLE: LABEL common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
TITLE: LIST-BOX common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
TITLE: PUSH-BUTTON common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
TITLE: RADIO-BUTTON common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
TITLE: SCROLL-BAR common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
TITLE: STATUS-BAR common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
TITLE: TAB common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
TITLE: TREE-VIEW common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
TITLE: WEB-BROWSER common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
TITLE-POSITION 5 Control Types Reference - 5.10 Frame - Special Properties
TITLE-POSITION: FRAME special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.10 Frame - Special Properties
TO clause in Screen Section 5.9.1 PICTURE, FROM, TO, and USING Clauses
toggle at cursor line command The Breakpoints Menu
Toggle Breakpoint, debugger command The Toolbar
Toggle-Edit-Mode 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Toggle-Edit-Mode: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Toggle-Insert 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Toggle-Insert: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
tool tips 3.8.4 Pop-Up Hints
toolbar icons, specifying under alfred ALFRED_TOOLS_FILE
toolbar The Toolbar 11.1.1 Regarding Windows DISPLAY TOOL-BAR
toolbar: as function keys DISPLAY TOOL-BAR
toolbar: debugger The Toolbar
toolbar: more than one in a window DISPLAY TOOL-BAR
toolbar: placing controls with the UPON phrase DISPLAY TOOL-BAR
toolbar: space occupied by DISPLAY TOOL-BAR
toolbar: with large buttons 11.1.1 Regarding Windows
trace files command The File Menu
trace paragraphs command The File Menu
trace FILE_TRACE FILE_TRACE_FLUSH
trace: flush file information from error file FILE_TRACE_FLUSH
trace: save file information to error file FILE_TRACE
TRACK-AREA Clause TRACK-AREA Clause
TRACK-AREA Clause: IBM DOS/VS COBOL TRACK-AREA Clause
TRACK-THUMB 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
TRACK-THUMB: SCROLL-BAR style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
TRADITIONAL-FONT ACCEPT Statement
trailing space removal on READ READ Statement
trailing space removal STRIP_TRAILING_SPACES
TRAILING-SHIFT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.11 Bar - Special Properties
TRAILING-SHIFT: BAR special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.11 Bar - Special Properties
transaction error codes J.4 Transaction Error Codes
transaction management 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph 5.1 Transaction Management 5.1.1 Overview of Transaction Management 5.1.1.2 File types 5.1.1.3 Features 5.1.3 Transaction Management Verbs 5.1.9 Compiler File Options filename_LOG ROLLBACK Statement
transaction management: automatic START TRANSACTION and COMMIT 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
transaction management: compiler options used with 5.1.9 Compiler File Options
transaction management: features supported 5.1.1.3 Features
transaction management: file types supported 5.1.1.2 File types
transaction management: filename_LOG configuration variable filename_LOG
transaction management: overview 5.1.1 Overview of Transaction Management
transaction management: rules for Vision and relative files ROLLBACK Statement
transaction management: verbs 5.1.3 Transaction Management Verbs
transaction 3.6 logutil 5.1.1.1 Transaction logging 5.1.10.1 Transaction logging and recovery with AcuServer 5.1.2 The Transaction Logging Process 2.1.4 File Options 5.1.6 Multiple Log Files 5.1.7 Configuration Variables 5.1.8 Transaction Error Handling START Statement
transaction: beginning with START START Statement
transaction: error codes 5.1.8 Transaction Error Handling
transaction: files, compiler option 2.1.4 File Options
transaction: log file, how to edit 3.6 logutil
transaction: logging 5.1.1.1 Transaction logging 5.1.2 The Transaction Logging Process
transaction: logging: and recovery with AcuServer 5.1.10.1 Transaction logging and recovery with AcuServer
transaction: logging: configuration file entries used with 5.1.7 Configuration Variables
transaction: logging: specifying log files 5.1.6 Multiple Log Files
transactions UNLOCK Statement J.4.1 Primary Error Codes J.4.2 Secondary Error Codes for Error 01
transactions: effects of UNLOCK UNLOCK Statement
transactions: primary error codes J.4.1 Primary Error Codes
transactions: secondary error codes for error 01 J.4.2 Secondary Error Codes for Error 01
TRANSACTION-STATUS codes J.4 Transaction Error Codes
TRANSACTION-STATUS register 5.1.8 Transaction Error Handling
Transform Statement TRANSFORM Statement
Transform Statement: IBM DOS/VS COBOL TRANSFORM Statement
TRANSLATE_TO_ANSI configuration file entry TRANSLATE_TO_ANSI
TRANSPARENT 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
TRANSPARENT: LABEL style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
Tree view TREE_TAB_SIZE TREE_ROOT_SPACE
Tree view: TREE_ROOT_SPACE TREE_ROOT_SPACE
Tree view: TREE_TAB_SIZE TREE_TAB_SIZE
TREE_ROOT_SPACE configuration file entry 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE TREE_ROOT_SPACE
TREE_TAB_SIZE configuration file entry 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE TREE_TAB_SIZE
TREE-VIEW control 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Common Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Events 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE 5.16 Tree View Control Adding child items on each expansion Adding child items once Adding Child Items Items Other Properties Parent and Child Relationships
TREE-VIEW control: adding child items Adding Child Items
TREE-VIEW control: adding child items: on each expansion Adding child items on each expansion
TREE-VIEW control: adding child items: once Adding child items once
TREE-VIEW control: common properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Common Properties
TREE-VIEW control: common properties: COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
TREE-VIEW control: common properties: SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
TREE-VIEW control: common properties: TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
TREE-VIEW control: common properties: VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
TREE-VIEW control: events Other Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Events
TREE-VIEW control: items in Items
TREE-VIEW control: parent and child relationships Parent and Child Relationships
TREE-VIEW control: special properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
TREE-VIEW control: special properties: BITMAP-HANDLE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
TREE-VIEW control: special properties: BITMAP-NUMBER 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
TREE-VIEW control: special properties: BITMAP-WIDTH 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
TREE-VIEW control: special properties: ENSURE-VISIBLE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
TREE-VIEW control: special properties: EXPAND 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
TREE-VIEW control: special properties: HAS-CHILDREN 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
TREE-VIEW control: special properties: HIDDEN-DATA 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
TREE-VIEW control: special properties: ITEM 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
TREE-VIEW control: special properties: ITEM-NEXT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
TREE-VIEW control: special properties: ITEM-TO-ADD 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
TREE-VIEW control: special properties: ITEM-TO-DELETE 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
TREE-VIEW control: special properties: ITEM-TO-EMPTY 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
TREE-VIEW control: special properties: NEXT-ITEM 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
TREE-VIEW control: special properties: PARENT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
TREE-VIEW control: special properties: PLACEMENT 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
TREE-VIEW control: special properties: RESET-LIST 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties
TREE-VIEW control: styles 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
TREE-VIEW control: styles: 3-D 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
TREE-VIEW control: styles: BOXED 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
TREE-VIEW control: styles: BUTTONS 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
TREE-VIEW control: styles: LINES-AT-ROOT 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
TREE-VIEW control: styles: NO-BOX 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
TREE-VIEW control: styles: SHOW-LINES 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
TREE-VIEW control: styles: SHOW-SEL-ALWAYS 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
TrueType fonts 4.7 Fonts
TrueType fonts, printing WIN$PRINTER Routine
TrueType fonts: selecting 4.7 Fonts
truncation of XFD names 5.3.3.6 Name Directive
TRX_HOLDS_LOCKS configuration file entry TRX_HOLDS_LOCKS
TYPE Other Properties
TYPE: WEB-BROWSER property Other Properties U
unallocated memory, preventing accidental reference to CHECK_USING
unary 6.2.1 Evaluation of Arithmetic Expressions
unary: minus 6.2.1 Evaluation of Arithmetic Expressions
unary: plus 6.2.1 Evaluation of Arithmetic Expressions
Underline,value 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
underlined words 1.1.1 Upper-Case and Special-Character Words
underlined words: in manual, 1.1.1 Upper-Case and Special-Character Words
UNDERLINED phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
UNFRAMED: CHECK-BOX style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
UNFRAMED: PUSH-BUTTON style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
UNFRAMED: RADIO-BUTTON style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
UNIX 3.2.3 Getting Object Information 6.1.5 Device Locking Under UNIX ACCEPT Statement BUFFERED_SCREEN COMMIT Statement FLUSH_COUNT LOCK_DIR QUEUE_READERS V23_GRAPHICS_CHARACTERS
UNIX: and COMMIT statement COMMIT Statement
UNIX: and device locking 6.1.5 Device Locking Under UNIX
UNIX: Buffered-Screen option BUFFERED_SCREEN
UNIX: command to check modules for debug mode 3.2.3 Getting Object Information
UNIX: FLUSH-COUNT FLUSH_COUNT
UNIX: LOCK-DIR configuration file entry LOCK_DIR
UNIX: QUEUE-READERS QUEUE_READERS
UNIX: size of window ACCEPT Statement
UNIX: V32_GRAPHICS_CHARACTERS V23_GRAPHICS_CHARACTERS
unloading to binary and line sequential format 3.3.7 Unloading to Binary and Line Sequential Format
UNLOCK statement and rules UNLOCK Statement
UNLOCK statement and rules: effect on transactions UNLOCK Statement
UNLOCK THREAD LOCK THREAD and UNLOCK THREAD UNLOCK Statement
UNLOCK 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph 6.1.4 Record Locking UNLOCK Statement
UNLOCK: CLOSE statement 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
UNLOCK: MULTIPLE option 4.3.1 File-Control Paragraph
UNLOCK: statement and rules UNLOCK Statement
unmasking the mouse 7.3.3 Unmasking Mouse Actions
UNSIGNED-INT 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
UNSIGNED-LONG 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
UNSIGNED-SHORT 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
UNSORTED: COMBO-BOX style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
UNSORTED: LIST-BOX style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
UNSTRING statement and rules 6 Procedure Division - UNSTRING Statement - Code Examples 6 Procedure Division - UNSTRING Statement - Highlights for First-Time Users UNSTRING Statement
UNSTRING statement and rules: code examples 6 Procedure Division - UNSTRING Statement - Code Examples
UNSTRING statement and rules: data transfer rules UNSTRING Statement
UNSTRING statement and rules: highlights for first-time users 6 Procedure Division - UNSTRING Statement - Highlights for First-Time Users
UNSTRING statement and rules: overflow condition UNSTRING Statement
Up 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
Up, in debugger The Selection Menu
Up: EDIT keyword value 4.3.2.2 The KEYSTROKE variable
UPDATE phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
updating a menu 2.6 Menus and Floating Windows
UPON phrase 2.3 Active and Current Windows 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
UPON DISPLAY src-item (ANSI format)
UPON: omission and -Ca option DISPLAY src-item (ANSI format)
upper and lower case 2.1.11 Upper and Lower Case
UPPER phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
UPPER 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
UPPER: COMBO-BOX style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
UPPER: ENTRY-FIELD style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
UPPER_LOWER_MAP configuration file entry 6.4.9 Common Screen Options UPPER_LOWER_MAP*
upper-case and special-character words in manual, 1.1.1 Upper-Case and Special-Character Words
upper-case words O.1 ACUCOBOL-GT Language Skeleton
upper-case words: use in language skeleton O.1 ACUCOBOL-GT Language Skeleton
uppercase C$TOUPPER and C$TOLOWER Routines
UPPER-CASE, Intrinsic Function UPPER-CASE Function
uppercase: converting C$TOUPPER and C$TOLOWER Routines
USABLE-SCREEN-HEIGHT ACCEPT Statement
USABLE-SCREEN-WIDTH ACCEPT Statement
USAGE clause 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause Changes Affecting Version 2.1
USAGE clause, syntax rules 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
USAGE clause: DISPLAY, sign-storage convention 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
USAGE clause: POINTER: change in Version 2.3 Changes Affecting Version 2.1
USAGE clause: POINTER: Version 2.1 resriction Changes Affecting Version 2.1
USAGE clause: pre-assign a font handle 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
USAGE IS DOUBLE 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
USAGE IS FLOAT 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
USAGE IS HANDLE 4.1 Handles
USAGE IS INDEX 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
USAGE IS POINTER 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
USAGE 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
USAGE: types for integer data, and portability 5.7.1.8 USAGE clause
USE GROUP directive 5.3.3.9 Use Group Directive
USE statement and rules USE Statement 6 Procedure Division - USE Statement - Highlights for First-Time Users
USE statement and rules: highlights for first-time users 6 Procedure Division - USE Statement - Highlights for First-Time Users
USE_LOCAL_SERVER configuration file entry USE_LOCAL_SERVER
USE_MOUSE configuration file entry USE_MOUSE
USE-ALT 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
USE-ALT: ACTIVE-X style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
useful files, ActiveX 6.10.6 Useful Files
user count 3.3.1 Examining File Information 3.3.2 Testing File Integrity 3.3.4 Resetting User Counts Selecting the Vision Version
user count: action if non-zero 3.3.1 Examining File Information
user count: resetting 3.3.4 Resetting User Counts
user interface configuration and programming Support 1.2.2 Configuration and Programming Support
user interface features 1.1 Overview of User Interface Features
user interface 1.6.2 Strategies for Supporting Multiple Systems 1.2.3 Index to Related Topics
user interface: development strategies 1.6.2 Strategies for Supporting Multiple Systems
user interface: related topics index 1.2.3 Index to Related Topics
User Interface Programming: summary of contents 1.2.2 User Interface Programming
USER-COLORS DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
user-defined words 2.1.6 Reserved Word Options 2.1.1.1 User-defined words
user-defined keys F10_IS_MENU M.2.2 Keyboard Differences
USE-RETURN: ACTIVE-X style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
USE-RETURN: ENTRY-FIELD style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
USER-GRAY DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
user-id ACCEPT Statement
User's Guide: summary of contents 1.2.1 User's Guide
USER-WHITE DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
USE-TAB: ACTIVE-X style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
USE-TAB: ENTRY-FIELD style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
USE-TAB: GRID style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
using colors W$PALETTE Routine
using shared memory 2.11.1 Using Shared Memory
USING clause in Screen Section 5.9.1 PICTURE, FROM, TO, and USING Clauses
USING phrase SORT Statement CALL Statement 6.5 Procedure Division Format CHAIN Statement
USING phrase: CALL CALL Statement
USING phrase: CHAIN CHAIN Statement
USING phrase: SORT with SORT Statement
utilities 3.4 File Transfer Utility-vio 3.7 AXDEFGEN Utility 3.3 File Utilities-vutil
utilities: AXDEFGEN 3.7 AXDEFGEN Utility
utilities: vio 3.4 File Transfer Utility-vio
utilities: vutil 3.3 File Utilities-vutil V
V_BUFFER_DATA configuration file entry V_BUFFER_DATA
V_BUFFERS configuration file entry CALL Statement V_BUFFERS
V_BULK_MEMORY configuration file entry V_BULK_MEMORY
V_FORCE_OPEN configuration file entry V_FORCE_OPEN
V_INTERNAL _LOCKS configuration file entry V_INTERNAL_LOCKS
V_LOCK_METHOD configuration file entry V_LOCK_METHOD
V_MARK_READ_CORRUPT configuration file entry V_MARK_READ_CORRUPT
V_READ_AHEAD configuration file entry V_READ_AHEAD
V_SEG_SIZE configuration file entry V_SEG_SIZE
V_VERSION configuration file entry V_VERSION
V30_MEASUREMENTS configuration file entry V30_MEASUREMENTS
V31_FLOATING_POINT configuration file entry V31_FLOATING_POINT
V32_GRAPHICS_CHARACTERS configuration file entry V23_GRAPHICS_CHARACTERS
V42_TRANSPARENT configuration file entry V42_TRANSPARENT
V43_PRINTER_CELLS configuration file entry V43_PRINTER_CELLS
validating data 6.6 Data Validation
validating data: not performed when 6.6 Data Validation
VALUE clause 5.9.2 VALUE Clause 5.7.1.14 VALUE clause
VALUE clause: general format 5.7.1.14 VALUE clause
VALUE clause: general rules 5.7.1.14 VALUE clause
VALUE clause: in Screen Section 5.9.2 VALUE Clause
VALUE IS MULTIPLE value phrase MULTIPLE
VALUE OF Clause VALUE OF Clause
VALUE OF Clause: IBM DOS/VS COBOL VALUE OF Clause
VALUE OF FILE-ID 5.4.8 VALUE OF FILE-ID Clause
VALUE OF LABEL Clause 5.4.7 VALUE OF LABEL Clause
VALUE phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
VALUE: ACTIVE-X common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
VALUE: BAR common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
VALUE: BITMAP common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
VALUE: CHECK-BOX common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
VALUE: COMBO-BOX common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
VALUE: ENTRY-FIELD common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
VALUE: FRAME common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
VALUE: GRID common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
VALUE: LABEL common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
VALUE: LIST-BOX common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
VALUE: PUSH-BUTTON common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
VALUE: RADIO-BUTTON common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
VALUE: SCROLL-BAR common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
VALUE: STATUS-BAR common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
VALUE: TAB common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
VALUE: TREE-VIEW common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
VALUE: WEB-BROWSER common property 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
Values returned, Intrinsic Functions P.2 Function Definitions and Returned Values
values, symbol LIB$GET_SYMBOL Routine LIB$SET_SYMBOL Routine
values, symbol: retrieving LIB$GET_SYMBOL Routine
values, symbol: setting LIB$SET_SYMBOL Routine
values: how determined EVALUATE Statement
variable length records 5.1.7 File Types
variable length records: -Cf flag 5.1.7 File Types
variable-length files 6.1.1 Sequential Files
variable-length files: sequential files, and short records 6.1.1 Sequential Files
variable-length records 6.1 Handling Files 6.1.1 Sequential Files
variable-length records: binary sequential records 6.1.1 Sequential Files
variables, clearing watches Other commands
variables, configuration H.1 Introduction
variables: and debugger 3.1.7.1 Variables
variables: debugger: displaying in The Data Menu
variables: debugger: modifying in The Data Menu
VARIANCE, Intrinsic Function VARIANCE Function
VAR-LENGTH directive 5.3.3.10 Var-Length Directive
VAX COBOL compatibility, compiler option 2.1.3 Compatibility Options
VAX COBOL terminal format 2.2 Source Format
VAX COBOL 2.1.3 Compatibility Options 2.1.6 Reserved Word Options 2.1.7 Data Storage Options 2.1.8 Video Options 2.3 Compatibility Modes 2.3 Compiler Compatibility Modes 2.4 Source Formats 2.7.3 File Status Codes 2.8.1 File Names Starting With a Hyphen 6.1.1 Sequential Files 6.4.9 Common Screen Options Changes Affecting Version 1.3 Changes Affecting Version 1.4 COMMIT Statement D.1 Reserved Word List DISPLAY src-item J.1 Introduction
VAX COBOL: ACUCOBOL-85 Version 1.3 Changes Affecting Version 1.3
VAX COBOL: ACUCOBOL-85 Version 1.4 Changes Affecting Version 1.4
VAX COBOL: and COMMIT statement COMMIT Statement
VAX COBOL: and file status codes 2.7.3 File Status Codes
VAX COBOL: COLUMN phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
VAX COBOL: compatibility mode 2.3 Compiler Compatibility Modes
VAX COBOL: CONVERT 2.1.8 Video Options
VAX COBOL: data storage option 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
VAX COBOL: data storage, compiler option 2.1.7 Data Storage Options
VAX COBOL: ECHO 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
VAX COBOL: ERASE DISPLAY src-item
VAX COBOL: file status codes J.1 Introduction
VAX COBOL: filenames 2.8.1 File Names Starting With a Hyphen
VAX COBOL: line sequential files 6.1.1 Sequential Files
VAX COBOL: LINE NUMBER 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
VAX COBOL: NO ADVANCING 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
VAX COBOL: reserved words option 2.1.6 Reserved Word Options
VAX COBOL: reserved words D.1 Reserved Word List
VAX COBOL: sequential files 6.1.1 Sequential Files
VAX COBOL: terminal source format 2.4 Source Formats
VAX/RMS READ Statement
VAX/RMS: undefined File Position Indicator READ Statement
VAX/VMS 6.1.1 Sequential Files 2.8.1 File Names Starting With a Hyphen
VAX/VMS: filenames 2.8.1 File Names Starting With a Hyphen
VAX/VMS: line sequential files 6.1.1 Sequential Files
V-BUFFERS 6.1.8 Performance Considerations
verbose, compiler option 2.1.1 Standard Options
version command 2.1.15 Help, Version Information, and Communication With C Programs
versions of Acucobol compilers: runtime 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
versionsof Acucobol compilers 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options 2.1.3 Compatibility Options Changes Affecting Version 1.3 Changes Affecting Version 1.4 Changes Affecting Version 1.5 Changes Affecting Version 2.0 Changes Affecting Version 2.1 Changes Affecting Version 2.3 Changes Affecting Version 2.4 Changes Affecting Version 3.1
vertical bars, 1.1.3 Brackets, Braces and Vertical Bars O.1 ACUCOBOL-GT Language Skeleton
VERY-HEAVY 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
VERY-HEAVY: FRAME style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
video attributes 4.5.1 Restricted Video Modes 4.6.3 Video Attributes 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
video attributes: REVERSED 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
video attributes: terminals with non-hidden 4.5.1 Restricted Video Modes
video: BLANK EOL, compiler option 2.1.8 Video Options
video: control with SCREEN variable 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option
video: exception keys, compiler option 2.1.8 Video Options
video: high intensity, compiler option 2.1.8 Video Options
video: inhibiting bell, compiler option 2.1.8 Video Options
video: intensity, compiler option 2.1.8 Video Options
video: low intensity, compiler option 2.1.8 Video Options
video: ON EXCEPTION phrase, compiler option 2.1.8 Video Options
video: treating as if CONVERT specified, compiler option 2.1.8 Video Options
view breakpoints command The View Menu
view command The Breakpoints Menu
view monitors command The View Menu
view perform stack command The View Menu
view procedure command The Selection Menu
view screen command The View Menu
view The Data Menu
vio 3.4 File Transfer Utility-vio 3.4.1 vio Options 3.4.2 MS-DOS and Windows Considerations 3.4.3 vio Examples 3.4.4 Known Limitations
vio: examples 3.4.3 vio Examples
vio: file transfer utility 3.4 File Transfer Utility-vio
vio: known limitations 3.4.4 Known Limitations
vio: MS-DOS considerations 3.4.2 MS-DOS and Windows Considerations
virtual screen The virtual screen 1.4 Windowing Concepts
virtual screen: defined 1.4 Windowing Concepts
VIRTUAL-WIDTH 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
VIRTUAL-WIDTH: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
visible attributes ACCEPT Statement
VISIBLE phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options
Vision file system 6.1.3 Indexed Files - Vision DUPLICATES_LOG
Vision file system: described 6.1.3 Indexed Files - Vision
Vision file system: logging records rejected in bulk addition DUPLICATES_LOG
Vision file, naming data segments of filename_DATA_FMT
Vision file, naming index segments of filename_INDEX_FMT
Vision file: mapping to a different directory filename
Vision files, accessing for read when record is locked IO_READ_LOCK_TEST
Vision files, preventing errors due to simultaneous file name use during file creation ISOLATE_FILE_CREATES
Vision Version 3 6.1.3 Indexed Files - Vision
Vision Version 4: file naming conventions Segment Naming for Vision Version 4 Files
Vision 3.3 File Utilities-vutil J.3 Vision Secondary Error Codes for Error 98s
Vision: secondary error codes for error 98s J.3 Vision Secondary Error Codes for Error 98s
VMS file utilities 3.3 File Utilities-vutil
VMS Carriage control COMMIT Statement LOCK_OUTPUT FLUSH_COUNT
VMS: and COMMIT statement COMMIT Statement
VMS: FLUSH-COUNT FLUSH_COUNT
VMS: improved performance LOCK_OUTPUT
VPADDING 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
VPADDING: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
VSCROLL 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
VSCROLL: ENTRY-FIELD style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
VSCROLL: GRID style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
VSCROLL-BAR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
VSCROLL-BAR: ENTRY-FIELD style 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES
VSCROLL-POS 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
VSCROLL-POS: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
vutil 3.3 File Utilities-vutil 3.3.1 Examining File Information 3.3.10 Converting RM/COBOL-85 Indexed Files 3.3.11 Converting C-ISAM Files 3.3.12 Converting Micro Focus Files 3.3.13 Changing Record Size 3.3.14 Miscellaneous Commands 3.3.2 Testing File Integrity 3.3.3 Rebuilding Files 3.3.4 Resetting User Counts 3.3.5 Extracting Records From a File 3.3.6 Creating Empty Files 3.3.6.1 Responding to vutil generated prompts 3.3.6.2 Specifying file attributes in advance 3.3.7 Unloading to Binary and Line Sequential Format 3.3.8 Loading a File V_FORCE_OPEN
vutil: -augment option 3.3.13 Changing Record Size
vutil: changing record size 3.3.13 Changing Record Size
vutil: check for file integrity 3.3.2 Testing File Integrity
vutil: collating sequence 3.3.6.1 Responding to vutil generated prompts
vutil: converting a C-ISAM file 3.3.11 Converting C-ISAM Files
vutil: converting a Micro Focus file 3.3.12 Converting Micro Focus Files
vutil: converting an RM/COBOL-85 indexed file 3.3.10 Converting RM/COBOL-85 Indexed Files
vutil: creating empty files 3.3.6 Creating Empty Files
vutil: creating empty files-indexed format 3.3.6.2 Specifying file attributes in advance
vutil: creating empty files-interactive version 3.3.6.1 Responding to vutil generated prompts
vutil: creating empty files-non interactive version 3.3.6.2 Specifying file attributes in advance
vutil: creating empty files-sequential and relative 3.3.6.2 Specifying file attributes in advance
vutil: examining file information 3.3.1 Examining File Information
vutil: extracting records 3.3.5 Extracting Records From a File
vutil: loading a file 3.3.8 Loading a File
vutil: opening broken files V_FORCE_OPEN
vutil: rebuilding files 3.3.3 Rebuilding Files
vutil: rebuilding files: automatic placement 3.3.3 Rebuilding Files
vutil: rebuilding files: blocking factor, setting a new one 3.3.3 Rebuilding Files
vutil: rebuilding files: default method fails 3.3.3 Rebuilding Files
vutil: rebuilding files: directory specification 3.3.3 Rebuilding Files
vutil: rebuilding files: extension factor, setting a new one 3.3.3 Rebuilding Files
vutil: rebuilding files: from an interrupted rebuild 3.3.3 Rebuilding Files
vutil: rebuilding files: in key order 3.3.3 Rebuilding Files
vutil: rebuilding files: latest Vision format 3.3.3 Rebuilding Files
vutil: rebuilding files: limited disk space 3.3.3 Rebuilding Files
vutil: rebuilding files: locking options 3.3.3 Rebuilding Files
vutil: rebuilding files: naming temporary files 3.3.3 Rebuilding Files
vutil: rebuilding files: record compression 3.3.3 Rebuilding Files
vutil: rebuilding files: slow rebuild 3.3.3 Rebuilding Files
vutil: rebuilding files: specifying size of spool media 3.3.3 Rebuilding Files
vutil: rebuilding files: spooling 3.3.3 Rebuilding Files
vutil: resetting user counts 3.3.4 Resetting User Counts
vutil: specifying compression factor 3.3.3 Rebuilding Files
vutil: tree option 3.3.14 Miscellaneous Commands
vutil: uploading to binary sequential format 3.3.7 Unloading to Binary and Line Sequential Format
vutil: uploading to line sequential format 3.3.7 Unloading to Binary and Line Sequential Format
vutil: version option 3.3.14 Miscellaneous Commands
Vx compile-time option 4.3.1.3 Keyboard configuration W
W$BITMAP routine 3.8.2 Loading Bitmaps 5 Control Types Reference - 5.13 Tab - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties 5.14 Bitmap General Rules for Resources W$BITMAP Routine
W$BITMAP routine: accessing resources General Rules for Resources
W$BITMAP routine: description W$BITMAP Routine
W$BITMAP routine: error handling W$BITMAP Routine
W$BITMAP routine: manipulating bitmaps 3.8.2 Loading Bitmaps
W$BITMAP routine: WBITMAP-DESTROY operation 3.8.2 Loading Bitmaps W$BITMAP Routine
W$BITMAP routine: WBITMAP-DISPLAY operation W$BITMAP Routine
W$BITMAP routine: WBITMAP-LOAD operation 3.8.2 Loading Bitmaps 5 Control Types Reference - 5.13 Tab - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties 5.14 Bitmap W$BITMAP Routine
W$BROWSERINFO routine W$BROWSERINFO Routine
W$FONT operations W$FONT Routine
W$FONT operations: WFONT-CHOOSE-FONT W$FONT Routine
W$FONT operations: WFONT-DATA W$FONT Routine
W$FONT operations: WFONT-DESCRIBE-FONT W$FONT Routine
W$FONT operations: WFONT-GET-CLOSEST-FONT W$FONT Routine
W$FONT operations: WFONT-GET-FONT W$FONT Routine
W$FONT operations: WFONT-SUPPORTED W$FONT Routine
W$FONT routine 4.7 Fonts W$FONT Routine Routine to Handle the Windows Print Spooler
W$FONT routine: error handling W$FONT Routine
W$FONT routine: using with print spooler Routine to Handle the Windows Print Spooler
W$FONT routine: WFONT-CHOOSE-FONT operation W$FONT Routine
W$FONT routine: WFONT-DATA operation W$FONT Routine
W$FONT routine: WFONT-DESCRIBE-FONT operation W$FONT Routine
W$FONT routine: WFONT-GET-CLOSEST-FONT operation W$FONT Routine
W$FONT routine: WFONT-GET-FONT operation W$FONT Routine
W$FONT routine: WFONT-SUPPORTED operation W$FONT Routine
W$FORGET routine ACCEPT Statement DISPLAY src-item (ANSI format) W$FORGET Routine
W$FORGET routine: ANSI ACCEPT ACCEPT Statement
W$FORGET routine: description W$FORGET Routine
W$GETC routine W$GETC Routine
W$GETURL routine W$GETURL Routine
W$KEYBUF operations W$KEYBUF Routine
W$KEYBUF routine: description W$KEYBUF Routine
W$KEYBUF routine: operations W$KEYBUF Routine
W$MENU operations 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU operations: WMENU-ADD 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU operations: WMENU-BLOCK 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU operations: WMENU-CHANGE 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU operations: WMENU-CHECK 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU operations: WMENU-DELETE 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU operations: WMENU-DESTROY 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU operations: WMENU-DESTROY-DELAYED W$MENU Routine
W$MENU operations: WMENU-DISABLE 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU operations: WMENU-ENABLE 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU operations: WMENU-GET-BLOCK 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU operations: WMENU-GET-CONFIGURATION 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU operations: WMENU-GET-MENU 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU operations: WMENU-NEW 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU operations: WMENU-NEW-POPUP 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU operations: WMENU-POPUP 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU operations: WMENU-REFRESH 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU operations: WMENU-RELEASE 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU operations: WMENU-SET-BLOCK 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU operations: WMENU-SET-CONFIGURATION 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU operations: WMENU-SHOW 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU operations: WMENU-UNBLOCK 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU operations: WMENU-UNCHECK 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU routine 2.6 Menus and Floating Windows 8.10 Pop-Up Menus 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine 8.9.1 Disabling Menu Items 8.9.2 Checking Menu Items 8.9.3 Disabling an Entire Menu W$MENU Routine
W$MENU routine: attaching menus to floating windows 2.6 Menus and Floating Windows
W$MENU routine: checking menu items 8.9.2 Checking Menu Items
W$MENU routine: description 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine
W$MENU routine: description W$MENU Routine
W$MENU routine: disabling entire menus 8.9.3 Disabling an Entire Menu
W$MENU routine: disabling menu items 8.9.1 Disabling Menu Items
W$MENU routine: pop-up menus 8.10 Pop-Up Menus
W$MENU routine: WMENU-ADD operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU routine: WMENU-BLOCK operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU routine: WMENU-CHANGE operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU routine: WMENU-CHECK operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU routine: WMENU-DELETE operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU routine: WMENU-DESTROY operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU routine: WMENU-DESTROY-DELAYED operation W$MENU Routine
W$MENU routine: WMENU-DISABLE operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU routine: WMENU-ENABLE operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU routine: WMENU-GET-BLOCK operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU routine: WMENU-GET-CONFIGURATION operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU routine: WMENU-GET-MENU operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU routine: WMENU-NEW operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU routine: WMENU-NEW-POPUP operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU routine: WMENU-POPUP operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU routine: WMENU-REFRESH operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU routine: WMENU-RELEASE operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU routine: WMENU-SET-BLOCK operation W$MENU Routine
W$MENU routine: WMENU-SET-CONFIGURATION operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU routine: WMENU-SHOW operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU routine: WMENU-UNBLOCK operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MENU routine: WMENU-UNCHECK operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W$MOUSE operations CAPTURE-MOUSE ENABLE-MOUSE GET-MOUSE-SCREEN-STATUS GET-MOUSE-SHAPE GET-MOUSE-STATUS RELEASE-MOUSE SET-DELAYED-MOUSE-SHAPE SET-MOUSE-HELP SET-MOUSE-POSITION SET-MOUSE-SCREEN-POSITION SET-MOUSE-SHAPE TEST-MOUSE-PRESENCE W$MOUSE Routine
W$MOUSE operations: CAPTURE-MOUSE CAPTURE-MOUSE W$MOUSE Routine
W$MOUSE operations: ENABLE-MOUSE ENABLE-MOUSE W$MOUSE Routine
W$MOUSE operations: GET-MOUSE-SCREEN-STATUS GET-MOUSE-SCREEN-STATUS W$MOUSE Routine
W$MOUSE operations: GET-MOUSE-SHAPE GET-MOUSE-SHAPE W$MOUSE Routine
W$MOUSE operations: GET-MOUSE-STATUS CAPTURE-MOUSE GET-MOUSE-STATUS W$MOUSE Routine
W$MOUSE operations: RELEASE-MOUSE RELEASE-MOUSE W$MOUSE Routine
W$MOUSE operations: SET-DELAYED-MOUSE-SHAPE SET-DELAYED-MOUSE-SHAPE W$MOUSE Routine
W$MOUSE operations: SET-MOUSE-HELP SET-MOUSE-HELP W$MOUSE Routine
W$MOUSE operations: SET-MOUSE-POSITION SET-MOUSE-POSITION W$MOUSE Routine
W$MOUSE operations: SET-MOUSE-SCREEN-POSITION SET-MOUSE-SCREEN-POSITION W$MOUSE Routine
W$MOUSE operations: SET-MOUSE-SHAPE SET-MOUSE-SHAPE W$MOUSE Routine
W$MOUSE operations: TEST-MOUSE-PRESENCE TEST-MOUSE-PRESENCE W$MOUSE Routine
W$MOUSE routine 7.3 How Mouse Actions Are Handled 7.6 W$MOUSE Library Routine CAPTURE-MOUSE ENABLE-MOUSE GET-MOUSE-SCREEN-STATUS GET-MOUSE-SHAPE GET-MOUSE-STATUS RELEASE-MOUSE SET-DELAYED-MOUSE-SHAPE SET-MOUSE-HELP SET-MOUSE-POSITION SET-MOUSE-SCREEN-POSITION SET-MOUSE-SHAPE TEST-MOUSE-PRESENCE W$MOUSE Routine
W$MOUSE routine: CAPTURE-MOUSE operation CAPTURE-MOUSE W$MOUSE Routine
W$MOUSE routine: description 7.6 W$MOUSE Library Routine 7.3 How Mouse Actions Are Handled W$MOUSE Routine
W$MOUSE routine: ENABLE-MOUSE operation ENABLE-MOUSE W$MOUSE Routine
W$MOUSE routine: GET-MOUSE-SCREEN-STATUS operation GET-MOUSE-SCREEN-STATUS W$MOUSE Routine
W$MOUSE routine: GET-MOUSE-SHAPE operation GET-MOUSE-SHAPE W$MOUSE Routine
W$MOUSE routine: GET-MOUSE-STATUS operation CAPTURE-MOUSE GET-MOUSE-STATUS W$MOUSE Routine
W$MOUSE routine: RELEASE-MOUSE operation RELEASE-MOUSE W$MOUSE Routine
W$MOUSE routine: SET-DELAYED-MOUSE-SHAPE operation SET-DELAYED-MOUSE-SHAPE W$MOUSE Routine
W$MOUSE routine: SET-MOUSE-HELP operation SET-MOUSE-HELP W$MOUSE Routine
W$MOUSE routine: SET-MOUSE-POSITION operation SET-MOUSE-POSITION W$MOUSE Routine
W$MOUSE routine: SET-MOUSE-SCREEN-POSITION operation SET-MOUSE-SCREEN-POSITION W$MOUSE Routine
W$MOUSE routine: SET-MOUSE-SHAPE operation SET-MOUSE-SHAPE W$MOUSE Routine
W$MOUSE routine: TEST-MOUSE-PRESENCE operation TEST-MOUSE-PRESENCE W$MOUSE Routine
W$PALETTE operations: WPALETTE-CHOOSE-COLOR W$PALETTE Routine
W$PALETTE operations: WPALETTE-GET-COLOR W$PALETTE Routine
W$PALETTE operations: WPALETTE-NUM-COLORS W$PALETTE Routine
W$PALETTE operations: WPALETTE-SET-COLOR W$PALETTE Routine
W$PALETTE operations: WPALETTE-SET-USER-COLOR W$PALETTE Routine
W$PALETTE operations: WPALETTE-SUPPORTED W$PALETTE Routine
W$PALETTE operations: WPALETTE-UPDATE W$PALETTE Routine
W$PALETTE routine W$PALETTE Routine
W$PALETTE routine: description W$PALETTE Routine
W$PALETTE routine: WPALETTE-CHOOSE-COLOR operation W$PALETTE Routine
W$PALETTE routine: WPALETTE-GET-COLOR operation W$PALETTE Routine
W$PALETTE routine: WPALETTE-NUM-COLORS operation W$PALETTE Routine
W$PALETTE routine: WPALETTE-SET-COLOR operation W$PALETTE Routine
W$PALETTE routine: WPALETTE-SET-USER-COLOR operation W$PALETTE Routine
W$PALETTE routine: WPALETTE-SUPPORTED operation W$PALETTE Routine
W$PALETTE routine: WPALETTE-UPDATE operation W$PALETTE Routine
W$PALETTE Routine: error handling W$PALETTE Routine
W$STATUS routine W$STATUS Routine
W$TEXTSIZE routine W$TEXTSIZE Routine
WA variable Other commands
WAIT statement and rules WAIT Statement
WAIT 6.8.1 Thread Fundamentals
WAIT_FOR_ALL_PIPES configuration file entry WAIT_FOR_ALL_PIPES
WAIT_FOR_FILE_ACCESS configuration file entry WAIT_FOR_FILE_ACCESS
WAIT_FOR_LOCKS configuration file entry WAIT_FOR_LOCKS
warning messages 2.2 Using the Runtime System 2.1.1 Standard Options
warning messages: compiler option 2.1.1 Standard Options
warning messages: runtime option 2.2 Using the Runtime System
WARNING_ON_RECURSIVE_ACCEPTS configuration file entry WARNING_ON_RECURSIVE_ACCEPTS
WARNINGS configuration file entry 2.2 Using the Runtime System WARNINGS
watch a variable Other commands
watch size command Other commands The Source Menu
watch variable vs. monitor variable The Data Menu
Watch Window The Data Menu
watch Other commands
watches, clearing all Other commands
WAV file support WIN$PLAYSOUND Routine
WBITMAP-DESTROY operation 3.8.2 Loading Bitmaps W$BITMAP Routine
WBITMAP-DISPLAY operation W$BITMAP Routine
WBITMAP-LOAD operation 3.8.2 Loading Bitmaps 5 Control Types Reference - 5.13 Tab - Special Properties 5 Control Types Reference - 5.16 Tree View Control - Special Properties 5.14 Bitmap W$BITMAP Routine
W-CONVERSION-ERROR ACCEPT Statement
Web Browser Plug-In ACCEPT Statement
Web Browser Plug-In W$BROWSERINFO Routine
Web Browser Plug-In: Is-Plugin ACCEPT Statement
Web W$GETURL Routine
Web: deploying on the W$GETURL Routine
WEB-BROWSER control 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE 5.17 Web-Browser Methods Other Properties
WEB-BROWSER control: common properties 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
WEB-BROWSER control: common properties: COLOR 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - COLOR
WEB-BROWSER control: common properties: SIZE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - SIZE
WEB-BROWSER control: common properties: TITLE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - TITLE
WEB-BROWSER control: common properties: VALUE 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - VALUE
WEB-BROWSER control: methods Methods
WEB-BROWSER control: properties Other Properties
WEB-BROWSER control: properties: BUSY Other Properties
WEB-BROWSER control: properties: LOCATION-NAME Other Properties
WEB-BROWSER control: properties: LOCATION-URL Other Properties
WEB-BROWSER control: properties: TYPE Other Properties
W-EVENT ACCEPT Statement
WFONT-CHOOSE-FONT operation W$FONT Routine
WFONT-DATA operation W$FONT Routine
WFONT-DATA W$FONT Routine
WFONT-DESCRIBE-FONT operation W$FONT Routine
WFONT-GET-CLOSEST-FONT operation W$FONT Routine
WFONT-GET-FONT operation W$FONT Routine
WFONT-SUPPORTED operation W$FONT Routine
WHEN directive 5.3.3.11 When Directive
WHEN SET TO FALSE 5.7.1.14 VALUE clause
WHEN-COMPILED WHEN-COMPILED
WHEN-COMPILED, Intrinsic Function WHEN-COMPILED Function
WHITE_FILL configuration file entry WHITE_FILL
WHITE-FILL 9.10.1 Background Brush Color
wide font measure Setting the entry field's width FONT_WIDE_SIZE_ADJUST
wide font measure: adjusting with FONT-WIDE-SIZE-ADJUST FONT_WIDE_SIZE_ADJUST
WIDTH 5 Control Types Reference - 5.11 Bar - Special Properties
WIDTH: BAR special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.11 Bar - Special Properties
WIDTH-IN-CELLS 5.2 Global Styles
WIN$PLAYSOUND routine General Rules for Resources WIN$PLAYSOUND Routine
WIN$PRINTER operations WINPRINT-CLEAR-DATA-COLUMNS WINPRINT-CLEAR-PAGE-COLUMNS WINPRINT-GET-CAPABILITIES WINPRINT-GET-CURRENT-INFO WINPRINT-GET-NO-PRINTERS WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-COLUMN WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-LAYOUT WINPRINT-GET-PRINTER-INFO WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS-SIZE WINPRINT-PRINT-BITMAP WINPRINT-SET-DATA-COLUMNS WINPRINT-SET-FONT WINPRINT-SET-LINES-PER-PAGE WINPRINT-SET-MARGINS WINPRINT-SET-PAGE-COLUMN WINPRINT-SET-PRINTER WINPRINT-SET-SETTINGS WINPRINT-SET-STD-FONT WINPRINT-SETUP WINPRINT-SUPPORTED
WIN$PRINTER operations: WINPRINT-CLEAR-DATA-COLUMNS WINPRINT-CLEAR-DATA-COLUMNS
WIN$PRINTER operations: WINPRINT-CLEAR-PAGE-COLUMNS WINPRINT-CLEAR-PAGE-COLUMNS
WIN$PRINTER operations: WINPRINT-GET-CAPABILITIES WINPRINT-GET-CAPABILITIES
WIN$PRINTER operations: WINPRINT-GET-CURRENT-INFO WINPRINT-GET-CURRENT-INFO
WIN$PRINTER operations: WINPRINT-GET-NO-PRINTERS WINPRINT-GET-NO-PRINTERS
WIN$PRINTER operations: WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-COLUMN WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-COLUMN
WIN$PRINTER operations: WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-LAYOUT WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-LAYOUT
WIN$PRINTER operations: WINPRINT-GET-PRINTER-INFO WINPRINT-GET-PRINTER-INFO
WIN$PRINTER operations: WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS
WIN$PRINTER operations: WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS-SIZE WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS-SIZE
WIN$PRINTER operations: WINPRINT-PRINT-BITMAP WINPRINT-PRINT-BITMAP
WIN$PRINTER operations: WINPRINT-SET-DATA-COLUMNS WINPRINT-SET-DATA-COLUMNS
WIN$PRINTER operations: WINPRINT-SET-FONT WINPRINT-SET-FONT
WIN$PRINTER operations: WINPRINT-SET-LINES-PER-PAGE WINPRINT-SET-LINES-PER-PAGE
WIN$PRINTER operations: WINPRINT-SET-MARGINS WINPRINT-SET-MARGINS
WIN$PRINTER operations: WINPRINT-SET-PAGE-COLUMN WINPRINT-SET-PAGE-COLUMN
WIN$PRINTER operations: WINPRINT-SET-PRINTER WINPRINT-SET-PRINTER
WIN$PRINTER operations: WINPRINT-SET-SETTINGS WINPRINT-SET-SETTINGS
WIN$PRINTER operations: WINPRINT-SET-STD-FONT WINPRINT-SET-STD-FONT
WIN$PRINTER operations: WINPRINT-SETUP WINPRINT-SETUP
WIN$PRINTER operations: WINPRINT-SUPPORTED WINPRINT-SUPPORTED
WIN$PRINTER routine WIN$PRINTER Routine WINPRINT-CLEAR-DATA-COLUMNS WINPRINT-CLEAR-PAGE-COLUMNS WINPRINT-GET-CAPABILITIES WINPRINT-GET-CURRENT-INFO WINPRINT-GET-NO-PRINTERS WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-COLUMN WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-LAYOUT WINPRINT-GET-PRINTER-INFO WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS-SIZE WINPRINT-PRINT-BITMAP WINPRINT-SET-DATA-COLUMNS WINPRINT-SET-FONT WINPRINT-SET-LINES-PER-PAGE WINPRINT-SET-MARGINS WINPRINT-SET-PAGE-COLUMN WINPRINT-SET-PRINTER WINPRINT-SET-SETTINGS WINPRINT-SET-STD-FONT WINPRINT-SETUP WINPRINT-SUPPORTED
WIN$PRINTER routine: description WIN$PRINTER Routine
WIN$PRINTER routine: error handling WIN$PRINTER Routine
WIN$PRINTER routine: WINPRINT-CLEAR-DATA-COLUMNS operation WINPRINT-CLEAR-DATA-COLUMNS
WIN$PRINTER routine: WINPRINT-CLEAR-PAGE-COLUMNS operation WINPRINT-CLEAR-PAGE-COLUMNS
WIN$PRINTER routine: WINPRINT-GET-CAPABILITIES operation WINPRINT-GET-CAPABILITIES
WIN$PRINTER routine: WINPRINT-GET-CURRENT-INFO operation WINPRINT-GET-CURRENT-INFO
WIN$PRINTER routine: WINPRINT-GET-NO-PRINTERS operation WINPRINT-GET-NO-PRINTERS
WIN$PRINTER routine: WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-COLUMN operation WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-COLUMN
WIN$PRINTER routine: WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-LAYOUT operation WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-LAYOUT
WIN$PRINTER routine: WINPRINT-GET-PRINTER-INFO operation WINPRINT-GET-PRINTER-INFO
WIN$PRINTER routine: WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS operation WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS
WIN$PRINTER routine: WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS-SIZE operation WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS-SIZE
WIN$PRINTER routine: WINPRINT-PRINT-BITMAP operation WINPRINT-PRINT-BITMAP
WIN$PRINTER routine: WINPRINT-SET-DATA-COLUMNS operation WINPRINT-SET-DATA-COLUMNS
WIN$PRINTER routine: WINPRINT-SET-FONT operation WINPRINT-SET-FONT
WIN$PRINTER routine: WINPRINT-SET-LINES-PER-PAGE operation WINPRINT-SET-LINES-PER-PAGE
WIN$PRINTER routine: WINPRINT-SET-MARGINS operation WINPRINT-SET-MARGINS
WIN$PRINTER routine: WINPRINT-SET-PAGE-COLUMN operation WINPRINT-SET-PAGE-COLUMN
WIN$PRINTER routine: WINPRINT-SET-PRINTER operation WINPRINT-SET-PRINTER
WIN$PRINTER routine: WINPRINT-SET-SETTINGS operation WINPRINT-SET-SETTINGS
WIN$PRINTER routine: WINPRINT-SET-STD-FONT operation WINPRINT-SET-STD-FONT
WIN$PRINTER routine: WINPRINT-SETUP operation WINPRINT-SETUP
WIN$PRINTER routine: WINPRINT-SUPPORTED operation WINPRINT-SUPPORTED
WIN$VERSION routine WIN$VERSION Routine
WIN_ERROR_HANDLING configuration file entry M.2.3 Hardware Error Handling WIN_ERROR_HANDLING
WIN3_CLIP_CONTROLS configuration file entry WIN3_CLIP_CONTROLS
WIN3_EF_PADDED configuration file entry WIN3_EF_PADDED
WIN3_GRID configuration file entry WIN3_GRID
WIN32_3D configuration file entry 5 Control Types Reference - Common Properties - STYLES WIN32_3D
window title font WINDOW_TITLE
Window Memory, debugger command The View Menu
WINDOW keyword 4.4.2 The SCREEN Option
window 1.4 Windowing Concepts 1.5 ACUCOBOL-GT Window Types 2.1 Overview 2.3 Active and Current Windows 2.6 Menus and Floating Windows 3.1.1 Entering the Debugger 6.2 Window Events DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW DISPLAY INITIAL WINDOW DISPLAY UPON WINDOW TITLE DISPLAY WINDOW INQUIRE Statement MODIFY Statement Other commands Reconstructing the screen SET Statement The Source Menu Window
window: active, changing with the SET statement SET Statement
window: changing with the MODIFY statement MODIFY Statement
window: color, inherited DISPLAY WINDOW
window: current 2.3 Active and Current Windows
window: current, changing with the SET statement SET Statement
window: defined Window
window: DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
window: DISPLAY SUBWINDOW DISPLAY WINDOW
window: events 6.2 Window Events
window: fetching a handle with the SET statement SET Statement
window: floating: attaching menus to, with the W$MENU routine 2.6 Menus and Floating Windows
window: independent DISPLAY INITIAL WINDOW
window: modal 2.1 Overview
window: modeless 2.1 Overview
window: restoration DISPLAY WINDOW
window: retrieving information about INQUIRE Statement
window: scroll and wrap states of the current window DISPLAY WINDOW
window: shadows DISPLAY WINDOW
window: size 3.1.1 Entering the Debugger
window: size: command Other commands The Source Menu
window: text-mode, reconstructing Reconstructing the screen
window: title modification DISPLAY UPON WINDOW TITLE
window: types 1.5 ACUCOBOL-GT Window Types
window: windowing concepts 1.4 Windowing Concepts
WINDOW_INTENSITY configuration file entry WINDOW_INTENSITY
WINDOW_INTENSITY DISPLAY WINDOW
WINDOW_TITLE configuration file entry WINDOW_TITLE
Windows NT FLUSH_COUNT M.2 32-bit Windows
Windows NT: FLUSH-COUNT FLUSH_COUNT
Windows NT: host specific information M.2 32-bit Windows
Windows Registry routines REG_CLOSE_KEY Routine REG_CREATE_KEY Routine REG_CREATE_KEY_EX Routine REG_DELETE_KEY Routine REG_DELETE_VALUE Routine REG_ENUM_KEY Routine REG_ENUM_VALUE Routine REG_OPEN_KEY Routine REG_OPEN_KEY_EX Routine REG_QUERY_VALUE Routine REG_QUERY_VALUE_EX Routine REG_SET_VALUE Routine REG_SET_VALUE_EX Routine Routines to Handle the Windows Registry
Windows Registry routines: description Routines to Handle the Windows Registry
Windows Registry routines: REG__OPEN_KEY_EX REG_OPEN_KEY_EX Routine
Windows Registry routines: REG_CLOSE_KEY REG_CLOSE_KEY Routine
Windows Registry routines: REG_CREATE_KEY REG_CREATE_KEY Routine
Windows Registry routines: REG_CREATE_KEY_EX REG_CREATE_KEY_EX Routine
Windows Registry routines: REG_DELETE_KEY REG_DELETE_KEY Routine
Windows Registry routines: REG_DELETE_VALUE REG_DELETE_VALUE Routine
Windows Registry routines: REG_ENUM_KEY REG_ENUM_KEY Routine
Windows Registry routines: REG_ENUM_VALUE REG_ENUM_VALUE Routine
Windows Registry routines: REG_OPEN_KEY REG_OPEN_KEY Routine
Windows Registry routines: REG_QUERY_VALUE REG_QUERY_VALUE Routine
Windows Registry routines: REG_QUERY_VALUE_EX REG_QUERY_VALUE_EX Routine
Windows Registry routines: REG_SET_VALUE REG_SET_VALUE Routine
Windows Registry routines: REG_SET_VALUE_EX REG_SET_VALUE_EX Routine
Windows $WINHELP Routine 1.2.4 GUI Development With Third Party Kits and Tools 1.3 Microsoft Windows Operating Systems 10.4 Windows Help 11.1.1 Regarding Windows 3.1.1 Entering the Debugger A.1 License Files, Sample Programs, ".def" and ".dll" Files DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW M.2 32-bit Windows M.2.2 Keyboard Differences M.2.5 Calling DLLs Mapping context IDs RESIZE_FREELY Routine to Handle the Windows Print Spooler USER-DATA op-codes Using C only - no COBOL WIN$PRINTER Routine WIN$VERSION Routine WINPRINT-CLEAR-DATA-COLUMNS WINPRINT-CLEAR-PAGE-COLUMNS WINPRINT-COLUMN op-codes WINPRINT-GET-CAPABILITIES WINPRINT-GET-CURRENT-INFO WINPRINT-GET-NO-PRINTERS WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-COLUMN WINPRINT-GET-PRINTER-INFO WINPRINT-PRINT-BITMAP WINPRINT-SET-DATA-COLUMNS WINPRINT-SET-FONT WINPRINT-SET-MARGINS WINPRINT-SET-PAGE-COLUMN WINPRINT-SET-PRINTER WINPRINT-SET-STD-FONT WINPRINT-SETUP
Windows: automatic adjustments for 1.3 Microsoft Windows Operating Systems
Windows: calling DLLs M.2.5 Calling DLLs
Windows: clearing columns in print record WINPRINT-CLEAR-DATA-COLUMNS
Windows: colors for best look DISPLAY FLOATING WINDOW
Windows: Common Dialog Boxes 11.1.1 Regarding Windows
Windows: defining columns in print record WINPRINT-SET-DATA-COLUMNS
Windows: defining columns on page WINPRINT-SET-PAGE-COLUMN WINPRINT-CLEAR-PAGE-COLUMNS
Windows: differences from DOS M.2 32-bit Windows
Windows: extra keys M.2.2 Keyboard Differences
Windows: get information about a printer WINPRINT-GET-PRINTER-INFO
Windows: get information about selected printer WINPRINT-GET-CURRENT-INFO
Windows: get number of available printers WINPRINT-GET-NO-PRINTERS
Windows: Graphics Device Interface (GDI) Routine to Handle the Windows Print Spooler
Windows: hardware and software requirements A.1 License Files, Sample Programs, ".def" and ".dll" Files
Windows: Help Mapping context IDs
Windows: interface,Help with 10.4 Windows Help $WINHELP Routine
Windows: print spooler Routine to Handle the Windows Print Spooler
Windows: print support WIN$PRINTER Routine
Windows: Printer Setup dialog box WINPRINT-SETUP
Windows: printing bitmaps WINPRINT-GET-CAPABILITIES WINPRINT-PRINT-BITMAP
Windows: printing columns WINPRINT-COLUMN op-codes
Windows: programming in C Using C only - no COBOL
Windows: questions asked 11.1.1 Regarding Windows
Windows: resizing RESIZE_FREELY
Windows: retrieving operating system information WIN$VERSION Routine
Windows: running the debugger under 3.1.1 Entering the Debugger
Windows: scaling bitmaps WINPRINT-PRINT-BITMAP
Windows: selecting a font WINPRINT-SET-FONT WINPRINT-SET-STD-FONT
Windows: selecting columns on page WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-COLUMN
Windows: setting margins WINPRINT-SET-MARGINS
Windows: Software Development Kit 1.2.4 GUI Development With Third Party Kits and Tools
Windows: specifying a printer WINPRINT-SET-PRINTER
Windows: user-defined operations USER-DATA op-codes
WIN-ERROR-HANDLING M.2.3 Hardware Error Handling
WIN-ERROR-HANDLING, configuration file entry WIN_ERROR_HANDLING
winhelp.def $WINHELP Routine WIN$PRINTER Routine
WINPRINT-CLEAR-DATA-COLUMNS operation WINPRINT-CLEAR-DATA-COLUMNS
WINPRINT-CLEAR-PAGE-COLUMNS operation WINPRINT-CLEAR-PAGE-COLUMNS
WINPRINT-COLUMNS WIN$PRINTER Routine
WINPRINT-DATA WIN$PRINTER Routine
WINPRINT-GET-CAPABILITIES operation WINPRINT-GET-CAPABILITIES
WINPRINT-GET-CURRENT-INFO operation WINPRINT-GET-CURRENT-INFO
WINPRINT-GET-NO-PRINTERS operation WINPRINT-GET-NO-PRINTERS
WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-COLUMN operation WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-COLUMN
WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-LAYOUT operation WINPRINT-GET-PAGE-LAYOUT
WINPRINT-GET-PRINTER-INFO operation WINPRINT-GET-PRINTER-INFO
WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS operation WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS
WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS-SIZE operation WINPRINT-GET-SETTINGS-SIZE
WINPRINT-PRINT-BITMAP operation WINPRINT-PRINT-BITMAP
WINPRINT-SELECTION WIN$PRINTER Routine
WINPRINT-SET-DATA-COLUMNS operation WINPRINT-SET-DATA-COLUMNS
WINPRINT-SET-FONT operation WINPRINT-SET-FONT
WINPRINT-SET-LINES-PER-PAGE operation WINPRINT-SET-LINES-PER-PAGE
WINPRINT-SET-MARGINS operation WINPRINT-SET-MARGINS
WINPRINT-SET-PAGE-COLUMN operation WINPRINT-SET-PAGE-COLUMN
WINPRINT-SET-PRINTER operation WINPRINT-SET-PRINTER
WINPRINT-SET-SETTINGS operation WINPRINT-SET-SETTINGS
WINPRINT-SET-STD-FONT operation WINPRINT-SET-STD-FONT
WINPRINT-SETUP operation WINPRINT-SETUP
WINPRINT-SUPPORTED operation WINPRINT-SUPPORTED
WINSOCK.DLL 5.2.1 System Requirements
winvers.def WIN$VERSION Routine
WINVERSION-DATA WIN$VERSION Routine
WITH BELL phrase ACCEPT Statement
WITH DEBUGGING MODE 4.2.1 Source-Computer Paragraph
WMENU-ADD operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
WMENU-BLOCK operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
WMENU-CHANGE operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
WMENU-CHECK operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
WMENU-DELETE operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
WMENU-DESTROY operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
WMENU-DESTROY-DELAYED operation W$MENU Routine
WMENU-DISABLE operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
WMENU-ENABLE operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
WMENU-GET-BLOCK operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
WMENU-GET-CONFIGURATION operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
WMENU-GET-MENU operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
WMENU-NEW operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
WMENU-NEW-POPUP operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
WMENU-POPUP operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
WMENU-REFRESH operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
WMENU-RELEASE operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
WMENU-SET-BLOCK operation W$MENU Routine
WMENU-SET-CONFIGURATION operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
WMENU-SHOW operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
WMENU-UNBLOCK operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
WMENU-UNCHECK operation 8.11 W$MENU Library Routine W$MENU Routine
W-MESSAGE ACCEPT Statement
W-NO-FIELDS ACCEPT Statement
Working-Storage 5.5 WORKING-STORAGE Section 5.5 WORKING-STORAGE Section USER-DATA op-codes
Working-Storage: user defined operations in WIN$PRINTER USER-DATA op-codes
WPALETTE-CHOOSE-COLOR operation W$PALETTE Routine
WPALETTE-DATA W$PALETTE Routine
WPALETTE-GET-COLOR operation W$PALETTE Routine
WPALETTE-NUM-COLORS operation W$PALETTE Routine
WPALETTE-SET-COLOR operation W$PALETTE Routine
WPALETTE-SET-USER-COLOR operation W$PALETTE Routine
WPALETTE-SUPPORTED operation W$PALETTE Routine
WPALETTE-UPDATE operation W$PALETTE Routine
WRAP configuration file entry 4.4.3 Additional Configuration Variables DISPLAY WINDOW WRAP Changes Affecting Version 1.3
WRITE ADVANCING Special-Name WRITE ADVANCING Special-Name
WRITE statement and rules WRITE Statement
WRITE statement and rules: and LINAGE clause WRITE Statement
WRITE statement and rules: invalid key condition WRITE Statement
WRITE statement and rules: with a print file WRITE Statement
WRITE statement and rules: with ADVANCING WRITE Statement
WRITE statement and rules: without carriage-control WRITE Statement
WRITE statement 5.4.11 LINAGE Clause
WRITE statement: and LINAGE clause 5.4.11 LINAGE Clause
WRITE 6.1.6.3 Bulk Addition Mode for Vision 5.1.7 File Types
WRITE: bulk addition 6.1.6.3 Bulk Addition Mode for Vision
WRITE: record type 5.1.7 File Types
WS_CLIPCHILDREN WIN3_CLIP_CONTROLS
WSOCK32.DLL 5.2.1 System Requirements
W-TIMEOUT ACCEPT Statement
Wyse 50 4.5 Restricted Attribute Handling X
X 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
X/Open COBOL Standard 2.1.7 Data Storage Options 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
X/Open COBOL standard: compatibility with CRT STATUS phrase 4.2.3 Special-Names Paragraph
X: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
XENIX 4.4.1 Adding Color
XENIX: and setcolor 4.4.1 Adding Color
XFD files 5.3 XFD Files 2.1.4 File Options
XFD files: compiler options 2.1.4 File Options
XFD files: creating, compiler option 2.1.4 File Options
XFD files: creating: for Version 3 files 2.1.4 File Options
XFD files: directory, compiler option 2.1.4 File Options
XFD name Naming the XFD
XFD_DIRECTORY configuration file entry 3.5.4.1 Initial startup and filename designation XFD_DIRECTORY
XFD-DIRECTORY configuration file entry 5.4.1 Files Required for Translation
XFDs 5.3 XFD Files Y
Y 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
Y: GRID special property 5 Control Types Reference - 5.15 Grid - Special Properties
year format, -Zy option 2.1.10 Miscellaneous Options
years, four digit ACCEPT Statement Z
zero suppression and replacement editing 5.7.1.7 PICTURE clause
ZERO condition 6.3.3 Sign Condition
ZERO-FILL phrase 6.4.9 Common Screen Options

Index

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

Q

R

S

T

U

V

W

X

Y

Z